draft eia/emp and ra/dmp report for

JUBILANT LIFE SCIENCES LIMITED

Draft EIA/EMP and RA/DMP Report for Installation of Manufacturing Facility Technical Grade Pesticides and Pesticide Specific Intermediates by Jubilant Life Sciences Limited (Unit 3) at SEZ Operated by M/s. Jubilant Infrastructure Limited, Vilayat GIDC, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat

JUNE 2017

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . ka d a m en v i r o . c o m

Envi ronment for Deve lopment


EIA / EMP AND RA / DMP REPORT FOR

PROPOSED PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING

PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JUNE 2017 2


Draft EIA/EMP and RA/DMP Report for Installation of Manufacturing Facility of Technical Grade Pesticides and Pesticide Specific Intermediates by Jubilant Life Sciences Limited (Unit 3) at SEZ Operated by M/s. Jubilant Infrastructure Limited, Vilayat GIDC, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), June, 2017

This report is released for the use of the Jubilant Life Sciences Limited, Regulators and relevant

stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information

provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used

for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of

Publication

Draft EIA/EMP and RA/DMP Report for Installation of Manufacturing Facility of Technical

Grade Pesticides and Pesticide Specific Intermediates by Jubilant Life Sciences Limited (Unit

3) at SEZ Operated by M/s. Jubilant Infrastructure Limited, Vilayat GIDC, Taluka Vagra,

District Bharuch, Gujarat

Project

Number 1418701706

Report

No. 1 Version 1 Released June, 2017

DISCLAIMER

Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan.

Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However,

it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically

disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The

information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.




PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT TABLE OF CONTENTS


CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ............................................................ 23

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT .............................................................................. 23

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT AND THE PROJECT .................................... 23

1.2.1 About Jubilant Life Sciences Limited ........................................................ 23

1.2.2 About Proposed Project ....................................................................... 24

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY,

REGION ......................................................................................................... 25

1.3.1 Nature of the Project .......................................................................... 25

1.3.2 Location ......................................................................................... 25

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY .................................................................................. 25

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 31

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................. 31

2.2 NEED AND JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT ........................................................... 31

2.3 LOCATION (MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATION, PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT

SITE LAYOUT) .................................................................................................. 31

2.3.1 Approach and Connectivity to Facility ...................................................... 37

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF THE PROJECT ................................................................. 38

2.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION AND CHEMICAL REACTION .................................................... 38

2.5.1 Process Flow Diagram and Mass Balance .................................................. 43

2.6 SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM ........................................................................... 80

2.7 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS .......................................................................... 82

2.7.1 List and Properties of Raw Materials ........................................................ 82

2.8 STORAGE DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS ................................................................ 88

2.8.1 Source and Transportation Details .......................................................... 98

2.8.2 Water Details ................................................................................... 98

2.8.3 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation for Proposed Unit ................. 101

2.8.4 Waste Water Treatment Scheme ........................................................... 104

2.8.5 Power Requirement ........................................................................... 108

2.8.6 Fuel Consumption ............................................................................. 108

2.8.7 Flue Gas Stacks ............................................................................... 108

2.8.8 Process Vents .................................................................................. 108

2.8.9 Air Pollution Control Measures Details ..................................................... 109

2.8.10 Fugitive Emission .............................................................................. 111

2.9 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL ........................................ 111

2.9.1 Hazardous Waste ............................................................................. 111

2.9.2 Solid Waste .................................................................................... 112

2.9.3 Storage / Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes ..................................... 112

2.9.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility ......................................................... 113

2.9.5 Other Solids Wastes .......................................................................... 113






3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................114

3.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................. 114

3.1.1 Methodology ................................................................................... 114

3.1.2 Study Area included in Environmental Setting ........................................... 114

3.2 LANDUSE OF THE STUDY AREA ........................................................................ 114

3.2.1 Methodology ................................................................................... 114

3.2.2 Ground Survey ................................................................................ 114

3.2.3 Land use and Land cover Pattern Studies ................................................ 115

3.2.4 Class Wise Area Statistics .................................................................... 117

3.2.5 Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies ............................................................ 119

3.2.6 Important Features within the Study Area ................................................ 119

3.2.7 Site Neighbors and Other Major Developments .......................................... 120

3.3 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA ........................................................................ 120

3.3.1 Temperature ................................................................................... 120

3.3.2 Wind ............................................................................................ 120

3.3.3 Rainfall .......................................................................................... 121

3.3.4 Cloud Cover .................................................................................... 121

3.3.5 Humidity ........................................................................................ 121

3.3.6 Site Specific Meteorology .................................................................... 121

3.3.7 Site Specific Data of Season................................................................. 121

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ................................................................................ 124

3.4.1 Season and Period of Monitoring ........................................................... 124

3.4.2 Selected Sampling Locations ................................................................ 124

3.4.3 Sampling Frequency .......................................................................... 125

3.4.4 Parameters Monitored and Method Used ................................................. 127

3.4.5 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring .......................................................... 127

3.5 NOISE ................................................................................................. 130

3.5.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level ................................................... 130

3.5.2 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations ................................................... 130

3.5.3 Noise Level Results ........................................................................... 131

3.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................... 131

3.6.1 Study Period ................................................................................... 131

3.6.2 Scope, Aim and Objectives .................................................................. 131

3.6.3 Study Area ..................................................................................... 132

3.6.4 Methodology ................................................................................... 133

3.6.5 Terrestrial Ecosystem ........................................................................ 133

3.6.6 Aquatic Ecosystem ............................................................................ 138

3.6.7 Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity ......................................... 140

3.6.8 Biodiversity Appraisal – Conclusion ........................................................ 140

3.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................ 140

3.7.1 Groundwater Environment .................................................................. 140

3.7.2 Surface Water Environment ................................................................. 144

3.8 GEOMORPHOLOGY ..................................................................................... 149






3.8.1 Seismicity in the Study Area ................................................................ 149

3.8.2 Regional Geology and Hydrogeology ...................................................... 150

3.8.3 Geology and Hydrogeology at site and surrounding .................................... 150

3.9 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................... 150

3.9.1 Soil Sampling Locations ...................................................................... 150

3.9.2 Observations ................................................................................... 151

3.10 SOCIAL PROFILE .................................................................................... 151

3.10.1 Demographic Profile .......................................................................... 152

3.10.2 Sex-ratio in the study area .................................................................. 154

3.10.3 Economic Attributes .......................................................................... 157

3.10.4 Infrastructure Resource Base ............................................................... 157

3.10.5 Connectivity of the Study Area ............................................................. 159

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........160

4.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 160

4.2 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ............................................... 160

4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment ....................................................... 160

4.2.2 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ........................ 172

4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................. 177

4.3.1 Land Use / Land Cover ....................................................................... 177

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................... 178

4.4.1 Construction Phase ........................................................................... 178

4.4.2 Operation Phase............................................................................... 178

4.4.3 Air Quality Modeling .......................................................................... 180

4.4.4 Mitigation Measures .......................................................................... 182

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................. 183

4.5.1 Sources of noise at site ...................................................................... 183

4.5.2 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan .................................................... 185

4.5.3 Consideration during the analysis .......................................................... 185

4.5.4 Observations ................................................................................... 188


4.5.6 Conclusion ...................................................................................... 190

4.6 SURFACE WATER & HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT .............................................. 190

4.6.1 Impact Identification ......................................................................... 190

4.6.2 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water ..................................... 191

4.6.3 Mitigation Measures for Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................... 191

4.7 HYDRO- GEOLOGY..................................................................................... 191

4.7.1 Impact .......................................................................................... 191


4.8 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................... 192

4.9 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ............................................................................ 193

4.9.1 Likely Impacts on Flora fauna............................................................... 193

4.10 SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ................................................................. 197

4.10.1 Anticipated Social Issues and Suggested Measures ..................................... 198






5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ....................................................................200

5.1 ALTERNATIVES TO THE PROJECT ...................................................................... 200

5.1.1 Project Alternative ............................................................................ 200

5.1.2 Site Alternative ................................................................................ 200

5.1.3 Fuel Alternative ................................................................................ 200

5.1.4 Water Supply alternative..................................................................... 200

5.1.5 Process Technology Alternative ............................................................. 200

5.1.6 Wastewater Treatment and Use Alternative .............................................. 200

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ........................................................201

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ......................................................... 201

6.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ............................................................................ 202

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ..............................................................................204

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ............................................................................... 204

7.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ............................................. 204

7.2.1 Methodology of Risk Assessment ........................................................... 204

7.2.2 Hazard Identification ......................................................................... 204

7.2.3 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’) ................................ 207

7.2.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours ................................... 209

7.3 PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS ............... 226

7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................ 226

7.4.1 Structure ....................................................................................... 226

7.4.2 Policy ............................................................................................ 227

7.4.3 Planning ........................................................................................ 227

7.4.4 Emergency Plan Objectives.................................................................. 227

7.4.5 Implementation ............................................................................... 228

7.4.6 Setting up of Emergency Infrastructure ................................................... 231

7.4.7 Natural Disasters .............................................................................. 233

7.4.8 First Aid ......................................................................................... 234

7.4.9 Safety Aspects of the Project ............................................................... 236

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ..................................................................................242

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ................................................243

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................244

10.1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................ 244

10.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................ 244

10.3 AIR QUALITY ....................................................................................... 245

10.4 WATER QUALITY .................................................................................... 247

10.4.1 Recommendation ............................................................................. 252

10.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT............................................................................... 252

10.6 SOIL ................................................................................................ 254

10.7 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................... 255






10.8 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ....................................................................... 257

10.8.1 Green Belt Development ..................................................................... 257

10.8.2 Greenbelt Designing .......................................................................... 257

10.8.3 Locations of the Greenbelt .................................................................. 257

10.8.4 Plantation Technique and Care ............................................................. 260

10.8.5 Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring ........................................................ 261

10.9 CONSERVATION PLAN FOR SCHEDULE-I SPECIES ................................................... 261

10.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................... 262

10.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT .................................................................. 263

10.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL .............................................................. 266

10.13 EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS ...................................................... 267

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ...............................................................268

11.1 INTRODUCTION TO JUBILANT LIFE SCIENCES LIMITED (JLSL) ..................................... 268

11.2 THE PROJECT ....................................................................................... 268

11.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ......................................................................... 269

11.4 PROJECT DETAILS .................................................................................. 269

11.5 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................... 270

11.6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

274

11.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ...................................................... 280

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ............................................................... 280

11.9 CONCLUSION ........................................................................................ 281

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ..............................................................283

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED BY KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS

283

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS ............................................................................... 284






LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Environmental Clearance for SEZ of Synthetic Organic Chemicals (category 5(f)) ........ 287

Annexure 2: Amendment in EC .................................................................................................. 293

Annexure 3: Amendment in EC for Multi Sectoral Chemical SEZ .................................................... 301

Annexure 4: CCA for SEZ ........................................................................................................... 304

Annexure 5: Copy of Terms of Reference Letters issued by the MoEFCC, New Delhi ....................... 311

Annexure 6: Methodology for Baseline Environment Study ........................................................... 318

Annexure 7: Long- term Climatological Data ............................................................................... 332

Annexure 8: Photo Documentation ............................................................................................. 334

Annexure 9: Ambient Air Monitoring Results ............................................................................... 336

Annexure 10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards .................................................................. 343

Annexure 11: Dispersion Modeling Results .................................................................................. 345

Annexure 12: CREP Guidelines for Pesticides Industry .................................................................. 366

Annexure 13: Copy of EHS Policy ............................................................................................... 368

Annexure 14: Litholog of Vilayat village received from GWRDC ..................................................... 370

Annexure 15: Glossary of Terms Used ........................................................................................ 372

Annexure 16: Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI ......................................................... 377






LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: List of Products ........................................................................................................... 24

Table 1-2: Compliance with the Terms of References ..................................................................... 25

Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of the SEZ Area ........................................................................ 34

Table 2-2: Land Distribution at Site .............................................................................................. 36

Table 2-3: Details of Solvent Recovery .......................................................................................... 80

Table 2-4: List and Properties of Raw Materials ............................................................................. 82

Table 2-5: Storage Details of Raw Materials .................................................................................. 88

Table 2-6: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation from the Proposed Unit ...................... 101

Table 2-7: Characteristics of MEE Feed and MEE Condensate water .............................................. 104

Table 2-8: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Proposed ETP ................................................. 105

Table 2-9: Fuel Consumption Details .......................................................................................... 108

Table 2-10: Flue Gas Stacks ....................................................................................................... 108

Table 2-11: Process Vents ......................................................................................................... 108

Table 2-12: Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal Details ..................................................... 111

Table 2-13: Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details ............................................................. 112

Table 3-1: GPS readings within study area .................................................................................. 114

Table 3-2: Classification system ................................................................................................. 115

Table 3-3: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ......................... 117

Table 3-4: Proximity of Sea / Water bodies ................................................................................. 119

Table 3-5: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area....................... 119

Table 3-6: Predominant Wind Direction ...................................................................................... 120

Table 3-7: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data .......................................................... 121

Table 3-8: Mean Meteorological Data for Winter Season, 2014-15 ................................................ 122

Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details ........................................................................ 124

Table 3-10: Ambient Air Monitoring Results (Winter Season 2014-2015) ....................................... 128

Table 3-11: Monitoring methodology .......................................................................................... 130

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ................ 130

Table 3-13: Noise Level Results.................................................................................................. 131

Table 3-14: Details of Rivers and Ponds in the Buffer Zone .......................................................... 132

Table 3-15: Floral species observed from Greenbelt Developed by JIL-SEZ .................................... 133

Table 3-16: Flora Observed from Buffer Zone of the Study Area ................................................... 134






Table 3-17: Fauna Observed from Buffer Zone ............................................................................ 137

Table 3-18: Sampling Locations of the Phyto and Zooplankton in Various villages of the Study Area 138

Table 3-19: Phytoplankton Cell Count (No./Lit.) Across Sampling Locations ................................... 139

Table 3-20: Diversity of Phytoplankton Across Sampling Location ................................................. 139

Table 3-21: Zooplankton Cell Count (No./Lit.) Across Sampling Locations ...................................... 139

Table 3-22: Diversity of Phytoplankton across Sampling Location.................................................. 139

Table 3-23: Diversity Of Phyto And Zooplanktons Across Sampling Location .................................. 140

Table 3-24: Groundwater Sampling Locations.............................................................................. 141

Table 3-25 Groundwater analysis results ..................................................................................... 142

Table 3-26: Surface water Sampling Locations ............................................................................ 144

Table 3-27: Analysis Result of Surface Water Samples – Pond ...................................................... 145

Table 3-28: Analysis Result of Surface Water Samples – River ...................................................... 147

Table 3-29 Stratigraphic Sequence of the Bharuch District ........................................................... 150

Table 3-30: Soil Sampling Locations (winter season of year 2014-15) ........................................... 150

Table 3-31: Soil Analysis Results (winter season of year 2014-15) ................................................ 151

Table 3-32: Population Distribution in the study area (Nos.) ......................................................... 152

Table 3-33: Growth Rate ........................................................................................................... 153

Table 3-34: Sex-ratio ................................................................................................................ 154

Table 3-35: SC/ST population (Nos.) .......................................................................................... 155

Table 3-36: Occupational pattern within the study area ............................................................... 157

Table 3-37: Educational facility (Nos.) ........................................................................................ 157

Table 3-38: Literacy Rate (%) .................................................................................................... 158

Table 3-39: Health facility (Nos.) ................................................................................................ 158

Table 3-40: Source of drinking water in the study area (Nos.) ...................................................... 158

Table 3-41: Communication facility ............................................................................................. 159

Table 3-42: Communication facility ............................................................................................. 159

Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to the Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment 163

Table 4-2: Magnitude Assessment (Ecology and Biodiversity) ....................................................... 168

Table 4-3: Occurrence Frequency Assessment for EB ................................................................... 170

Table 4-4: Probability of Occurrence for Others ........................................................................... 170

Table 4-5: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria .................................................................. 171

Table 4-6: Environmental Risk Categorization .............................................................................. 171






Table4-7: Ecological Risk Categorization ..................................................................................... 172

Table 4-8: Environmental Impacts .............................................................................................. 173

Table 4-9: Aspect – Impact Identification.................................................................................... 177

Table 4-10: Impact Scoring - Land use/cover .............................................................................. 178

Table 4-11: Stacks Details ......................................................................................................... 179

Table 4-12: Details of Gas Emission from Flue Gas Stacks ............................................................ 179

Table 4-13: Details of Gas Emission from Process Vents ............................................................... 179

Table 4-14: 24 hr average Incremental Increase in GLC ............................................................... 181

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring of Air Environment ........................................................................... 183

Table 4-16: Environmental Impact Scoring .................................................................................. 184

Table 4-17: Sources of noise with their SPL ................................................................................ 185

Table 4-18: Noise level at receiver locations (Soundplan Result) ................................................... 188

Table 4-19: Predicted Increase over the Baseline Data ................................................................. 188

Table 4-20 Impact Scoring of Surface Water ............................................................................... 190

Table 4-21: Impact scoring Ground water ................................................................................... 191

Table 4-22: Impact Scoring – Soil............................................................................................... 192

Table 4-23: Activity-Aspect Based Determination of Impacting Ecological Components ................... 193

Table 4-24: Impact Identification ............................................................................................... 194

Table 4-25: Impact Scoring for Flora & Fauna ............................................................................. 194

Table 4-26: Likely Impacts and Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 197

Table 4-27: Socio-economic impact assessment .......................................................................... 197

Table 4-28: Issues & suggestive measures .................................................................................. 198

Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program ............................................................................... 201

Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements .................................................................... 202

Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events ...................................................................................... 204

Table 7-2 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity ........................................................................... 205

Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage ............................................................................................... 206

Table 7-4: Chemicals selected for Simulation............................................................................... 207

Table 7-5: Scenarios Selected for Simulation ............................................................................... 208

Table 7-6: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks........................................................................... 208

Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency ...................................................................................... 209

Table 7-8: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone ..................................... 209






Table 7-9: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone .............................................. 209

Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Benzyl Chloride ........................ 211

Table 7-11: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Benzyl Chloride .................................. 211

Table 7-12: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol ................................. 212

Table 7-13: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol........................................... 212

Table 7-14: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Dimethyl Amine ........................ 214

Table 7-15: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Di-isopropyl Ether .............................. 214

Table 7-16: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Acetic Anhydride ...................... 215

Table 7-17: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Acetic Anhydride ................................ 215

Table 7-18: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ethanol .................................... 217

Table 7-19: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ethanol ............................................. 217

Table 7-20: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ethyl Acetate............................ 218

Table 7-21: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ethyl Acetate ..................................... 218

Table 7-22: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Dimethyl Amine ........................ 220

Table 7-23: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Dimethyl Amine ................................. 220

Table 7-24: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ammonia ................................. 222

Table 7-25: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ammonia .......................................... 223

Table 7-26: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of O-Xylene.................................. 224

Table 7-27: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of O-Xylene ........................................... 225

Table 7-28: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methyl Isobutyl Ketone ............. 226

Table 7-29: Suggested Items in First Aid Kit ................................................................................ 234

Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Land Environment ................................................ 245

Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment ................................................... 245

Table 10-3: Environment Management Plan for Water Environment .............................................. 247

Table 10-4: Details of Activities and its Management plan for Hazardous Waste Management ........ 250

Table 10-5: Environmental Monitoring Plan for Noise Environment............................................... 253

Table 10-6: Environment Management Plan for Soil Environment ................................................. 254

Table 10-7: Environment Management Plan for Traffic ................................................................. 255

Table 10-8: Locations of Greenbelt in the JIL-SEZ Area ................................................................ 257

Table 10-9: Detailed Account of Plant / Tree Species in the Existing Greenbelt of JIL-SEZ Area ....... 258

Table 10-10: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt Development ................................................ 259

Table 10-11: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site ............................... 260






Table 10-12: List of plant species for Plantation in LIZ Area ......................................................... 261

Table 10-13: Budget for Additional Greenbelt / Habitat Improvement Programme ......................... 262

Table 10-14: Fund allocation for implementation of community welfare programs for five years after

commissioning of Plant .............................................................................................................. 264

Table 10-15: Budget break-up ................................................................................................... 265

Table 10-16: Environment Management Cell ............................................................................... 266

Table 10-17: Expenditure on Environmental Matters .................................................................... 267

Table 12-1: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project ............................ 322






LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Project Location Map .................................................................................................. 32

Figure 2-2: Satellite Image of Study Area...................................................................................... 33

Figure 2-3: Location Map on Google Image ................................................................................... 34

Figure 2-4: Site Layout of SEZ ...................................................................................................... 35

Figure 2-5: Tentative Site Layout Map of Proposed Unit 3 (Technical Grade Pesticides & pesticide specific

intermediates manufacturing Unit) ............................................................................................... 36

Figure 2-6: Typical Flow Diagram for Products .............................................................................. 42

Figure 2-7: Process Flow Diagram of Solvent Recovery System ....................................................... 81

Figure 2-8: Confirmation Letter from GIDC for Water Supply .......................................................... 99

Figure 2-9: Membership letter from JIL for utilities services of the SEZ .......................................... 100

Figure 2-10: Water Balance Diagram – Proposed Unit .................................................................. 103

Figure 2-11: Process Block diagram of ETP & STP set up in JLSL Premises .................................... 106

Figure 2-12: Process Block diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant for Low TDS and Low COD streams Set

up in JIL premises ..................................................................................................................... 107

Figure 2-13: Schematic Diagram of Air Pollution Control System ................................................... 110

Figure 3-1: Landuse Map ........................................................................................................... 118

Figure 3-2: Wind-Rose diagram for Winter Season ....................................................................... 123

Figure 3-3: Selected Sample Locations ........................................................................................ 126

Figure 3-4: Seismic Map of Gujarat ............................................................................................. 149

Figure 4-1: Noise Isopleths generated during daytime ................................................................. 186

Figure 4-2: Noise Isopleths generated during nighttime ............................................................... 187

Figure 7-1: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Acetone storage tank at weather condition

4.0/D ....................................................................................................................................... 210

Figure 7-2: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture in Acetone storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 210

Figure 7-3: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture in Acetone storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 210

Figure 7-4: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Benzyl Chloride storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 211

Figure 7-5: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture in Benzyl Chloride storage tank at

weather condition 4.0/D ............................................................................................................ 211

Figure 7-6: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Methanol storage tank at weather condition

4.0/D ....................................................................................................................................... 213






Figure 7-7: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Methanol storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 213

Figure 7-8: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Methanol storage tank at

weather condition 4.0/D ............................................................................................................ 213

Figure 7-9: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Di-isopropyl Ether storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 214

Figure 7-10: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Di-isopropyl Ether storage tank

at weather condition 4.0/D ........................................................................................................ 215

Figure 7-11: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Acetic Anhydride storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 216

Figure 7-12: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Acetic Anhydride storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 216

Figure 7-13: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Acetic Anhydride storage tank

at weather condition 4.0/D ........................................................................................................ 216

Figure 7-14: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ethanol storage tank at weather condition

4.0/D ....................................................................................................................................... 217

Figure 7-15: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ethanol storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 218

Figure 7-16: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ethanol storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 218

Figure 7-17: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ethyl acetate storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 219

Figure 7-18: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ethyl acetate storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 219

Figure 7-19: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ethyl acetate storage tank at

weather condition 3.0/E ............................................................................................................ 220

Figure 7-20: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Dimethyl amine storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 221

Figure 7-21: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Dimethyl amine storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 221

Figure 7-22: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Dimethyl amine storage tank at

weather condition 3.0/B ............................................................................................................ 222

Figure 7-23: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Dimethyl amine storage tank

at weather condition 3.0/B......................................................................................................... 222

Figure 7-24: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ammonia storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 223

Figure 7-25: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ammonia storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 223






Figure 7-26: Fireball effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ammonia storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 224

Figure 7-27: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ammonia storage tank at

weather condition 3.0/B ............................................................................................................ 224

Figure 7-28: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in O-xylene storage tank at weather

condition 3.0/B ......................................................................................................................... 225

Figure 7-29: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of O-xylene storage tank at weather

condition 4.0/D ......................................................................................................................... 225

Figure 7-30: EHS Organogram ................................................................................................... 228

Figure 10-1: Photographs Showing Existing Greenbelt at Various Locations of JIL-SEZ Site ............. 258

Figure 10-2: Environmental Management Cell ............................................................................. 267






LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 2-1: Photographs of the Project Site & Surrounding Area ............................................. 37

Photograph 12-1: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................ 334

Photograph 12-2: Photograph of Socio Economics Study .............................................................. 335






ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AERMOD Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling System

BEIL Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Limited

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CO Carbon Monoxide

DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Corporation Limited

DISH Department of Industrial Safety Health

DMP Disaster Management Plan

EC Environmental Clearance

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

ESMPs Environmental and Social Management Plans

EHS Environment, Health and Safety

EER Evacuate, Escape and Rescue Plan

EPRG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

ECC Emergency Control Center

FMECA Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis

GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GOI Government of India

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GLC Ground Level Concentration

HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study

IAA Impact Assessment Authority

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

ICUN International Union for Conservation of Nature

IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health

JIL Jubilant Infrastructure Limited

JLSL Jubilant Life Sciences Limited

KLD Kilo Liters per Day

LFT Liver Function Test

LEL Lower Flammability Limits

LCLo Lethal Concentration Low

MTPA Million Tonne Per Annum

MSIHC Manufacture, Storage, Import & Hazardous Chemical Rules

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests

MCLs’ Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NOC No Objection Certificate

NDT Non Destructive Testing

NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NOx Oxides of Nitrogen






OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PEL Permissible Exposure Limits

PM Particulate Matter

PPEs Personnel Protective Equipment

PDCR Plan, Do, Check, Act

SEIAA State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities

SS SuspendedSolid

SOx Oxides of Sulphur

SPL Sound Pressure Level

SMC Site Main Controller

STEL Short Time Exposure Limit

ToR Terms of References

TCLo Toxic Concentration Low

TLV Threshold Limit Value

TDS Total Dissolved Solid

TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency

UFL Upper Flammable Limits

VOC Volatile Inorganic Carbon

ZSI Zoological Survey of India


EIA / EMP AND RA / DMP REPORT

FOR PROPOSED PESTICIDES

MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF

JIL, VILAYAT INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND


1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 Purpose of the Report

Products falling under project / activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA Notification dated

September 14th, 2006 (amended till date) require prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact

Assessment Authority (IAA) at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC) (for

Category A projects) or the State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA) (for

Category B projects).

The proposed product is covered under Project or Activity, 5(b)A, namely “Pesticides industry and

pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations)” requiring Environmental Clearance from

MoEFCC, New Delhi.

1.2 Identification of the Project Proponent and the Project

1.2.1 About Jubilant Life Sciences Limited

Jubilant Life Sciences Limited, an Indian multinational corporate, is a leader in Research and

Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Advanced Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API),

Pharmaceutical manufacturing, Agri Intermediates, Drug Discovery and Contract Research

Manufacturing Services Company with a wide range of products and services for global life sciences

companies. The Company is one of the largest Custom Research and Manufacturing Services (CRAMS)

and drug discovery services companies in India.

Jubilant has five state-of-the-art manufacturing plants strategically located at Gajraula (UP, 100-km from

Delhi), Nira (Maharashtra, 70-km from Pune), Ambernath (Maharashtra), Samlaya (Gujarat, 45-km from

Vadodara) and Bharuch (Gujarat). Jubilant’s units at Gajraula, Nira, Samlaya, Bharuch SEZ are

accredited with ISO-14001 and OHSAS-18001 certification, which shows company’s commitment

towards Environment and Society.

The Bharuch SEZ operated by M/s Jubilant Infrastructure Limited (JIL) was constructed in 2008 for

sector specific Synthetic Organic Chemicals (category 5(f)) and is also approved as a Multi Sectoral

Chemical SEZ. Permission receibed for JIL SEZ till date are given in following table.

S.

No.

Permission Regulatory

Authority

Permission number Attached As

1 Environmental Clearance for SEZ

of Synthetic Organic Chemicals

(category 5(f))

MoEF, New

Delhi

21-1087/2007-IA III dated

3/7/08

Annexure 1

2 Amendment in EC MoEF, New

Delhi

21-1087/2007-IA III dated

3/11/11

Annexure 2

3 Amendment in EC for Multi

Sectoral Chemical SEZ

MoEF&CC,

New Delhi

21-1087/2007-IA III (Pt)

dated 31/3/17

Annexure 3

4 NOC for SEZ GPCB GPCB/BRCH/NOC-

3589/22742 dated 11/8/08

-







S.

No.

Permission Regulatory

Authority

Permission number Attached As

5 NOC Amendment GPCB GPCB/BRCH-B/CCA/NOC-

3589/ID-32971/77283 dated

11/4/11

-

6 NOC Amendment for Coal Boiler GPCB CTE-47015 dated 27/7/12 -

7 CCA for SEZ GPCB AWH – 78814 dated 24/6/16

and valid up to 5/5/22

Annexure 4

1.2.2 About Proposed Project

The proposed project is Greenfield and will be set up to manufacture Technical Grade Pesticides and

Pesticide Specific Intermediates. The estimated cost of the proposed project is INR 250 Crores. The

Total Production capacity of the proposed site will be 32,350 MTPA. Details of production are given in

Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: List of Products

S. No. Name of Product Quantity in MT/Annum

1 Mepiquat Chloride 160

2 Chlormequat Chloride 2000

3 Chlorpyrifos & its derivatives 10000

4 Imidacloprid 1000

5 Acetamiprid 500

6 Thiamethoxam 500

7 Thiacloprid 200

8 Chlorfluazuron 100

9 Chlorantraniliprole 1000

10 Cyantraniliprole 1000

11 Triclopyr 220

12 Triclopyr butoxy ethyl ester 220

13 Fluroxypyr-meptyl 1000

14 Clodinafop Propargyl 200

15 Diquat dibromide 1500

16 Haloxyfop-P-methyl 100

17 Fluazifop-P-butyl 50

18 Diflufenican 100

19 Nicosulfuron 150

20 Picloram 300

21 Clopyralid 300

22 Paraquat & its derivatives 5000

23 Trifloxystrobin 400

24 Imazethapyr 100

25 Pyroxsulam 150








26 Picoxystrobin 2000

27 Boscalid 100

28 Azoxystrobin 1000

29 Intermediates of any of the above (#1 to #28) As per requirement within the approved capacity

30 2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl)pyridine 3000

TOTAL 32350

1.3 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to

Country, Region

1.3.1 Nature of the Project

As discussed above, the proposed project is for setting up of Greenfield Technical Grade Pesticide and

pesticide specific intermediateManufacturing facilities having total production capacity of 32350 MTPA.

1.3.2 Location

The site is located in SEZ operated by M/s. Jubilant Infrastructure Limited at Plot No. 5, Vilayat GIDC,

Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat. The total plot area for the proposed project is 2,00,000 m2.

1.4 Scope of the Study

As per the ToR letter no. J.11011/311/2014-IA II (I) dated 06.01.2015 issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi

and amendment in letter to conduct public hearing, attached as Annexure 5, the scope of Work for

this EIA included collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental components, viz. air,

noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic components for one month, undertake impact

assessment using appropriate computational modelling and propose appropriate Mitigation measures

for any potential environmental impacts. Though TOR letter has mentioned monitoring of only one

month additional environmental data, proponent has carried out monitoring for one season.

This EIA Report complies with the directions of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry), Impact

Assessment Authority (IAA), as per the approved Terms of Reference. Summarized details of the same

are provided in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: Compliance with the Terms of References

S.

No. Suggested ToR Points Chapters and Section Where Addressed

A STANDARD TOR

1 Executive summary of the project Summary of the project is given in Chapter 11,

Page 268

2 Justification of the project Chapter 2, Section 2.2, Page 31

3 Promoters and their back ground Chapter 1, Section 1.2, Page 23

4 Regulatory framework Chapter 8, Section 6.2, Page 202







S.


5 Plant layout along with details of facility

Layout map of SEZ is given in Chapter 2, Figure

2-4, Page 35 and Layout map of proposed

pesticide unit is given in Figure 2-5, Page 36

6 Infrastructure facilities including power sources. Chapter 2, Section 2.8.5, Page 108

7

Total cost of the project along with total capital

cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures

Total cost of project is INR 250 Crores

total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures are given

in Chapter 10, Section 10.13, 7

8

Project site location alongwith photographs and

site map of 10 km area and site details providing

various industries, surface water bodies, forests

etc.

Project site location map is given in Chapter 2,

Figure 2-3, Page 34. Photographs are given in

Photograph 2-1, Page 37. Details of surrounding

area are given in Chapter 3, Table 3-5, Page 119

9 Present land use based on satellite imagery for

the study area of 10 km radius

Land use map is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3-1,

Page 118

10 Location of National Park / Wild life sanctuary /

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the project

There is no National Park/Wild life sanctuary /

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the project

11 Details of the total land and break-up of the land

use for green belt and other uses.

Land break up at site is given in Chapter 2, Table

2-2, Page 36

12 List of products along with the production

capacities. Chapter 1, Table 1-1, Page 24

13 Detailed list of raw material required and source,

mode of storage and transportation

Storage details of raw materials are given in

Chapter 2, Table 2-5, Page 88 and source &

transportation details of raw materials are given in

Section 2.8.1, Page 98.

14 Manufacturing process details along with the

chemical reactions and process flow chart

Details as required are given in Chapter 2, Section

2.5, Page 38

15

Site-specific micro-meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall is necessary

One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data

using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall data is given in

Chapter 3, Section 3.3.6, Page 121

16

Ambient air quality monitoring at 6 locations

within the study area of 5 km., aerial coverage

from project site as per NAAQES notified on 16th

September, 2009. Location of one AAQMS in

downwind direction.

Monitoring has been carried out in Winter Season

2014-15.

Sampling locations of AAQ is given in Chapter 3,

Table 3-9, Page 124

Analysis results of AAQ monitoring are given in

Chapter 3, Table 3-10, Page 128

Detailed base line ambient air quality data is given

in along with the dates of monitoring.

Wind-rose diagram is given in Figure 3-2, Page

123

IMD data of Bharuch District are given in Annexure

7, Page 332

National Ambient Air Quality Standards are given in

Annexure 9, Page 336







S.


17

One season site-specific micro-meteorological

data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ

data (except monsoon) for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx, Cl2, HCl, SO2, HBr, HF including HC and

VOCs should be collected. The monitoring

stations should take into account the

predominant wind direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Data for water and noise monitoring should also

be included.

One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data

using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall data is given in


Sampling locations of AAQ is given in Chapter 3,

Table 3-9, Page 124

Analysis results of AAQ monitoring are given in

Chapter 3, Table 3-10, Page 128

18

Air pollution control measures proposed for the

effective control of gaseous emissions within

permissible limits.

Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.9,

Page 109

19 Name of all the solvents to be used in the

process and details of solvent recovery system.

Details of names of solvents & solvent recovery

system are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Page

80

20

Design details of ETP, incinerator, if any along

with control of Dioxin & Furan, boiler,

scrubbers/bag filters etc.

ETP details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.4,

Page 104

Incinerator will not be installed at proposed site. For

details refer Chapter 2, Section 2.9.1, Page 111

Details of thermic fluid heater and DG set are given

in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.7, Page 108

21 Details of water and air pollution and its

mitigation plan

Details of water pollution and its mitigation plan is

given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6, Page 190 and

details of air pollution and its mitigatio0n plan is

given in Section 4.4, Page 178

22 An action plan to control and monitor secondary

fugitive emissions from all the sources.


Page 109

23 Action plan for odour assessment and control to

be submitted.


Page 109

24

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at

the project site and assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the stack

emission based on site specific meteorological

features. Air quality modelling for proposed plant.

Dispersion modelling results and Isopleths for PM,

SO2, NOx and NH3 are given in Annexure 11,

Page 345

25

Source and quantity of fresh water requirement.

Water balance chart including quantity of effluent

generated recycled and reused and discharged.

Details of water consumption and waste water

generation are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.2,

Page 98

26 Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of effluent should

be included.

As treated waste water disposal facility to deep sea

is available Zero discharge is not proposed. Details

are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.4, Page

104

27

Ground water quality monitoring minimum at 6

locations should be carried out. Geological

features and Geo-hydrological status of the study

Ground water monitoring locations and results are

given in Chapter 3, Section 3.7.1, Page 140







S.


area and ecological status (Terrestrial and

Aquatic).

Hydro geology details are given in Chapter 3,

Section 3.8.3, Page 150

28 Detailed plan for zero liquid discharge and

reduction of water consumption to be prepared.

As treated waste water disposal facility to deep sea

is available Zero discharge is not proposed. Details

are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.4, Page

104

29

The details of solid and hazardous wastes

generation, storage, utilization and disposal

particularly related to the hazardous waste

calorific value of hazardous waste and detailed

characteristic of the hazardous waste. Action plan

for the management of fly ash generated from

boiler should be included.

Details of solid and hazardous wastes generation

and disposal details are given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.8.9, Page 109

There will be no fly ash generation as NG will be

used as fuel.

30

Precautions to be taken during storage and

transportation of hazardous chemicals should be

clearly mentioned and incorporated.

Details are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Page

226

31

A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufacturers indicating

clearly that they will utilized all the organic solid

waste generated.

The kind of waste generated is found not suitable

for cement co-incineration and hence not

considered.

32

Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste

in TSDF.

Membership of authorized common incinerator and

landfill site will be taken well before commissioning

of the plant.

33 Risk assessment for storage for

chemicals/solvents. Risk assessment for Cyanide.

Risk assessment of storage of chemicals are given

in Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Page 204. Cyanide will

not be used in proposed manufacturing activities.

34

Material safety data sheet to be submitted. CAS

No. / RTECS No. / DOT / UN etc. to be

mentioned against each chemicals.

Properties of all the chemicals are given in Chapter

2, Table 2-4, Page 82

MSDS of all the products and raw materials are

given in soft copy (CD).

35

An action plan to develop green belt in 33 %

area. Layout map indicating greenbelt to be

submitted.

The unit is within the SEZ. SEZ is having its own

greenbelt & green spaces in the form of landscape.

This unit will develop green belt in 8% of its area

besides green spaces. Details are provided in


36

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at

plant site should be included to harvest rainwater

from the roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water.

Rainwater harvesting not considered in the

proposed project site due to risk of contamination

as this is an active pesticide manufacturing unit.

37 Details of occupational health programme.

i To which chemicals, workers are exposed directly

or indirectly. Occupational health management plan is given in

Chapter 10, Section 10.10, Page 262 ii

Whether these chemicals are within Thresh Limit

Values (TLV)/ Permissible Exposure Levels as per

ACGIH recommendation.







S.


iii What measures company have taken to keep

these chemicals within PEL/TLV.

iv

How the workers are evaluated concerning their

exposure to chemicals during pre-placement and

periodical medical monitoring.

v What are onsite and offsite emergency plan

during chemical disaster.

vi Liver function tests (LFT) during pre-placement

and periodical examination.

38 Details of occupational health surveillance

programme As per point no. 37 above.

39 Socio-economic development activities shall be in

place.

Details of CSR activities are mentioned in Chapter

10, Section 10.11, Page 263

40 Note on compliance to the recommendations

mentioned in the CREP guidelines.

Note on compliance to the recommendations

mentioned in the CREP guidelines is given in

Annexure 12, Page 366

41

Detailed Environment management Plan (EMP)

with specific reference to details of air pollution

control system, water & wastewater

management, monitoring frequency,

responsibility and time bound implementation

plan for mitigation measure shall be provided.

Toxic substance monitoring plan.

Environmental Management Plan is given as

Chapter 10, Page 244

Environment Monitoring Plan is given as Chapter 6,

Page 201

42

EMP shall include the concept of waste-

minimization, recycle / reuse / recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

Environmental Management Plan is given as

Chapter 10, Page 244

43 Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures.

Details are given in Chapter 10, Table 10-17,

Page 267.

44 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

45

(a)

Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

report.

Yes, copy of the policy is given in Annexure 13,

Page 368

46

(b)

Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for

standard operating process/procedures to bring

into focus any infringement / deviation / violation

of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

report.

Yes, details are given in Annexure 13, Page 368

47

(c)

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative

order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the EC conditions? Details of this

system may be given.

EHS organogram is given in Chapter 7, Figure

7-30, Page 228







S.


48

(d)

Does the company have a system of reporting of

non-compliance / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism should be detailed in

the EIA report.

EHS organogram is given in Chapter 7, Figure

7-30, Page 228

49

Any litigation pending against the project and/or

any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof.

No

50 A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TORs. Provided in Chapter 1, Table 1-2, Page 25

B ADDITIONAL TOR

Since three months environmental data already

monitored, one month additional environmental

data to be monitored and revalidated.

Though TOR has mentioned monitoring of only one

month additional environmental data, JLSL has

carried out monitoring for one season.

The following general points shall be noted:

i All documents shall be properly indexed, page

numbered.

Complied

ii Period/date of data collection shall be clearly

indicated.

Complied

iii Authenticated English translation of all material

provided in Regional languages.

Complied

iv

The letter/application for EC shall quote the

MOEF file No. and also attach a copy of the

letter.

Complied

v

The copy of the letter received from the Ministry

shall be also attached as an annexure to the final

EIA-EMP Report.

Complied

vi

The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the

Ministry must incorporate the issues in this letter.

The index of the final EIA-EMP report must

indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the

EIA-EMP Report.

Complied

vii Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI to

the environmental consultant shall be included.

Complied





JIL, VILAYAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of the Project

The proposed project is for manufacturing Technical Grade Pesticide and pesticide specific intermediate

that is covered under Category- 5 (b) “A” projects of MoEFCC, New Delhi as per the new EIA

notification vide gazette no. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006.

2.2 Need and Justification of the Project

Agrochemicals are used to improve crop performance, yield or control pests. As per Indian Journal of

Ecology report, major crop losses due to non-usage of pesticides were about 17.5% of the yield valued

at ~INR 90,000 Cr per annum (FY12 estimated). It is estimated that the present food grain production

can increase from 3 Trillion Ton to 4 Trillion Ton by using appropriate crop protection. Therefore, right

usage of crop protection chemicals is essential in increasing agricultural production by preventing crop

losses before and after harvesting.

Crop losses in the country due to various pests range from 10 to 30 percent each year depending upon

the severity of pest attack. Pesticides play an important role in sustaining agricultural production of the

country by protecting crops from pest attacks and by keeping the pest population under control.

Availability of safe and efficacious pesticides and their judicious use by the farming community is critical

to a sustained increase in agricultural production and productivity. Pesticides are also useful in health

programmes for controlling vectors responsible for diseases like malaria.

Pesticides proposed to be manufactured by the project proponent are widely used all over the world

including India. At present, there are only few industries in India manufacturing these particular

products, which have good market potential and will help farmers for better crop yield. By using

appropriate pesticides, up to 90% crop loss can be avoided in various crops. Benefit in terms of saving

of crop output is multifold compared to expenses for buying Agrochemicals.

It is thus, very much justified to manufacture these Pesticides not only to increase the market availability

but also to reduce import burdens of the country.

2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary &

project site layout)

The proposed facility is located at GIDC-Vilayat, in SEZ operated by Jubilant Infrastructure Limited

spread over an area of 107 Hac. The total plot area of the proposed unit is about 20 ha (20 Hactares,

2,00,000 m2). A site location map is shown as Figure 2-1 & satellite image of study area is shown as

Figure 2-2. Location map on google image of proposed site is attached as Figure 2-3. Coordinates of

the SEZ are given in Table 2-1. Site layout map of SEZ is given in Figure 2-4 and site lay out map of

unit 3 is given in Figure 2-5. Land distribution at site is given in Table 2-2.

JUBILANT LIFE SCIENCES LIMITED EIA / EMP AND RA / DMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED

PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-1: Project Location Map




Figure 2-2: Satellite Image of Study Area




Figure 2-3: Location Map on Google Image

Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of the SEZ Area

Point Latitude Longitude Point Latitude Longitude

A 21°46'57.57"N 72°53'32.47"E E 21°47'27.27"N 72°52'47.49"E

B 21°47'16.48"N 72°53'26.66"E F 21°47'2.77"N 72°52'49.23"E

C 21°47'15.74"N 72°53'24.42"E G 21°46'46.42"N 72°52'52.89"E

D 21°47'32.08"N 72°53'18.85"E

JUBILANT LIFE SCIENCES LIMITED EIA / EMP AND RA / DMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF



Figure 2-4: Site Layout of SEZ

Proposed

JLSL Unit 3







Figure 2-5: Tentative Site Layout Map of Proposed Unit 3 (Technical Grade Pesticides & pesticide specific intermediates manufacturing Unit)

Table 2-2: Land Distribution at Site

S. No. Title Area, m2 % of total Area

1 Industrial Buildings 45000 22.50

2 Raw Material, Finished Goods, Waste Storage Yard 55000 27.50

3 Utility Infrastructure 20000 10.00

4 Roads and Infrastructure 30000 15.00

5 Green Belt 16000 8.00

6 Open Spaces 34000 17.00

Total 200000 100.00







Photograph 2-1: Photographs of the Project Site & Surrounding Area

Entrance of JIL SEZ Power Plant of JIL SEZ

Unit 1 of JLSL within JIL SEZ Unit 2 of JLSL within JIL SEZ

Area of Proposed Unit 3 JIL SEZ

2.3.1 Approach and Connectivity to Facility

Project Site is located in SEZ in Vilayat GIDC near village Vilayat in Taluka Vagra, district Bharuch in

Southern region of Gujarat state. It is rapidly developing industrial area and located at an aerial

distance of about 12.0 km towards NW direction from district headquarter Bharuch and easily

approachable.

By Road

State Highway, SH – 161 this is main approach road to site. It connects Bharuch with

Costal Village Gandhar, via Vagra. This is double lane road passing at a distance of about

This image cannot currently be display ed.







2.1 km towards E direction from proposed site. This road also serves as a link between

NH228 and costal highway SH06.

NH – 228 is a historical Dandi March route declared as national highway connects

Ahmedabad and Dandi which is near Navsari, in south Gujarat. This highway is passing

through study area at an aerial distance about 5.21 km towards E direction from proposed

site.

National Highway, NH – 8 connects Mumbai – Ahmedabad - Delhi, is passing at an aerial

distance of about 15.0 km towards E direction from proposed project site. This is busiest

highway in western India having six lanes. Site is also approachable from this highway

through Nabipur –Dayadara road.

By Rail

Bharuch – Samni – Dahej broad gauge railway line passing at an aerial distance of about

5.2 km towards E direction from proposed site. Nearest railway station is at Dayadra.

Bharuch is a major railway station in the area on Mumbai – Vadodara section of the western

railway. It is busiest railway route passing through the region, which is about 14.51 km

towards E direction from project site.

By Air

Vadodara Domestic Airport is about 70 km towards N direction from proposed site. Daily

multiple flights for Mumbai and Delhi are available from here.

Surat Domestic Airport is about 75 km towards SSW direction from proposed site. Daily

flight to Delhi available from here.

Ahmedabad Domestic and International Airport is about 144 km towards NNW direction

from project site.

2.4 Size or Magnitude of the Project

JLSL proposes a new Technical Grade Pesticide and pesticide specific intermediate manufacturing

plant having production capacity of 32350 MTPA. Total plot area is 2,00,000 m2. The investment

required for the proposed plant will be INR 250.00 Crores. The total capital expenditure for pollution

control measured will be approx. INR 10 Crores. It is expected that recurring costs on environmental

matters would be approx. INR 2 crores.

2.5 Process Description and Chemical Reaction

All the chemical reactions or routes of synthesis are either patented rights or applied for patent and

hence not disclosed in this public document. However the same shall be made available as a

controlled document for regulatory clearance purpose.

The proposed project is for manufacturing varieties of products in batch operation having different

chemicals and formulations. The manufacturing process shall have a combination of Unit operations

which shall be undertaken in series or simultaneously operation to produce the desired product. In

the following sections, the different kinds of unit operations proposed to be adopted for the

manufacturing processes are detailed. Therefore, the overall Process Flow Diagram for the proposed

project would remain the same and would vary by eliminating one of more of the processes not

required for a given product.







Description of Unit Operations

Reactors

The most common type of reactor vessel is the kettle-type reactor. These reactors typically range

in capacity from 50-litre to several thousand liters. The vessels are made of either stainless steel or

glass-lined carbon steel. Reactors are equipped to provide a range of capabilities that may be

required during the batch reaction step. This equipment may include: A jacket for heating and

cooling, connections for charging raw materials and for discharging the contents of the reactor, an

agitation and recycle line for mixing, control systems for temperature and pressure, a condenser

system for controlling vent losses, return line for refluxing condensable, a steam ejector for vacuum

operation, a nitrogen supply for padding and purging the reactor, and a man way for taking samples

and adding solid catalysts, reactants, and other solid materials to the reactor.

Raw materials or ingredients, including solvents, used to produce the intermediate or bulk

substances are charged into the reactor vessel. Liquid ingredients are drawn into the reactor either

by pumping or through vacuum from drums and storage tanks. Solids may be charged manually or

via mechanical means such as through a vacuum system.

Once the reactor vessels are charged with the raw materials, the reaction takes place. The reactor

can be operated at atmospheric pressure, elevated pressure, or under vacuum. Because of their

flexibility, reactors may be used in a variety of ways. Besides hosting chemical reactions, they can

act as mixers, heaters, holding tanks, crystallizers, and evaporators. Typical reactions performed

include alkylations, hydrogenations, brominations etc. Temperature, pressure and the degree of

mixing are carefully monitored to achieve the desired product and to ensure safety.

Chemical Reaction

A chemical compound is a pure chemical substance consisting of two or more different chemical

elements that can be separated into simpler substances by chemical reactions. Chemical reaction is

a process that leads to the transformation of one set of chemical substances to another. Classically,

chemical reactions encompass changes that only involve the positions of electrons in the forming

and breaking of chemical bonds between atoms, with no change to the nuclei (no change to the

elements present), and can often be described by a chemical equation.

Neutralization

Neutralization is a chemical reaction in which an acid and a base react to form a salt. Water is

frequently, but not necessarily, produced as well. Neutralizations with Arrhenius acids and bases

always produce water where acid–alkali reactions produce water and a metal salt.

Separation

Several separation mechanisms are employed by the chemical industry including extraction,

decanting, centrifugation and filtration. These mechanisms may be employed jointly or individually,

in multiple stages, to separate the intermediate or bulk substance from the reaction solution and to

remove impurities.

Extraction

Extraction is used to separate liquid mixtures by taking advantage of differences in the solubility of

the mixture components. Absolvent that preferentially combines with only one of the components

is added to the mixture.







Decanting

Decanting is a simple process used to separate mixtures of liquid and insoluble solid that has settled

to the bottom of a reactor or settling vessel. The liquid over the solid is either pumped out of the

vessel or poured from the vessel leaving behind the insoluble solid and a certain amount of liquid.

Condensation

Condensation is the change of the physical state of matter from gas phase into liquid phase, and is

the reverse of vaporization. It can also be defined as the change in the state of water vapor to liquid

water when in contact with any surface.

Absorption

Absorption is a physical or chemical phenomenon or a process in which atoms, molecules, or ions

enter some bulk phase – gas, liquid or solid material. This is a different process from adsorption,

since molecules undergoing absorption are taken up by the volume, not by the surface (as in the

case for adsorption). A more general term is sorption, which covers absorption, adsorption, and ion

exchange. Absorption is a condition in which something takes in another substance.

Mixing

Mixing is a unit operation that involves manipulation of a heterogeneous physical system with the

intent to make it more homogeneous. Mixing is performed to allow heat and/or mass transfer to

occur between one or more steams, components or phases. Modern industrial processing almost

always involves some form of mixing. Some classes of chemical reactors are also mixers. With the

right equipment, it is possible to mix a solid, liquid or gas into another solid, liquid or gas.

Distillation

Distillation is a process of separating component substances from liquid mixtures through

vaporization and condensation, based on different volatility point of components in the mixture.

Distillation is a unit operation, or a physical separation process, and not a chemical reaction.

Centrifugation

Centrifuges are used to remove the intermediate or product solids from a liquid stream. Centrifuges

work on the principle of centrifugal force, in which an outward force is exerted on rotating object.

Centrifuges are cylinders with rotating baskets within them. The sides of the basket are perforated

and covered with filter medium such as woven fabric or metal.

Filtration

Filtration is the separation of fluid-solids mixture-involving passage of most of the fluid through a

porous barrier (the filter medium), which retains most of the solid particulates, contained in the

mixture. In the pharmaceutical industry, filtration is used to remove solids from a liquid, whether

these solids be product, process intermediates, catalysts or carbon particulates (e.g., from a

discoloring step).

Crystallization

After the reaction takes place, the intermediate or final bulk substance (which is usually in solid

form) can be separated from the reaction solution by crystallization. Crystallization is one of the

most common separation techniques and is often used alone or in combination with one or more of







the separation techniques described above. In crystallization, a supersaturated solution is created

in which crystals of the desired compound are formed. Super saturation depends on the solubility

of the desired compound.

Purification

Once the intermediate or the bulk substance has been separated, it may need to be purified.

Depending on the intermediate or the bulk substance produced, there may be several purification

steps involved to produce the desired active ingredient. Purification typically is achieved through

additional separation steps such as those described above. Purification is often achieved through re-

crystallization. Washing with additional solvents and filtration may also be used.

Vacuum System

Vacuum system has a wide range of applications like evacuation, evaporation and pumping of gases

and vapors in chemical, biological and pharmaceutical Molecules. Vacuum System is ideal for high

boiling solvents. Typical applications are High Boiler distillation or Heat sensitive Product Drying.

Drying

The final step in the chemical synthesis process is drying of the intermediate or final bulk substance.

Drying is done by evaporating the solvents from the solids. Solvents released from drying operations

may be condensed for reuse or disposal. There are various types of dryers used by the

pharmaceutical industry including tray dryers, rotary dryers, drum or tumble dryers, or pressure

filter dryers. The selection of the dryer type depends primarily on the characteristics of the solid.

Scrubber

Scrubber systems are a diverse group of air pollution control devices that can be used to remove

some particulates and/or gases from industrial exhaust streams. Traditionally, the term "scrubber"

has referred to pollution control devices that use liquid to wash unwanted pollutants from a gas

stream. Scrubbers are one of the primary devices that control gaseous emissions, especially acid

gases. Scrubbers can also be used for heat recovery from hot gases by flue-gas condensation.




Figure 2-6: Typical Flow Diagram for Products







2.5.1 Process Flow Diagram and Mass Balance

1. Mepiquat Chloride

Process Flow Diagram

Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product

Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)

1 Piperidine 1.157

2 Para Formaldehyde 0.559

3 Formic Acid 1.664

4 Sodium Hydroxide 0.910

5 Solvent-1 1.560

6 Methyl Chloride Gas 1.157

7 Solvent-2 5.460

Total 12.467

S.

No.

Output MT/MT of Product

Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Mepiquat Chloride - - 1.000 - Product

2 Recovered

Solvent-1 - - 0.860 -

Recovered and reused in

next batch

3 Recovered Solvent

-2 - - 3.280 -


next batch

4 Effluent 3.937 - - - Will be sent to ETP

5 Residue - - - 0.50 Will be sent to

Incinerator

6 Loss - 2.890 - - Water from drying loss

to Atmosphere

Total 3.937 2.890 5.14 0.50

12.467







2. Chlormequat Chloride


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Trimethylamine (TMA) 0.500

2 Ethylene dichloride (EDC) 3.280

3 DM Water 0.310

4 Activated Charcoal 0.001

5 Cat-CS-J 0.010

Total 4.101

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Chlormequat

Chloride - - 1.000 - Product

2 Recovered Ethylene

Dichloride - 0.55 2.510 -


next batch

3 Activated Charcoal - - 0.001 - Recovered and reused in

next batch

4 Recovered Trimethyl

amine -

- 0.04 -


next batch

Total 0.000 0.550 3.551 0.000

4.101







3. Chlorpyrifos & its derivatives


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2,3,5,6-Tetrachloropyridine 0.730

2 Base 0.260

3 O,O-Di ethyl thiophosphorous chloride 0.630

4 Catalyst-CS-E 0.002

5 Solvent 1.950

6 DM Water 3.500

Total 7.072

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Chlorpyrifos ethyl 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Solvent 1.840 Recovered and reused in

next batch

3 Solvent Loss 0.070 To Atmosphere

4 Effluent 3.790 To ETP

5 Water Vapor 0.160 To Atmosphere

6 Residue 0.170 To Incinerator

7 Dry Loss 0.0420 To Atmosphere

Total 3.790 0.272 2.840 0.170

7.072







4. Imidacloprid


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Ethylene diamine 0.290

2 2-chloro-5chloromethyl pyridine 0.780

3 Nitroguanadine 0.490

4 Solvent 1.060


6 Water 0.950

Total 4.720

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Imidacloprid 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Solvent 1.030 Recovered and

reused in next batch


4 HCl Scrubber &

Drying Loss 0.300

Scrubber effluent to

ETP and vent losses

To Atmosphere

5 Distillation Loss 0.130 Vent scrubber losses

To Atmosphere

Total 2.260 0.430 2.030 0.000

4.720







5. Acetamiprid


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 N-cynomethyl Acetamidate 0.580

2 2-chloro -(methylaminomethyl) pyridine 0.840

3 Solvent 0.720

Total 2.140

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Acetamiprid 1.000 Product

2 Recovered

Solvent 0.660


next batch


4 Solvent

Loss 0.1200

Vent scrubber loss To

Atmosphere

Total 0.000 0.120 1.660 0.360

2.140







6. Thiamethoxam


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 S-phenyl 1.670

2 Chlorine Gas 0.970

3 Dimethyl Carbonate 0.410


5 Solvent 0.120

6 Water 0.120

Total 3.710

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Thiamethoxam 1.000 Product

2 Benzene Sulfonyl

Chloride 0.670 By product

3 Recovered Dimethyl

Carbonate 0.390 Recovered and reused in

next batch 4 Recovered Solvent 0.110



7 Distillation & Drying

Loss 0.1500

Vent scrubber loss and

water vapour from drying

lost to Atmosphere

Total 1.210 0.150 2.170 0.180

3.710







7. Thiacloprid


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Dipotassium salt of N-cyanodithioiminocarbonate 1.930

2 BC 2.780

3 Solvent 9.980

4 Methylene Chloride 9.980

5 2-aminoethanethiol hydrochloride 0.980

6 25% Sodium Hydroxide Solution 1.350

7 Hydrochloric Acid 1.000

8 2-chloro-5-Chloromethyl pyridine 1.060

9 N,N-Dimethyl formamide 5.880

10 Potassium Hydroxide 0.380

11 Solvent 4.900

12 Water 5.530

Total 45.750







S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Thiacloprid 1.000 Product

2 Benzyl Thiol 1.800 By product will be

reused

3 Recovered Solvent 7.090 Recovered and reused

in next batch

4 Recovered Methylene

Chloride 6.080

Recovered and reused

in next batch

5 Recovered N,N-Dimethyl

formamide 5.300


in next batch


in next batch



10 Solvent loss in vacuum

& drying 9.7400

Vent scrubber losses

and water vapour loss

from drying To

Atmosphere

11 Waste 1.490 To Landfill site

Total 9.150 9.740 25.200 1.660

45.750

8. Chlorfluazuron








Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 1,2,3-Trichloro-5-nitrobenzene 0.820

2 3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl) pyridine-2-ol 0.720


4 O-Xylele 8.200

5 Methanol 16.410

6 Sodium Hydride 0.820

7 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 2.460

8 2,6-diflurobenzamide 0.740

9 Methylene Chloride 19.680

10 Oxalyl Chloride 0.680

11 Water 16.400

Total 67.090

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Chlorfluazuron 1.000 Product

2 Recovered O-Xylene 7.790 Recovered and reused in

next batch

3 Recovered Methanol 6.980 Recovered and reused in

next batch

4 Recovered

Methylene Chloride 15.740


next batch



7 Solvent loss in

vacuum & drying 5.680

Vent scrubber losses and

water vapour loss from

drying To Atmosphere

8 HCl gas 0.630 To Scrubber

Total 34.890 0.000 31.510 0.690

67.090







9. Chlorantraniliprole








Material Balance

S. No. Input/MT of Product


1 2,3-Dichlorpyridine 1.520

2 Solvent-1 3.300

3 Solvent-2 8.870

4 Solvent-3 2.290

5 Diethyl meleate 1.100

6 Acetic acid 0.840

7 Solvent-4 1.810

8 Acetonitrile 11.460

9 POBr3 0.580

10 Sodium carbonate 0.760

11 Methylene dichloride 7.910

12 K2S2O8 1.190

13 Conc. Sulphuric acid 0.590

14 Solvent-5 2.700

15 Sodium hydroxide 0.250

16 Ethyl acetate 3.610

17 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 0.640

18 Methy 2-amino-3-methyl benzoate 0.550

19 10% Sodium hypochlorite soln. 2.990

20 Methyl amine (40%) 0.390

21 Pyridine 0.270

22 Methane sulfonyl chloride 0.340

23 Water 31.160

Total 85.120

S. No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Chlorantraniliprole 1.000 Product

2 Recovered

Solvent-1 2.450


next batch

3 Recovered

Solvent-2 8.420


next batch

4 Recovered

Solvent-3 1.680


next batch

5 Recovered

Solvent-4 0.680


next batch

S. No. Output MT/MT of Product Remark







Product Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery / Product

Solid Waste

6 Recovered

Acetonitrile 10.730


next batch 7 Recovered MDC 6.930

8 Recovered

Ethanol 2.550

9 Recovered Ethyl

Acetate 3.430


next batch


11 Aqueous Effluent 1.85 To ETP

12 Residue 1.23 To incinerator

13 CO2 gas 0.3200 To atmosphere

14 SO2 + HCl 0.25 To Scrubber

15 Distillation solvent

loss in trap 2.970

Vent scrubber losses To

atmosphere and residue to

incinerator

16 Drying Loss 0.230 To atmosphere

Total 42.250 3.770 37.870 1.230

85.120

10. Cyantraniliprole








Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2,3-Dichlorpyridine 1.520

2 Hydrazine hydrate (85%) 3.300

3 Solvent-1 7.950

4 Solvent-2 2.290

5 Diethyl meleate 1.100

6 Acetic acid 0.600

7 Solvent-3 1.810

8 Solvent-4 12.060

9 POBr3 0.580


11 Solvent-5 6.760

12 K2S2O8 1.190

13 Conc. sulphuric acid 0.590

14 Methanol 5.350


16 Ethyl acetate 3.610

17 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 0.310

18 2-Amino-3-methyl benzoate 0.680

19 HBr (48%) 0.710

20 H2O2 (30%) 0.500

21 N-methyl pyrrolidone 2.000

22 Cu(I)CN 0.350

23 Liq. Ammonia (12%) 1.950

24 Methyl amine (40%) in methanol 1.570

25 Sodium methoxide (30% soln.) 0.050

26 Pyridine 0.700

27 Methane sulfonyl chloride 0.390

28 Water 32.770

Total 91.870

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Cyantraniliprole 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Hydrazine

hydrate (85%) 2.450


in next batch

3 Recovered Solvent-1 7.550 Recovered and reused

in next batch








in next batch


in next batch


in next batch


in next batch

8 Recovered Methanol 5.210 Recovered and reused

in next batch

9 Recovered Ethyl Acetate 3.430 Recovered and reused

in next batch

10 Recovered N-methyl

pyrrolidone 1.900


in next batch

11 Recovered Methyl amine

(40%) in methanol 0.840


in next batch


13 Aq. Effluent 4.99 To ETP



16 Distillation solvent loss in

trap 2.99

Vent Scrubber loss To

atmosphere and

residue to incinerator

17 Drying Loss 0.310 To atmosphere

Total 44.910 3.620 42.110 1.230

91.870







11. Triclopyr


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2,3,5,6-Tetrachloropyridine 1.200


3 Methyl Chloroacetate 0.580

4 Solvent 3.130

5 4% Sodium hypochlorite solution 1.060

6 20% sulphuric acid solution 1.290

7 Water 30.130

Total 37.830

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Triclopyr 1.000 Product




4 Aqueous Filtrate 19.97 Recycle to next batch

5 Distillation + Drying

Loss 0.34

Vent Scrubber Loss

and water vapour

loss from drying To

atmosphere

Total 13.6 0.340 23.95 0.000

37.830







12. Triclopyr butoxy ethyl ester


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Triclopyr 2-butoxy ethyl ester 0.880

2 2-butoxy ethanol 0.400

3 Solvent 5.500

4 Sodium Bicarbonate 8.800


6 Water 4.400

Total 19.991

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Triclopyr 2-butoxy

ethyl ester 1.000 Product


next batch

3 Recovered Charcoal 0.011 Recovered and reused in

next batch


5 Solvent Loss 0.28


Atmosphere and residue to

incinerator

Total 13.450 0.280 6.261 0.000

19.991







13. Fluroxypyr-meptyl


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2,3,4,5,6-Penta chloropyridine 1.330

2 Anhydrous potassium fluoride 0.880

3 Tetramethylene Sulfone 7.150

4 Ammonium Hydroxide 0.550


6 Solvent 4.400

7 Methyl chloroacetate 0.420

8 2-Octanol 2.200

9 Catalyst-CS-D 0.003


11 DM Water 1.380

Total 19.650

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Fluroxypyr

meptyl 1.000 Product

2

Recovered

Tetramethylene

Sulfone

6.850 Recovered and reused in

next batch







3 Recovered

Solvent 3.210


next batch

4 Recovered 2-

Octanol 1.790


next batch



7 Waste 1.210 To Landfill Site

8 Solvent Loss 1.76


Atmosphere and residue

to incineration

9 NH3 gas 0.310 To Incinerator

Total 2.300 2.070 12.850 2.430

19.650

14. Clodinafop Propargyl


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 (R)-(+)-2-(4- Hydroxyphenoxy) propionic acid 0.650

2 Solvent-1 1.640

3 Potassium Carbonate 1.090

4 5-Chloro-2 3-difluoropyridine 0.620

5 Propargyl Chloride 0.380

6 Solvent-2 2.100

Total 6.480

Output MT/MT of Product Remark







S.

No. Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Clodinafop Propargyl 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Solvent-1 1.560 Recovered and






6 Filtration Loss 0.06 To ETP

7 Distillation & Drying Loss 0.290

Vent scrubber loss


from drying To

Atmosphere

8 CO2 gas 0.090 To Atmosphere

Total 0.000 0.440 4.510 1.530

6.480

15. Diquat dibromide


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2-chloro pyridine 1.050

2 Copper Metal 0.010


4 Ethylene Dibromide 2.070

5 Water 0.580

Total 4.080








S.

No. Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Diquat Dibromide 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Copper

Metal 0.010


in next batch

3 Recovered Ethylene

Dibromide 0.96


in next batch


5 Distillation & filtration

loss 0.6


atmosphere and

effluents to ETP

Total 1.510 0.600 1.970 0.000

4.080

16. Haloxyfop-P-methyl


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Methyl (R)-(+)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy) propionate 0.630

2 Potassium carbonate 0.620

3 2-fluoro-3-Chloro-5-(Trifluoromethyl) Pyridine. 0.580

4 Solvent 1.040

5 Water 2.070

Total 4.940








S.

No. Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Haloxyfop-P-Methyl 1.000 Product





5 Distillation Solvent loss in

vacuum & drying 0.1900

Vent scrubber loss

and water vapour

loss from drying To

atmosphere


Total 2.530 0.330 1.930 0.150

4.940

17. Fluazifop-P-butyl


Material Balance

Input/MT of Product







S.

No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)

1 Butyl (R)-(+)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy) propionate 0.740

2 Solvent-1 1.700

3 Potassium carbonate 0.270

4 2-Chloro-5-(Trifluoromethyl) Pyridine. 0.600

5 Solvent-2 1.400

6 Water 0.920

Total 5.630

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Fluazifop-P-Butyl 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Solvent-

1 1.560


in next batch 3

Recovered Solvent-

2 1.320



6

Distillation Solvent

loss in vacuum &

drying

0.3500

Vent Scrubber Loss and


drying To atmosphere


Total 1.130 0.440 3.880 0.180

5.630

18. Diflufenican








Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2-Chloro nicotinic acid 0.680

2 Solvent-1 1.700

3 3-(Trifluoromethyl) phenol 0.700


5 Thionyl Chloride 0.510

6 Solvent-2 1.610

7 2,4-Difluoroaniline 0.470

8 Triethyl amine 0.370

9 Water 3.380

Total 9.900

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Diflufenican 1.000 Product







6 Distillation Solvent Loss 0.3700 Vent scrubber losses

To atmosphere

Total 4.910 0.370 4.020 0.600

9.900







19. Nicosulfuron


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2-chloro nicotinic acid 2.180

2 Solvent 14.410



5 Dimethyl amine 0.530

6 Sulfur 0.300

7 Chlorine gas 0.390

8 Ammonia gas 0.200

9 Diphenyl carbonate 0.830

10 2-amino-4,6-dimethoxy pyrimidine 1.220

11 Methanol 0.230

12 Water 6.040

Total 31.360

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Nicosulfuron 1.000 Product


next batch







3 Recovered Methanol 0.180 Recovered and reused in

next batch



6 Waste 0.350 To landfill site

7 Distillation solvent loss

in vacuum & drying 2.08

Vent scrubber losses and



Total 13.380 2.080 12.700 3.200

31.360

20. Picloram


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Alfa picoline 11.270

2 Dry HCl gas 8.580


4 Solvent 34.600

5 Sulphuric acid 11.510

6 Liquid Ammonia 8.220

7 Conc. HCl (33% ) 0.770

8 Water 59.570

Total 182.510







S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Picloram 1.000 Product

2 Recovered

Solvent 34.000


next batch

3 Recovered Liq.

Ammonia 7.310


next batch


5 Filtrate 28.62 Recycle back to process


7

Distillation

Solvent loss in

vacuum &

drying

7.5600




8 Cl2 + HCl vent

gas 53.57 will be recycled

9 HCl gas 0.690 Scrubber

Total 73.570 61.820 42.310 4.810

182.510

21. Clopyralid


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 3,4,5,6-Tetra choropyridine-2-carboxylic acid 2.0100

2 Hydrazine (95%) 0.2800


4 Sodium hydroxide soln. 20% 2.3900







S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


5 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 0.7700

6 Solvent 11.5000

7 Water 14.9500

Total 32.7200

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Clopyralid 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Solvent 9.200 Recovered and reused in next

batch


4 Distillation Solvent

Loss 2.3000



incinerator

Total 20.220 2.300 10.200 0.000

32.720

22. Paraquat & its derivatives


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Pyridine 0.780

2 Sodium Amide 0.390

3 Solvent 1.560

4 Methyl Chloride Gas 0.350

5 Water 0.390

Total 3.470







S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Paraquat Dichloride 1.000 Product


in next batch

3 Effluent 0.78 ETP


5 Solvent Loss 0.3400


atmosphere and

residue to incinerator

Total 0.780 0.340 2.250 0.100

3.470

23. Trifloxystrobin


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 O-Toluic Acid 1.930

2 Solvent 19.290


4 N,N-dimethyl formamide 0.270

5 Sodium Cyanide 0.890

6 Methanol 18.940

7 Dry HCl gas 1.930

8 Conc. Sulphuric Acid 2.700

9 Dsodium Hydroxide 0.640







S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


10 N-Methoxyamine hydrochloride 0.860

11 Methylene dichloride 5.800

12 Aceronitrile 11.760

13 N-bromosuccinamide 1.310

14 Cat-CS-I 0.060

15 Diisopropyl ether 7.060

16 3-trifluoroacetophenone 0.850

17 N-Hysroxyamine Hydrochloride 0.310

18 Ethyl Acetate 4.260

19 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 13.600


21 Water 49.800

Total 149.490

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Trifloxystrobin 1.000 Product

2 Recovered Solvent 17.370

Recovered and

reused in next

batch

3 Recovered Methanol 8.030

4 Recovered Methylene

Dichloride 2.900

5 Recovered Acetonitrile 9.430

6 Recovered Diidopropyl

ether 3.570

7 Recovered Ethyl Acetate 3.400

8 Recovered Methyl

Isobutyl Ketone 10.880

9 Effluent containing NaCl 18.17 For hypo

treatment





18 Distillation Solvent loss in

trap 14.290

Vent scrubber loss

To Atmosphere

and residue to

incinerator

Total 75.600 17.130 56.580 0.180

149.490







24. Imazethapyr


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 5-ethyl-pyridine dicarboxylic acid 0.830

2 Acetic Anhydride 0.470

3 Solvent 3.280

4 2-amino-2,3-dimethyl butyronitrile 0.530

5 Sodium hydroxide soln. (30%) 2.190

6 Hydrogen Peroxide (25%) 0.840

7 Conc. HCl (30%) 0.920

8 Water 3.070

Total 12.130

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Imazethapyr 1.000 Product

2 Recovered

Solvent 3.110


next batch

3 Filtrate ML

containing NaCl 6.81 To MEE and ATFD


5

Distillation

solvent loss in

vacuum & drying

0.3800



incinerator

Total 6.810 0.380 4.110 0.830

12.130







25. Pyroxsulam


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2-Amino-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine 0.630

2 Ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate 0.810

3 Solvent-1 3.680

4 Slovent-2 1.040

5 Solvent-3 5.980

6 Hydroxylamine hydrochloride 0.270

7 Diisopropylethylamine 0.980

8 Ethyl Acetate 0.860

9 Acetonitrile 1.960

10 Hydrochloric Acid (12%) 1.020

11 2-methoxy-4-(Trifluoromethyl) pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride 0.880

12 Toluene 1.150

13 Water 0.920

Total 20.180







S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Pyroxsulam 1.000 Product


1 3.000

Recovered and



2 0.920

Recovered and



3 5.340

Recovered and


5 Recovered Ethyl

Acetate 0.800

Recovered and


6 Recovered

Acetonitrile 1.730

Recovered and


7 Recovered Toluene 1.040 Recovered and




10 Distillation solvent

loss in vacuum 2.2000

Vent scrubber losses

To atmosphere and

residue to

incinerator

Total 3.490 2.200 13.830 0.660

20.180

26. Picoxystrobin








Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 3-Isochromanone 1.105

2 Methyl Formate 0.611

3 Solvent-1 7.475

4 Sodium Methoxide Powder 0.598

5 Dimethyl Sulphate 0.871


7 Cat-CS-B 0.195

8 Solvent-2 3.601

9 2-Fluro-6-trifluro methyl pyridine 1.05


11 Solvent-3 5.850

12 Cat-CS-H 0.156

13 Cat-CS-A 0.104

14 Cat-CS-C 0.117

15 Water 18.785

Total 42.455

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Picoxystrobin 1.000 Product



3 Recovered Sodium

Methoxide Powder 0.130

Recovered and







7 Residue 0.87 To Incineration

8 Solvent & Drying

Loss 2.230

Vent scrubber loss

and water vapour

loss from drying To

Atmosphere

9 SO2 0.48 To Scrubber

Total 23.135 2.710 15.740 0.870

42.455







27. Boscalid


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 4-chloro phenyl boronic acid 0.270

2 Solvent-1 11.200

3 Aq. Sodium hydroxide 3.920

4 1-chloro-2-nitro benzene 1.840

5 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 7.380

6 Fe Powder 0.370

7 Solvent-2 4.500

8 2-chloro nicotinic acid 0.910



11 Solvent-3 2.300

12 Sodium Carbonate 0.290

13 O-Xylene 1.100

14 Water 7.390

Total 43.060







S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Boscalid 1.000 Product


in next batch

3 Recovered Fe Powder 0.350 Recovered and reused

in next batch


in next batch


in next batch

6 Recovered O-Xylene 0.990 Recovered and reused

in next batch


8 Residue 0.33 To Incineration

9 Distillation solvent loss

in vacuum & drying 2.5500

Vent scrubber loss


from drying To

Atmosphere


Total 21.400 3.130 18.200 0.330

43.060

28. Azoxystrobin








Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 2-Coumaranone 0.630

2 Trimethyl ortho formate 1.230

3 Acetic Anhydride 3.420

4 4,6-dichloropyrimidine 0.890

5 Methyl Formate 1.820

6 Sodium Methoxide (28%) 1.140

7 Toluene 10.060

8 2-cyanophenol 0.380


10 N,N-dimethyl formamide 1.800

11 Methanol 2.000

12 Water 11.230

Total 35.360

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1 Azoxystrobin 1.000 Product

2 Methyl Acetate (85%) 0.740 By product for sale

3 Acetic Acid (85%) 0.670 By product for sale

4 DCP Imp. 0.090 By product for sale

5 Recovered Acetic

Anhydride 2.880

Recovered and


6 Recovered Sodium

Methoxide (28%) 0.930

Recovered and


7 Recovered Toluene 9.590 Recovered and


8 Recovered N,N-

dimethyl formamide 1.720

Recovered and


9 Recovered Methanol 1.380 Recovered and




12 Distillation & Drying

Loss 3.3900

Vent scrubber loss

and water vapour

loss from drying To

Atmosphere

Total 12.880 3.390 19.000 0.090

35.360







29. 2-Chloro6(trichloromethyl)pyridine (Nitrapyrin)


Material Balance

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Conc. HCl (33% ) 6.126

2 Sulphuric acid 0.598

3 Alfa picoline 1.000


5 Sodium carbonate (3% aq. soln.) 0.468

6 Solvent 2.548

7 Carbon 0.001

Total 15.382

S.

No.


Remark Product

Liquid

Effluent

Air

Emission

Recovery/

Product

Solid

Waste

1

2-Chloro-6-

(trichloromethyl)

pyridine

1.000 Product


next batch

3 Carbon .001

4 Waste Water 0.37 To ETP for Treatment

5 Wet H2SO4 0.5








7 Cl2 + HCl vent Gas 3.19

8 HCl 3.32 4.181

9 Solvent Loss 0.2100



drying To Atmosphere

Total 4.190 7.581 2.760 0.851

15.382

2.6 Solvent Recovery System

Solvent recovery system will be used to separate following three types of solvents,

1. Mixture of solvents with different boiling point and vapor pressure

2. Solvents with some high boiler impurities

3. Solvent in aqueous mixture

Process Description

Material of Mixed component is charged in Vessel. Apply steam heating and raise the temperature. At

temperature more than higher boiling point of component in the mixture, vapor is generated and vapours

is moving in top. Vapours travelling through column to the top. On top of column heat exchanger is

placed to condense the vapours. Low boil up solvent is collecting at top. High boil up solvent is collecting

from bottom.

Process flow diagram of solvent recovery system is given in Figure 2-7. Details of solvents to be used

and recovery of solvents are given in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3: Details of Solvent Recovery

S.

No. Name of Solvent

Quantity of

Solvent

Consumed,

MT/Year

Quantity of

Spent Solvent

Generated,

MT/Year

Quantity of

Solvent

Recovered,

MT/Year

%

Recovery

1 2-Octanol 2.2 1.54 1.386 90

2 Acetic Anhydride 3.42 2.394 2.1546 90

3 Acetone 14.18 9.926 8.9334 90

4 Acetonitrile 38.3 26.81 24.129 90

5 Diiodopropyl Ether 7.06 4.942 4.4478 90

6 Dimethyl Carbonate 0.41 0.287 0.2583 90

7 Ethanol 27.7 19.39 17.451 90

8 Ethyl Acetate 12.34 8.638 7.7742 90

9 Ethylene Dibromide 2.07 1.449 1.3041 90

10 Ethylene Dichloride 3.28 2.296 2.0664 90

11 Heptane 1.96 1.372 1.2348 90

12 Hydrazine Hydrate 6.6 4.62 4.158 90

13 Methanol 55.84 39.088 35.1792 90







S.

No. Name of Solvent

Quantity of

Solvent

Consumed,

MT/Year

Quantity of

Spent Solvent

Generated,

MT/Year

Quantity of

Solvent

Recovered,

MT/Year

%

Recovery

14 Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone 18.1 12.67 11.403 90

15 Methylene Chloride 9.98 6.986 6.2874 90

16 Methylene Dichloride 33.17 23.219 20.8971 90

17 N,N-dimethyl formamide 15.85 11.095 9.9855 90

18 N-Methyl Pyrolidone 6.4 4.48 4.032 90

19 O-Xylene 37.62 26.334 23.7006 90

20 Sodium Ethoxide 4.58 3.206 2.8854 90

21 Sodium Methoxide 1.14 0.798 0.7182 90

22 Tetra Hydro Furan 14.88 10.416 9.3744 90

23 Tetra Methylene Sulphone 7.15 5.005 4.5045 90

24 Toluene 36.55 25.585 23.0265 90

25 Trichloro Ethane 34.6 24.22 21.798 90

Figure 2-7: Process Flow Diagram of Solvent Recovery System




2.7 Details of Raw Materials

2.7.1 List and Properties of Raw Materials

List of raw materials to be used along with its properties is given in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4: List and Properties of Raw Materials

S.

No. Name

CAS

Number Formula

Mol. Wt.

(g/mole) State Colour Odour

Flash

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point (°C)

IDLH

(ppm) Stability Hazard

Specific

Gravity

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

1

(R)-(+)-2-(4-

Hydroxyphenoxy) propionic

acid

67648-61-7 C9H10O4 182.18 Solid white NA - 146 - NA Stable Non-hazardous NA NA NA NA

2 1,2,3-Trichloro-5-

nitrobenzene 20098-48-0 C6H2Cl3NO2 226.45 Crystals light brown NA - 71 - NA Stable Non-hazardous 1.807 NA NA NA

3 1-Chloro-2-nitro benzene 88-73-3 C6H4ClNO2 157.55 Solid Light Yellow NA 126 33 246 NA Stable Nonflammable NA 8.7 1.4 NA

4

2- chloro -5

(methylaminomethyl)

pyridine

NA NA NA NA NA NA - - - NA NA Non-hazardous NA NA NA NA

5 2,3,4,5,6 - Penta

chloropyridine 2176-62-7 C5Cl5N 251.31 Solid

white to light

yellow NA - 126 280 NA Stable Non-hazardous 0.98 NA NA NA

6 2,3,5,6-Tetrachloropyridine 2402-79-1 C5HCl4N 216.88 Solid White to light

yellow NA 188 92 252 NA Stable Nonflammable NA NA NA NA

7 2,3-dichloro-5-

trifluoromethyl pyridine 69645-84-7 C6H2Cl2F3N 216 Liquid Colorless NA 79 9 176 NA Stable Flammable NA NA NA NA

8 2,3-Dichlorpyridine 2402-77-9 C5H3Cl2N 147.99 Powder White NA - 67 - NA Stable Non-hazardous NA NA NA NA

9 2,4-Difluoroaniline 367-25-9 C6H5F2N 129.11 Liquid clear brown Aniline like 62 -7.5 170 NA Stable Flammable 1.268 NA NA NA

10 2,6-diflurobenzamide 18063-03-1 C7H5F2NO 157.12 Solid White NA - 145 - NA Stable Non-hazardous NA NA NA NA

11 25% Sodium hydroxide

soln. 1310-73-2 NaOH 40 Liquid Colorless Bitter - - 100 NA

Extremely

hazardous 1.15 NA NA NA

12 2-amino-2,3-dimethyl

butyronitrile 13893-53-3 C6H12N2 112.2 Liquid NA NA - - 186.88 NA Stable inhalation hazard NA NA NA NA

13 2-Amino-3-methyl benzoate 22223-49-0 C9H11NO2 165.191 NA NA NA - - - NA Hazardous NA NA NA NA

14 2-amino-4,6-dimethoxy

pyrimidine 767-15-7 C6H9N3 123.16 Crystalline Powder white to beige NA - 154 - NA Stable NA NA NA NA

15 2-aminoethanethiol

hydrochloride 156-57-0 HSCH2CH2NH2HCl 113.61 Solid NA

Characteristic

smell - 68 - NA Stable Hazardous 0.75 NA NA NA

16 2-butoxy ethanol 111-76-2 C6H14O2 118.18 Liquid Colorless

Ethereal

Pleasant

(Slight)

61 -70 171.5 NA Stable Hazardous 0.9012 12.7 1.1 NA

17 2-Chloro nicotinic acid 2942-59-8 C6H7N 157.56 Solid White or slightly

light yellow

Characteristic

smell - 182 - NA Stable Hazardous NA NA NA NA

18 2-chloro Pyridine 109-09-1 C5H4ClN 113.55 Liquid clear colorless

to light yellow NA 64 -46 170 NA Stable Hazardous 1.21 NA NA NA

19 2-Chloro-5-(Trifluoromethyl)

Pyridine

052334-81-

3 C6-H5-Cl2-N 181.54 Solid Off-white Solvent like 154 34 154 NA Stable Hazardous NA NA NA NA

20 2-chloro-5chloromethyl

pyridine 70258-18-3 6NAH5NACl2NAN 162.02 Solid NA NA 230 108 - NA Stable

Extremely

hazardous NA NA NA NA




S.

No. Name

CAS

Number Formula

Mol. Wt.


Flash

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point (°C)

IDLH


Specific

Gravity

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

21 2-chloro-5-nitro-phenol 619-10-3 C6H4ClNO3 173.55 Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA Stable Hazardous NA NA NA NA

23 2-Coumaranone 553-86-6 C8H6O2 134.13 Solid white light

yellow NA 112 52 250 NA Stable NA NA NA NA

24 2-cyanophenol 611-20-1 C7H5NO 119.12 Solid offwhite to

brown NA - 98 149 NA Stable NA NA NA NA

25 2-fluoro-3-Chloro-5-

(Trifluoromethyl) Pyridine 94239-04-0 C6H3F4N 165.08 Liquid NA NA - - - NA NA NA NA NA

26 2-Fluro-6-trifluro methyl

pyridine 94239-04-0 C6H3F4N 165.08 Liquid NA NA NA NA NA NA Stable Nonhazardous NA NA

27 2-Octanol 123-96-6 C8H18O 130.22 Liquid Clear Colorless Pungent.

Sweetish 71.11 -38.6 181 NA Stable 0.8201 7.4 0.8 NA

28 3-(Trifluoromethyl) phenol 61721-07-1 C7H4F40 180 Liquid yellow NA - - - NA Stable Hazardous 1.145 NA NA NA

29 3-Isochromanone 4385-35-7 C9H8O2 148.16 crystalline powder Dull yellow NA - 84 - NA Stable NA NA NA NA

30 4,6-dichloropyrimidine 1193-21-1 C4H2Cl2N2 148.98 Solid NA NA NA 66 146 NA Hazardous NA NA NA NA

31 40% ethanol 7732-18-5

64-17-5 H2O; C2H6O

18.02;

46.07 Liquid Colorless Strong, alcohol NA -22 82 NA Stable Harmful if inhaled NA NA NA NA

32 4-Chloro phenyl boronic

acid 1679-18-1 C6H6BClO2 156.38 Solid

Offwhite to

beige NA NA 262 NA NA Stable NA NA NA NA

33 5-ethyl-pyridine dicarboxylic

acid

102268-15-

5 C9H9NO4 195.17 Solid

white, pale

reddish yellow NA NA 156 NA NA NA NA NA NA

34 Acetic acid 64-19-7 C2NAH4NAO2 60.05 Liquid Colorless Clear Pungent 39 16.6 118.1 NA Stable Very hazardous 1.049 19.9 4 0.48

35 Acetic Anhydride 108-24-7 (CH3CO)2 102.09 Liquid Light Strong 49 -73.1 139.9 NA Stable Extremely

hazardous 1.08 10.3 2.7 0.1

36 Acetone 67-64-1 C3NAH6NAO 58.08 Liquid NA

Fruity. Mintlike.

Fragrant.

Ethereal

-20 -95.35 56.2 NA Stable Hazardous 0.79 12.8 2.6 62

37 Acetonitrile 75-05-8 C2H3N 41.05 Liquid NA

Sweet odour.

Aromatic odour.

Etherlike odour

6 -46 82 NA

Unstable on

exposure to

moisture

Hazardous NA NA NA 42

38 Activated charcoal 7440-44-0 C 12.01 Solid Black powder Odorless NA NA 4200 NA 2.1 NA NA NA

39 Alfa picoline 109-06-8 C6H7N 93.14 Liquid Colourless to

yellow tinted

Characteristic

smell 27 -70 129 NA Stable Hazardous 0.946 8.6 1.4 0.1

40 Ammonium hydroxide 1336-21-6 NH4OH 35.05 Liquid Colorless Ammonialike

(Strong.) NA -69.2 NA NA Stable Very Hazardous 0.898 NA NA 50

41 Anhydrous potassium

fluoride 7789-23-3 KF 58.1 Solid white NA NA 858 1.505 NA NA NA NA NA

42 N,N-dimethyl formamide 68-12-2 C3H7NO 73.09 Solid colourless Aminelike 58 -61 153 NA Stable Extremely

Hazardous NA 15.2 2.2 NA

43 Aq. Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 NaOH 40 Liquid NA No appreciable

odor NA 4.4 145 NA

Slightly

reactive NA 1.53 NA NA NA

44 Benzyl chloride 100-44-7 C7H7Cl 126.58 Liquid colourless pungent 67 -43 181 NA stable Extremely

Hazardous NA NA NA NA

45 Chlorine gas 7782-50-5 Cl2 70.9 Gas Greenish Yellow Pungent - -101 -34 10 Reacts

explosively

Extremely

Hazardous 1.424 NA NA NA

46 Conc. Sulphuric acid 7664-93-9 H2S04 98.08 Liquid colorless Odorless NA 10.33 290 NA Stable 1.841 NA NA NA




S.

No. Name

CAS

Number Formula

Mol. Wt.


Flash

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point (°C)

IDLH


Specific

Gravity

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

47 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 7647-01-0 HCl 36.46 Liquid NA Pungent odor -35 NA 62 NA Stable hazardous 1.18 NA NA NA

48 Copper (I) Cynide 544-92-3 Cu(I)CN Solid NA NA NA 474 NA NA extremely


49 Methylene dichloride 75-09-2 C-H2-Cl2 84.93 Liquid NA NA NA NA NA NA Stable NA NA NA NA

50 Diethyl meleate 141-05-9 C8H12O4 172.18 Liquid colorless NA -10 225 NA Stable NA NA NA NA

51 Diisopropyl ether 108-20-3 C6H14O 102.17 Liquid colorless NA -

28.99 -85 69 NA hazardous NA 21 1 NA

52 Diisopropylethylamine 7087-68-5 C8H19N 129.24 Liquid colorless to light

yellow Amine like 6 -50 127 NA Stable hazardous 0.76 6.3 0.7 NA

53 Dimethyl amine 124-40-3 C2NAH7NAN 45.09 gas colorless fishy, ammonia

odor -18 -92 7 NA Stable NA 14.4 2.8 0.34

54 Dimethyl carbonate 147-14-8 (CH3O)2CO 90.08 Liquid Pleasant odor 18 4 90 NA Stable 1.069 12.87 4.22 NA

55 Dimethyl sulphate 77-78-1 C2NAH6NAO4NAS 126.14 Liquid colorless faint odor,

onion odor 83 -32 NA NA 1.333 NA NA NA

56 Diphenyl carbonate 102-09-0 C13H10O3 214.22 Solid white 168 80.5 302 NA Stable NA NA NA NA

57 Dry HCl gas 7647-01-0 HCl 36.46 Gas NA

58 Ethanol 64-17-5 C2H5OH 46.0414 Liquid colorless

Mild, rather

pleasant, like

wine or whis

16.6 NA NA 3300 Stable NA 19 3.3 NA

59 Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 c4h802 88.11 Liquid Ethereal. Fruity.

(Slight.) -4.4 -83 77 NA Stable hazardous 0.902 9 2.2 3.9

60 Ethylene diamine 107-15-3 C2H8N2 46 Liquid colorless ammonia like NA NA NA 1000 hazardous NA NA NA NA

61 Ethylene dibromide 106-93-4 C2H4Br2 187.86 Liquid NA 11 132 NA Stable Extremely


62 Formic acid 64-18-6 HCOOH 46.03 Liquid colourless acetous 58 -5 105 NA Stable NA 43.4 14.5 NA

63 HBr (48%) 10035-10-6 HBr 80.91 Liquid Colorless to

yellowish liquid Pungent odor NA -11 122 NA Stable

Extremely


64 Conc. HCl (30-35%) 7647-01-0 HCl 36.46 Liquid Pungent odor -35 NA 62 NA Stable hazardous 1.18 NA NA NA

65 Hydrazine (95%) 302-01-2 H4N2 52 Liquid colourless Ammonia odor 1.4 113.5 NA Stable hazardous 99.99 4.7 NA

66 Hydrazine hydrate (85%) 302-01-2 NH2NH2.H2O 50 Liquid colorless Ammoniacal 93 NA 120 NA 1.03 100 4.7 NA

67 Hydrochloric acid 7647-01-0 HCl 36.46 Liquid Pungent odor -35 NA 62 NA Stable hazardous 1.18 NA NA NA

68 Hydrochloric acid (12%) HCl 36.46 Liquid clear Pungent

chlorine odor NA NA NA NA

Extremely


69 Hydrogen peroxide (25%) 7722-84-1 H2O2 34 Liquid colorless sharp, irritating

odour NA -15 104 NA hazardous 1.1 NA NA NA

70 Hydroxylamine

hydrochloride 01-11-70 NH2OH.HCl 69.49 Solid

White to

yellowish Odorless 152 157 NA NA Very hazardous 1.67 NA NA NA

71 Potassium

persulfate(K2S2O8) 7727-21-1 K2S2O8 270.31 Solid white Odorless NA 100 NA NA Stable hazardous 2.477 NA NA NA

72 Potassium hydroxide 1310-58-3 KOH 56.11 Solid white Odorless NA 380 1384 NA Stable Very hazardous 2.044 NA NA NA

73 Liq. Ammonia (12%) 1336-21-6 NH3 17 Liquid colorless pungent odor NA -7.4 63.33 300 Stable 0.975 25 16 NA

74 Liquid Ammonia 7664-41-7 NH3 17 Liquid strong odor NA -77.7 -33.4 300 Stable hazardous 0.59 NA NA NA

75 Methane sulfonyl chloride 124-63-0 CH3ClO2S 114.55 Liquid clear light

yellow pungent odor 110 -33 161 NA

Moisture

sensitive

Extremely





S.

No. Name

CAS

Number Formula

Mol. Wt.


Flash

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point (°C)

IDLH


Specific

Gravity

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

76 Methanol 67-56-1 CH3OH 34.04 Liquid colorless slight alcohol 11 NA 64.7 NA Stable 0.792 36 6 NA

77

Methyl (R)-(+)-2-(4-

hydroxyphenoxy)

propionate

96562-58-2 C10H12O4 196.2 Solid NA 67 NA NA NA NA NA

78 Methyl amine (40%) 74-89-5 CH3NH2 31.06 Liquid colorless Ammoniacal 0 -92.5 -6.3 NA Stable Hazardous 0.89 26.4 5.2 NA

79 Methyl amine (40%) in

methanol

74-89-5;

67-56-1 CH3NH2 31.06 Liquid colorless -11 - 48 NA Stable Hazardous 0.76 NA NA NA

80 Methyl chloride gas 74-87-3 CNAH3NACL 50.49 Gas colorless sweet odor NA -98 -24 NA Stable Flammable gas 0.915 17.4 8.1 10

81 Methyl chloroacetate 96-34-4 C3H5ClO2 108.52 Liquid clear, colorless pungent odor 47 -33 132 NA Stable Flammable 1.23 NA NA NA

82 Methyl Formate 107-31-3 C2H4O2 60.04 Liquid Colorless Agreeable odor -19 -99.8 33 NA Stable Flammable 0.975 4.5 2.3 NA

83 Methyl isobutyl ketone 108-10-1 C6H12O Liquid Colourless pleasant 14 -84 115.9 NA Stable Flammable 7.5 1.4 NA

84 Methylene chloride 75-09-2 CNAH2NACl2 84.93 Liquid NA -96.7 39.75 NA Stable Combustible at

high temp. 1.3266 19 12 214

85 Methylene dichloride 75-09-2 CNAH2NACl2 84.93 Liquid na NA -96.7 39.75 NA Stable Very hazardous 1.3266 19 12 214

86 N,N’-Dimethyl formamide 68-12-2 HCON(CH3)2 73.09 Liquid Colorless to

light yellow

Amine like.

(Slight.) 57.78 -61 153 NA Stable Hazardous 0.949 15.2 2.2 100

87 Sodium carbonate 497-19-8 Na2NACNAO3 105.99 Solid White Odorless NA 851 NA Stable Hazardous 2.532 NA NA NA

88 Sodium bicarbonate 144-55-8 NaHCO3 84.02 Solid White crystalline Odorless NA NA NA NA Stable Non Hazardous NA NA NA NA

89 10% Sodium hypochlorite

soln. 7681-52-9 NaOCl 74.44 Liquid

Pale Yellow

Green Chlorine NA NA NA NA Stable Hazardous 1.2 NA NA NA

90 Sodium hydroxide soln.

(30%) 1310-73-2 NaOH 40 Liquid clear NA 0 100 NA Stable Hazardous 1 NA NA NA

91 N-bromosuccinamide 128-08-5 C4H4BrNO2 177.98 Solid beige NA 180 NA NA Stable Hazardous NA NA NA NA

92 N-cynomethyl acetamide 4814-80-6 C4H6N2O 98.1 Liquid NA 73 NA NA NA NA NA NA

93 Ammonia gas 7664-41-7 NH3 17 Gas colorless

sharp, strong

odor similar to

“smelling salts”

NA -77.7 -33.4 300 Stable Hazardous 0.59 NA NA NA

94 N-Hydroxyamine

hydrochloride 5470-11-1 H3NO · HCl 69.49 Solid white NA 157 NA NA Stable Hazardous NA NA NA NA

95 Nitroguanadine 556-88-7 CH4N4O2 104.07 Solid white NA 239 NA NA Stable NA NA NA NA

96 N-Methoxyamine

hydrochloride 593-56-6 CH5NO · HCl 83.52 Solid colourless NA 154 NA NA Stable Hazardous NA NA NA NA

97 N-methyl-2-Pyrrolidone 872-50-4 C5H9NO 99.13 Liquid clear &

Colourless

Aminelike, mild

odor 91 -24 202 NA Stable Hazardous 1.03 9.5 1.3 NA

98 N-methyl pyrrolidone 872-50-4 C5H9NO 99.13 Liquid Colourless to

lightyellow Amine 91 -24 202 NA Hygroscopic Irritant NA 9.5 1.3 NA

99 O-Xylene 1330-20-7 C8H10 106.17 Liquid colorless aromatic 25 -47.4 141.5 NA Stable 85lammable liquid 0.864 7 1.1 NA

100 O-Toluic acid 118-90-1 C8H8O2 136.15 Solid 147.8 107.5 258.5 NA Stable Very hazardous NA NA NA NA

101 Oxalyl chloride 79-37-8 (ClCO)2 126.93 Liquid Clear colorless -12 64 NA Stable Extremely

hazardous 1.488 NA

102 Para formaldehyde 30525-89-4 (C1H2O)n 30.03 (as

monomer) Solid pungent 70 165 NA Unstable Hazardous NA NA NA




S.

No. Name

CAS

Number Formula

Mol. Wt.


Flash

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point (°C)

IDLH


Specific

Gravity

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

103 Piperidine 110-89-4 C5H11NAN 85.15 Liquid colorless fishy odor 16 -9 106 NA Stable Hazardous 0.9 NA NA NA

104 POBr3 7789-59-5 POBr3 286.73 Solid colorless to light

yellow

strong, acidic

odor 56 193

moisture

sensitive Hazardous 2.822 NA NA NA

105 Potassium hydroxide 1310-58-3 KOH 56.11 Solid white odorless 380 1384 NA Stable Hazardous 2.044 NA NA NA

106 Potassium carbonate 584-08-7 K2C03 138.21 Solid White NA 891 NA NA Stable

Harmful if

swallowed, harmful

to acquatic life

2.428 NA NA NA

107 Propargyl chloride 624-65-7 C3H3Cl 74.51 Liquid Slightly

yellowgreen 19 NA 58 NA Highly Flammable NA NA NA NA

108 Pyridine 110-86-1 C5H5N 79.1 Liquid colourless to

light yellow

strong odor,

fish like,

penetrating

odor,nauseaing

stench

17 -42 115 NA Stable Hazardous 0.978 12.4 1.8 NA

109 Sodium Amide 7782-92-5 NaNH2 39 Solid

Greyishwhite

crystalline

powder

NA 210 400 NA Stable NA NA NA NA NA

110 Sodium bicarbonate 144-55-8 NaHCO3 84.02 Solid White crystalline Odorless NA NA NA NA Stable Non Hazardous NA NA NA NA

111 Sodium carbonate 497-19-8 Na2CO3 105.99 Solid White Odorless NA 851 NA NA Stable Hazardous 2.532 NA NA NA

112 Sodium cyanide 143-33-9 NaCN 49.01 Solid White

Faint

almondlike

odor. Odorless

when perfectly

dry. Emits odor

of hydrogen

cyanide when

damp

NA 563 1496 NA Stable Very hazardous 1.595 NA NA NA

113 Sodium ethoxide soln.

(21% in ethanol)

64-17-5;

141-52-6 C2 H5 Na O 68.04 Liquid Dark Yellow Alcohollike 9 NA 91 3300

Reacts

violently

with water

Extremely

Hazardous 0.868 28 3.5 NA

114 Sodium hydride 7646-69-7 HNa 24 Solid light grey 185 425 NA Stable Flammable Solid NA NA NA NA

115 Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 NaOH 40 Solid White odorless NA 318 1390 NA Stable Hazardous 2.13 NA NA NA

116 Sodium hydroxide soln.

20% 1310-73-2 NaOH 40 Solid clear none reported NA 0 100 NA 1 NA NA NA

117 20% sulphuric acid soln. 7664-93-9 H2SO4 98.08 Solid NA -14 NA NA Stable 1.15 NA NA NA

118 Sodium methoxide Powder 124-41-4 CH3ONa 54.02 Solid

White,

freeflowing

powder

Odourless NA 126.7 Decomposes NA Stable 1.1 36 7.3 NA

119 Sodium methoxide (28%) 67-56-1;

124-41-4 - 54.02 Solid NA NA 16.5 NA 93 NA

Extremely

Hazardous NA 26.5 5.5 NA

121 Sulfur 7704-34-9 S 32.06 Solid Yellow odorless 207 120 445 NA Stable Hazardous 1.96 44 4 NA

122 Triethyl amine 121-44-8 C6H15N 101.19 Solid colourless aminelike -

14.99 0 88.8 NA Hazardous NA 8 1.2 NA

123 Tetrachloroethylene [TCE ] 127-18-4 C2Cl4 165.83 Solid colourless NA NA -22 121 NA Hazardous NA NA NA NA




S.

No. Name

CAS

Number Formula

Mol. Wt.


Flash

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point (°C)

IDLH


Specific

Gravity

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

124 Tetrahydrofuran 109-99-9 C4H8O 72.11 Solid colourless Ethereal. Fruity. -14.5 -108.3 65 NA Stable Hazardous 0.8892 11.8 2 50

125 Tetramethylene sulfone 126-33-0 C4H8O2S 120.1148 Solid clear, colorless odorless 177 27.4 288 NA Stable Hazardous 1.261 NA NA NA

126 Thionyl Chloride 7719 09 7 Cl2OS 118.98 Solid Colorless to

light yellow Suffocating NA -104.5 76 NA Stable

Extremely


127 Titanium tetrachloride 7550-45-0 TiCl4 189.73 Solid Colorless to

light yellow

Pungent.

(Strong.) NA -24.1 136.4 NA Stable

Extremely


128 Toluene 108-88-3 C6H5CH3 or C7H8 92.14 Solid Colorless.

Sweet,

pungent,

Benzenelike

4.444 -95 110.6 NA Stable Hazardous 0.8636 7.1 1.1 1.6

129 Triclopyr

057213-69-

1 and

057754-85-

5

C13H19C 3N2O3

and C8H10C

2N2O3

256.46 Solid A clear amber

liquid.

Slight amine

smell 66 NA 100 NA Stable

Environmentally


130 Trimethyl ortho formate 149-73-5 C4H10O3 106.12 Solid Colorless. Clear

Pungent.

Aromatic,

esterlike

15 -53 100.6 NA Stable Hazardous 0.9676 44.5 1.4 NA

131 Triphosgene 32315-10-9 C3Cl6O3 296.75 Solid White to light

yellow NA NA 80 206 NA Stable

Extremely





2.8 Storage details of Raw Materials

Storage details of raw materials are given in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5: Storage Details of Raw Materials

S.

No. Name of the Raw Material State

Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

1 I-(+)-2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)

propionic acid Solid 130 5

HDPE liner jambo bag

in drum Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

2 1,2,3-Trichloro-5-nitrobenzene Solid 82 5 LDPE liner cardboard

drum Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

3 1-Chloro-2-nitro benzene Solid 184 5 LDPE liner cardboard


4 2- chloro -5

(methylaminomethyl) pyridine Liquid 420 10 carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

5 2,3,4,5–6 - Penta chloropyridine Solid 1330 10 HDPE liner jambo bag


6 2,3,5,6-Tetrachloropyridine Solid 7564 50 HDPE liner jambo bag


7 2,3-dichloro-5-trifluoromethyl

pyridine Liquid 40.5 5

PTFE liner carbon

steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

8 2,3-Dichlorpyridine Solid 2440 25 Stainless steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

9 2,4-Difluoroaniline Liquid 47 5 Stainless steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

10 2,6-diflurobenzamide Solid 112.5 5 LDPE liner cardboard


11 25% Sodium hydroxide soln. Liquid 270 10 Stainless steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

12 2-amino-2,3-dimethyl

butyronitrile Liquid 53 5 Stainless steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 20-25°C




S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

13 2-Amino-3-methyl benzoate Solid 680 5 HDPE wide mouth

drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

14 2-amino-4,6-dimethoxy

pyrimidine Solid 277.5 10

LDPE liner cardboard

barrel Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

15 2-aminoethanethiol

hydrochloride Solid 196 5

HDPE liner wide

mouth drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 20-25°C

16 2-butoxy ethanol Liquid 88 10 carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

17 2-Chloro nicotinic acid Solid 418 5 LDPE liner cardboard


18 2-chloro Pyridine Liquid 1575 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

19 2-Chloro-5-(Trifluoromethyl)

Pyridine. Liquid 30 6 PTFE liner iron drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

20 2-chloro-5chloromethyl pyridine Liquid 992 5 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

21 2-chloro-5-nitro-phenol Solid 32 5 LDPE liner cardboard


22 2-Chloro nicotinic acid Solid 68 5 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

23 2-Coumaranone Solid 315 5 HDPE liner wide


24 2-cyanophenol Solid 485 10 HDPE liner wide


25 2-fluoro-3-Chloro-5-

(Trifluoromethyl) Pyridine. Liquid 58 5

PTFE liner carbon steel


26 2-Fluro-6-trifluro methyl

pyridine Liquid 1400 5

PTFE liner carbon steel





S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

27 2-hydroxy phenyl acetic acid Solid 390 10 HDPE liner wide


28 2-methoxy-4-(Trifluoromethyl)

pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride Solid 132 10 PTFE liner iron drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

29 2-Octanol Liquid 410 20 carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

30 3-(Trifluoromethyl) phenol Liquid 70 10 PTFE liner carbon steel


31 3,4,5,6-Tetra choropyridine-2-

carboxylic acid Solid 603 10

HDPE liner wide


32 3-Chloro-5-trifluoromethy

pyridinedin-2-ol Solid 72 5

HDPE liner wide


33 3-Isochromanone Solid 1700 5 HDPE liner jambo bag Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

34 3-trifluoroacetophenone Liquid 340 15 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

35 4,6-dichloropyrimidine Solid 835 15 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

36 40% ethanol Liquid 2260 15 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

37 4-Chloro phenyl boronic acid Solid 27 5 HDPE liner wide


38 5-Chloro-2 3-difluoropyridine Liquid 124 10 PTFE liner drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

39 5-ethyl-pyridine dicarboxylic

acid Solid 83 5

HDPE liner wide


40 Acetic acid Liquid 1440 15 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

41 Acetic Anhydride Liquid 317 20 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

42 Acetone Liquid 1941.8 50 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

43 Acetonitrile Liquid 2406.5 30 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C




S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

44 Activated charcoal Solid 18 5 LDPE liner cardboard


45 Cat- CS-I Solid 24 5 LDPE liner cardboard


46 Alfa picoline Liquid 3381 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

47 Ammonium hydroxide Liquid 550 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

48 Anhydrous potassium fluoride Solid 880 15 PTFE liner carbon

steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

49 N,N-dimethyl formamide Solid 33 7 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

50 Aq. sodium hydroxide Liquid 392 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

51 Benzyl chloride Liquid 556 20 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

52 ButI(R)-(+)-2-(4-

hydroxyphenoxy) propionate Solid 37 5 HDPE liner jambo bag Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

53 Catalyst-CS-E Solid 20 4 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

54 Chlorine gas Gas 485 10 Gas cylinders Above ground Max. 10

kg/cm2 RT, 25-35°C

55 Conc. Sulphuric acid Liquid 4533 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

56 Conc. HCl (30-35%) Liquid 246 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

57 Conc. HCl (30%) Liquid 1127 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

58 Conc. HCl (30-35%) Liquid 1785 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

59 Water Liquid 6634.6 20 PVC drum or tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

60 Cu(I)CN Solid 350 10 HDPE wide mouth


61 Catalyst-F Solid 11.5 2 HDPE liner bag in





S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

62 Methylene dichloride Liquid 690 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

63 Diethyl meleate Liquid 2200 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

64 Diisopropyl ether Liquid 1396 30 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

65 Diisopropylethylamine Liquid 147 10 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

66 Dimethyl amine Liquid 79.5 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

67 Dimethyl carbonate Liquid 10 2 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

68 Dimethyl sulphate Liquid 1340 8 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

69 Diphenyl carbonate Solid 124.5 10 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

70 Dipotassium salt of N-

cyanodithioiminocarbonate Solid 386 10

HDPE wide mouth


71 Dimethyl sulphate Liquid 485 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

72 Dry HCl gas Gas 3346 10 Gas cylinders Above ground Max. 70

kg/cm2 RT, 25-35°C

73 Ethanol Liquid 1140 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

74 Ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate Oily Liquid 121.5 10 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

75 Ethyl acetate Liquid 713 20 Carbon steel tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

76 Ethylene diamine Liquid 290 20 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

77 Ethylene dibromide Liquid 1665 30 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

78 Formic acid Liquid 204.8 20 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

79 H2O2 (30%) Liquid 500 30 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

80 HBr (48%) Liquid 710 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

81 Conc. HCl (30-35%) Liquid 231 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

82 Hydrazine (95%) Liquid 84 15 PTFE liner iron drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

83 Hydrazine hydrate (85%) Liquid 1700 10 PTFE liner iron drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

84 Hydrochloric acid Liquid 200 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C




S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

85 Hydrochloric acid (12%) Liquid 153 10 carbon Steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

86 Hydrogen peroxide (25%) Liquid 84 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

87 Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Solid 40.5 5 HDPE liner wide


88 K2S2O8 Solid 2380 10 HDPE liner wide


89 Potassium hydroxide Solid 1560 10 HDPE liner wide


90 Liq. Ammonia (12%) Liquid 1950 20 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

91 Liquid Ammonia Liquid 273 25 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

92 Methylene dichloride Liquid 661.5 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

93 Methane sulfonyl chloride Liquid 730 10 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

94 Methanol Liquid 10781 50 Iron drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

95 Methy 2-amino-3-methyl

benzoate Solid 550 15

HDPE wide mouth


96 Methyl (R)-(+)-2-(4-

hydroxyphenoxy) propionate Solid 63 10 HDPE liner jambo bag Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

97 Methyl amine (40%) Liquid 390 10 HDPE liner drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

98 Methyl amine (40%) in

methanol Liquid 730 10 HDPE liner drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

99 Methyl chloride gas Gas 1892.4 10 Gas cylinders Above ground Max.

6 Kg/cm2 RT, 25-35°C

100 Methyl chloroacetate Liquid 547.6 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

101 Methyl Formate Liquid 2195 40

316 SS, Aluminum,

Lined Carbon Steel

tank

Above ground Atmospheric RT, 20-25°C




S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

102 Methyl isobutyl ketone Liquid 1088 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

103 Methylene chloride Liquid 780 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

104 Methylene dichloride Liquid 4426 20 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

105 Methyl isobutyl ketone Liquid 900 2 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

106 N,N’-Dimethyl formamide Liquid 583.2 20 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

107 Sodium carbonate Solid 955 20 HDPE liner jambo bag


108 Sodium bicarbonate Solid 40 5 HDPE liner jambo bag


109 10% Sodium hypochlorite soln. Liquid 2990 15 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

110 Sodium hydroxide soln. (30%) Liquid 219 15 HDPE drums/plastic

containers Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

111 N-bromosuccinamide Solid 524 15 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

112 N-cynomethyl

acetamidate Liquid 290 15 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

113 Ammonia gas Gas 30 5 Gas cylinders Above ground Max. 15

kg/cm2 RT, 25-35°C

114 N-Hydroxyamine hydrochloride Solid 124 10 HDPE liner jambo bag


115 Nitroguanadine Solid 490 15 HDPE liner jambo bag


116 N-Methoxyamine hydrochloride Solid 344 15 HDPE liner jambo bag


117 N-methyl-2-Pyrrolidone Liquid 1190 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

118 N-methyl pyrrolidone Liquid 100 1 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C




S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

119 O,O-Di ethyl thiophosphorous

chloride Liquid 6300 50 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

120 O-Xylene Liquid 580 1 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

121 O-Toluic acid Solid 772 20 HDPE liner jambo bag


122 Oxalyl chloride Liquid 68 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

123 O-Xylene Liquid 853 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

124 Para formaldehyde Solid 68.8 10 HDPE liner jambo bag


125 Piperidine Liquid 142.4 15 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

126 POBr3 Solid 1160 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

127 Potassium hydroxide Solid 1396 20 HDPE liner /plastic


128 Potassium carbonate Solid 2649.5 20 HDPE liner jambo bag


129 Propargyl chloride Liquid 76 5 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

130 Pyridine Liquid 4870 10 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

131 Sodium Amide Solid 1950 15 HDPE liner wide


132 Sodium bicarbonate Solid 2696 30 HDPE liner wide


134 Sodium carbonate Solid 1035 15 HDPE liner wide


135 Sodium cyanide Solid 356 10 HDPE liner jambo bag





S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

136 Sodium ethoxide soln. (21% in

ethanol) Liquid 1180 5 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

137 Sodium hydride Solid 120.5 10 HDPE liner /plastic


138 Sodium hydroxide Solid 6222.3 30 HDPE liner Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

139 Sodium hydroxide soln. 20% Liquid 717 10 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

140 20% sulphuric acid soln. Liquid 283.8 20 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

141 Sodium methoxide Powder Solid 660 5 HDPE liner /plastic


142 Sodium methoxide(28%) Liquid 105 10 SS storage tank Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

143 S-phenyl Solid 835 20 HDPE liner drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

144 Sulfur Solid 45 5 HDPE liner drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

145 Triethyl amine Liquid 247 15 HDPE liner drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

146 Catalyst-CS-D Liquid 3.3 1 HDPE drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

147 Tetrachloroethylene [TCE ] Liquid 180 1 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

148 Tetrahydrofuran Liquid 102 1 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

149 Tetramethylene sulfone Liquid 300 15 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

150 Tetrahyrofuran Liquid 135 15 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

151 Thionyl Chloride Liquid 3588 25 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

152 Titanium tetrachloride Liquid 945 15 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

153 Toluene Liquid 799 20 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C




S.


Total Qty /

Annum,

MT

Storage

Capacity,

MT

Means of Storage,

(Storage Tanks,

Drums)

Above Ground

or Under

Ground

Storage

Pressure,

Atm

Storage

Temperature,

Deg C

154 Triclopyr Solid 193.6 15 LDPE liner cardboard


155 Trimethyl ortho formate Liquid 615 30 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C

156 Triphosgene Solid 23 5 Carbon steel drums Above ground Atmospheric RT, 25-35°C







2.8.1 Source and Transportation Details

All raw materials will be procured from domestic market or import and will be transported by road

to the project site.

2.8.2 Water Details

Source of water Supply

Source of water supply is surface water i.e. Narmada water which is supplied by Jubilant

Infrastructure Limited (JIL). Confirmation letter given by GIDC to JIL for water supply upto 15 MLD

and permission for effluent discharged into GIDC drain upto 5 MLD which is shown in Figure 2-8.

The JIL will provide sufficient water to the project proponent Jubilant Life Sciences Ltd (Unit 3) .

Membership letter from JIL for CETP & utilities services provided to JLSL is given in Figure 2-9







Figure 2-8: Confirmation Letter from GIDC for Water Supply







Figure 2-9: Membership letter from JIL for utilities services of the SEZ







2.8.3 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation for Proposed Unit

In the proposed pesticides manufacturing unit, water will be mainly used for following areas:

Process

Utilities

Domestic Usage

Washing & Firefighting and

Gardening

The total fresh water consumption for the proposed unit will be 1492 KLD. The principles of 4R for

reducing fresh water consumption shall be in built in the design of the project by segregating the

effluent streams based on their broad quality for the same. This shall ensure optimum techno-

economically viable quantity of waste water generation for final disposal.

The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the proposed unit is described

in Table 2-6 and the water balance diagram is given in Figure 2-10.

Table 2-6: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation from the Proposed Unit

S.

No.

Description Water

Consumption

in KLD

Wastewater

generation in

KLD

Treatment & Disposal

1 DM Plant 275 9 To ETP

i Process 266 300 High inorganic TDS high COD stream to

MEE after primary treatment. MEE

condensate treatment in ETP.

45 High Organic TDS High COD stream to

Liquid Incinerator

2 Cooling Tower 982 110 To ETP

3 Washing 100 100 To ETP

4 Others (Safety

showers, firefighting,

Laundry & Bathing)

50 50 To ETP

5 Domestic 50 45 To STP

6 Gardening 35 0

Total 1492 659 564 KLD to ETP including Utilities

effluent and condensate from

MEE

45 KLD to Liquid Incinerator

45 KLD sewage to STP

5 KLD salts from MEE to TSDF

Total Fresh Water

Consumption

1492 - -

Mode of Disposal

1. High TDS (Inorganic) & High COD streams shall be collected separately and provided primary

treatment followed by stripper & multiple effect evaporation to be set up in JLSL premises.

2. High TDS (organic) & High COD streams shall be collected separately and will be sent to liquid

incinerator. The Condensate from MEE along with Low TDS streams i.e. utilities blow downs,

wastewater from washings will be collected in collection sump and pumped to ETP which will

be installed and operated in JIL – SEZ premises.







3. Low TDS streams i.e. utilities blow downs, wastewater from washings along with condensate

from MEE as a combined stream shall be treated in ETP consisting of Primary treatment, Two

Stage Secondary Treatment and Tertiary Treatment proposed to be set in JIL – SEZ area before

discharge to sea. GIDC has given permission to JIL SEZ for effluent discharge into GIDC drain.

4. The sewage generated from the domestic use will be treated in STP at site (Unit-III) and treated

sewage will be reused for greenbelt & garden development.

JUBILANT LIFE SCIENCES LIMITED EIA / EMP AND RA / DMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED PESTICIDES

MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-10: Water Balance Diagram – Proposed Unit







2.8.4 Waste Water Treatment Scheme

Effluent Generation & Segregation

The effluent will be segregated at site based on pollution load as below.

1. High TDS high COD Stream

2. Low TDS Low COD Stream

3. Domestic Sewage

Based on pollution load of wastewater, treatment will be carried out at site as given below

JLSL Premises

5. High TDS (Inorganic) & High COD streams shall be collected separately and provided primary

treatment followed by stripper & multiple effect evaporation to be set up in JLSL premises. High

TDS (organic) & High COD streams shall be collected separately and will be sent to liquid

incinerator. The Condensate from MEE along with Low TDS streams i.e. utilities blow downs,

wastewater from washings will be collected in collection sump and pumped to ETP which will be

installed and operated in JIL – SEZ premises.

6. Domestic sewage will be separately treated in STP which will be proposed in JLSL premises and

treated sewage will be used for gardening/horticulture purpose.

JIL Premises

1. Low TDS streams i.e. utilities blow downs, wastewater from washings along with condensate from

MEE as a combined stream shall be treated in ETP consisting of Primary treatment, Two Stage

Secondary Treatment and Tertiary Treatment proposed to be set in JIL – SEZ area before

discharge to sea.

Characteristics of Wastewater

High TDS and High COD Wastewater

The effluent generated from the process consists high TDS and high COD will be treated in MEE as

discussed above. The characteristics for MEE feed and MEE condensate water is given in below table.

Table 2-7: Characteristics of MEE Feed and MEE Condensate water

S. No. Parameters Unit MEE Feed MEE Condensate

1 pH pH unit 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5

2 COD mg/l 25000-30000 2000-3000

3 TDS mg/l 150000-180000 <1000

4 SS mg/l 500 <100

5 Chloride mg/l 75000-90000 <500

6 Sulphate mg/l 40000-50000 <150

Low TDS and Low COD Wastewater

The low TDS and low COD streams from the utilities along with MEE condensate will be treated in

proposed ETP at JIL-SEZ for disposal to sea. The design base inlet and outlet characteristics of

wastewater for ETP is given in below table.







Table 2-8: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Proposed ETP

S. No. Parameters Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet

1 pH pH unit 6.5 - 7.5 6.5 - 7.5

2 COD mg/l 5000-8000 <250

3 BOD mg/l <1500 <100

4 TDS mg/l <5000 10000-14000

5 SS mg/l 200 <100

6 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 <5.0

Wastewater Treatment Units

The ETP of 600 KLD capacity shall be installed at JIL premises for treatment of wastewater coming

from the proposed project of Jubilant Life Science Limited Unit 3 as above.

The treatment units for the ETP considered is as under:

ETP Treatment Units

Collection Tank

Primary Settling Tank

MEE System

Stripper System

Equalization Tank

Flash Mixer

Flocculator

Primary Clarifier

Feed Tank

1st Stage Aeration Tank

Secondary Clarifier

2nd Stage Aeration Tank

Final Clarifier

Intermediate Collection Tank

Pressure Sand Filter

Activated Carbon Filter

Final Collection Tank

Sludge Collection Sump

Filter Press

STP Treatment Units

Collection tank

MBBR Tank

Intermediate Collection Tank

Final Collection Tank

Sludge Drying Bed

The process block diagram of proposed wastewater treatment systems is presented in Figure 2-11

& Figure 2-12

Secondary Biological Treatment

Tertiary Treatment

Sludge Handling Unit

Pre Treatment of High COD and High TDS

Waters in Stripper and MEE system at JLSL Unit 3

Primary Treatment of Low COD and Low TDS

water




Figure 2-11: Process Block diagram of ETP & STP set up in JLSL Premises




Figure 2-12: Process Block diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant for Low TDS and Low COD streams Set up in JIL premises







2.8.5 Power Requirement

The power requirement for the proposed facility will be met either through captive generation by SEZ

operator M/s Jubilant Infrastructure Limited, or sourced from grid of Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company

Limited. Total estimated electrical load for the proposed manufacturing unit is around 4 MW. In addition,

the plant will have 4 DG sets of 500 KVA capacity each, for emergency power back-up during grid failure.

2.8.6 Fuel Consumption

Fuel consumption details are given in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9: Fuel Consumption Details

S.

No.

Stack Attached to Capacity of each

Unit

Stack Nos. Type of Fuel

Used

Fuel

Consumption

1 DG Sets (4 Nos.) 500 KVA 4 Diesel 17.1 kg/Hr. each

2 Thermic Fluid Heaters

(3 Nos.)

2 Mio. kcal 3 Natural Gas 262 m3/hr. each

2.8.7 Flue Gas Stacks

There will be total 7 nos of flue gas stacks 4 attached to DG Sets (4 Nos.) and another 3 attached to

Thermic Fluid Heater (3 Nos.). Details of flue gas stacks are given in Table 2-10.

Table 2-10: Flue Gas Stacks

S. No. Stack Attached to Sources Capacityof each Unit Nos. of stacks Stack Height, m

1 D G Set (4 Nos.) 500 KVA 4 15

2 Thermic Fluid Heater (3 Nos.) 2 million kcal 3 30

Note:

1. Steam will be supplied by SEZ operator M/s. Jubilant Infrastructure Limited

2. For Solid waste and liquid waste incineration, the incinerator installed by SEZ operator M/s.

Jubilant Infrastructure Limited or GPCB authorized common incinerator facility will be used.

3. DG Sets will be used only during Power failure

2.8.8 Process Vents

There will be 6 process vents attached to various reactors. Details of process vents are given in Table

2-11.

Table 2-11: Process Vents

S.

No. Stack Attached to

Nos. of

Stacks

Stack

Height in m

Pollutants

Emitted

Air Pollution Control

Measures Attached

1 Common Vent for Reactors

(Production Train) 4 20 VOC

Condensation and

Chilling

2 Chlorination Reactor 2 20 Cl2 & HCl Water Scrubber +

Caustic Scrubber

3 Sulphonation Reactor 1 20 SO2 Caustic Scrubber

4 Bromination Reactor 1 20 HBr Caustic Scrubber

5 Flourination Reactor 1 20 HF Caustic Scrubber







2.8.9 Air Pollution Control Measures Details

Condensation

Condensation is the change of the physical state of matter from gas phase into liquid phase, and is the

reverse of vaporization, when in contact with any surface. The condensation will take place when the

hot vapours and cold liquid exchange heat across a common surface, thus the gas losing its latent heat

to the liquid.

Condensers are generally water cooled or chilled water/Brine Cooled condensers depending on the

temperature of condensation of the vapour to be condensed.

When the vapours are to be discharged to environment, the Condenser and/or chiller are followed by

Scrubbers to remove the pollutants, as detailed below.

Scrubber

Scrubber systems are a diverse group of air pollution control devices that can be used to remove

particulates and/or gases from industrial exhaust streams. Traditionally, the term "scrubber" is referred

to pollution control devices that use liquid to separate/Strip out unwanted pollutants from a gas stream

and thus control the quality of gaseous emission to atmosphere. Through mixing of the gas and liquid

is made in the stripper column, which is generally a stationary equipment operating under vacuum to

facilitate gaseous flow. Depending on the characteristics of gases emitted, Acidic or Basic, the stripping

liquid is chosen for scrubbing. The Spent wash from the scrubber is then treated as per the

environmental norms before discharge.




Figure 2-13: Schematic Diagram of Air Pollution Control System

JUBILANT LIFE

SCIENCE LIMITED

REPORT ON WATER POLLUTION, MONITORING, PREVENTION AND

CONTROL; SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT; THEIR

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES SOLID AND HAZARDOUS

WASTE MANAGEMENT


2.8.10 Fugitive Emission

The proposed manufacturing process shall use varieties of low boiling point, high vapor pressure

synthetic organic solvents which has potential to generate fugitive odorous emissions during various

stages of handling and use. Secondary fugitive emission may takes place from storage, material

charging, loading/unloading, handling etc. Care will be taken at the design stage to eliminate/ reduce

fugitive emission from storage by installing closed systems for transfer of material from storage to

usage, breather valves with vent collection system at storage tanks, condensers, chillers and

scrubbers to recover fugitive losses from storage. Proper SOP will be developed & persons will be

trained for effective implementation of SOP to control fugitive emission from material charging,

loading/unloading, handling etc. Online sensors will be provided and work environment monitoring

will also be carried out to monitor the fugitive emission. Further predictive & preventive maintenance

practices shall be adopted to control fugitive emissions from pipelines, joints, flanges and glands of

the pumps.

Further there shall be handling of solid materials in the form of raw material as well as finished

products. Fugitive dust can be expected while handling the raw material as well packing of finished

goods. Considering the materials to be handled are toxic and hazardous to human health and

environment all handling of such materials shall be mechanized to the fullest possible. Local exhaust

ventilation shall be designed and provided at the source of fugitive dust emission. Further

appropriate PPEs shall be provided for the personnel handling such material.

2.9 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal

2.9.1 Hazardous Waste

The variety and quantity of hazardous waste expected to be generated from the proposed facility is

as given in the table below.

The Hazardous wastes generated from the process is largely designated for its final disposal to

secured landfill or incineration, except for the contaminated containers that has a potential for reuse

after decontamination.

For the incineration of the Haz. Waste generated, it is proposed to utilize the incinerator facility

already in operation by the SEZ operator or CHWIF.

Details of hazardous waste generation and disposal are given in Table 2-12.

Table 2-12: Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal Details

S.

No. Type of Waste

Hazardous Waste

Category Quantity

in

MT/Month

Method

of

Collection

Treatment /

Disposal As per

Rule 2008

As per

Rule

2016

1 ETP Sludge 34.4 35.3 9 Poly bags To TSDF for Landfill

2

Discarded

containers /

barrels/ liners

contaminated

with hazardous

waste /

chemicals

33.3 33.1 400 Nos. As is

Decontamination and

Sold to authorized

vendor

JUBILANT LIFE

SCIENCE LIMITED




WASTE MANAGEMENT


S.

No. Type of Waste

Hazardous Waste

Category Quantity

in

MT/Month

Method

of

Collection

Treatment /

Disposal As per

Rule 2008

As per

Rule

2016

3

Used/Spent Oil

from D.G sets,

machineries, etc

5.1 5.1 5 Drums Sold to CPCB/GPCB

authorized Reprocessor

4 Process Residue 29.1 29.1 745 Drums To incinerator/ To

TSDF for Landfill

5 Spent Catalyst 28.2 29.5 24 Poly Bag To TSDF for Landfill

6 MEE Salt 34.3 35.3 1800 Loose To TSDF for Landfill

7

Off-spec or

obsolete raw

materials or

products

29.3 29.3 10 Poly Bag /

Drums Incineration

8 Spent Solvents 20.2 29.4 20 KL Drums Sold to CPCB/GPCB

authorize Reprocessor

9 Used Filter Media 35.1 36.2 30 Poly Bags Solid Incinerator/ TSDF

10 Scrubber Sludge 36.1 37.1 2 Drums Landfill

11 Corrosive waste E-3 C-2 5 Drums To TSDF for Landfill

12 Waste containing

oil 5.2 5.2 0.5

Drums To TSDF for Landfill

2.9.2 Solid Waste

Details of solid waste generation and disposal are given in Table 2-13.

Table 2-13: Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details

S.

No. Type of Waste

Quantity in

MT/Month

Method of

Collection Treatment / Disposal

1 Waste insulation material 2 Loose To TSDF for Landfill

2 Used Batteries 1 Loose Return to supplier or sold to

authorized recycler

2.9.3 Storage / Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

All waste shall be handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the solid

and hazardous waste handling. The wastes will be collected in drums and HDPE Bags and further

transferred to a storage location to be constructed for Hazardous Waste Storage area in the site.

Appropriate storage capacity with impervious flooring will be provided for hazardous waste storage

area as per the CPCB guidelines with arrangements for collection and pumping of leachates to ETP

for treatment.

Kitchen/Canteen wastes and other biodegradable wastes will be treated in Vermi-composting.

JUBILANT LIFE

SCIENCE LIMITED




WASTE MANAGEMENT


2.9.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

For disposal of incinerable and hazardous waste, M/s. Jubilant Life Science Limited will

utilize incineration facility of JIL SEZ or take necessary membership from the 3rd party

TSDF/CHWIF facility.

The other hazardous waste like used oil, discarded containers and spent solvents will be

sold to authorized venders.

2.9.5 Other Solids Wastes

Non-Hazardous Miscellaneous Wastes

The non-hazardous waste like paper, plastic, metal and wooden waste will be handed over to

authorize Reprocessor.

Bio-medical Wastes

Occupational Health Center is provided at site. It is managed by qualified Doctor and Nursing staff

round the clock. Very small quantity of waste comprises of discarded medicines, soiled waste such

as dressing, bandages and material contaminated with blood will be generated. The generated waste

will be periodically handed over to authorized vendors as per SPCB regulations and biomedical waste

management rules 1998.

Electronic Wastes

E-waste/ Electronic waste will mainly be generated from the computer lab and administrative

buildings. E-Waste comprises of discarded computers, copiers, fax machines, inverters, cell phones,

CD’s, LAN Cables, Keyboards, Mouse, SMPS, Fuses, Data cables, mobile/laptop peripherals like

earphones, chargers, circuit boards, printer cartridges etc. Electronic wastes will be handled as per

the provisions of the E-Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011.





JIL, VILAYAT DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 General

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with

reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius around the

project site.

The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described

with respect to climate, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology, socio-economic

profile, landuse and places of archaeological importance.

3.1.1 Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines given

in the EIA Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and land quality in

the study area were collected by conducting primary sampling/ field studies during winter season of

year 2014-2015.

3.1.2 Study Area included in Environmental Setting

The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius of the site. The EIA guidelines of the

MoEF mandate the study area in this manner for EIA’s.

3.2 Landuse of the Study Area

3.2.1 Methodology

Methodology to carry out study if Land Use/ cover pattern is given in Annexure 6.

3.2.2 Ground Survey

The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. Kadam’s land use

and land cover Functional Area Expert visited the site for quality check of the map.

GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in

interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks

were also done to confirm the land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of

interpretation was high. Table 3-1 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings

of all the ground truthing locations selected.

Table 3-1: GPS readings within study area

S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes

1 21°48’03.7”N 72058’24.3”E Kothi Water body

2 21°48’11.1”N 72056’35.5”E Towards Dayadara Mango Plantation

3 21°45’08.1”N 72055’58.4”E Near Derol Green house

4 21°45’11.4”N 72054’55.5”E Vahalu Waterbody covered with Pistia







S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes

5 21°44’09.7”N 72054’45.7”E Towards Karmad Canal

6 21°43’35.4”N 72054’45.4”E Karmad Village

7 21°43’11.7”N 72054’16.3”E Towards Detral Open Vegetation along

tributary

8 21°42’33.1”N 72053’47.0”E Near Detral Plantation - Bor, Mango

9 21°43’40.0”N 72052’21.0”E Vansi Tributary

10 21°43’45.0”N 72051’42.6”E Kurala Waterbody

11 21°45’02.5”N 72050’47.6”E Towards Amleshwar Mango Plantation

12 21°44’45.2”N 72050’12.0”E Towards Amleshwar Sugarcane plantation

13 21°45’42.2”N 72047’58.1”E Near Kothia Bhukhi river

14 21°46’32.5”N 72047’48.1”E Towards Sayakha Open Vegetation

15 21°47’21.4”N 72048’45.4”E Sayakha Waterbody

16 21°48’50.6”N 72050’04.6”E Saran Waterbody - no water

17 21°49’03.9”N 72052’49.4”E Ankot VIllage

18 21°47’46.9”N 72054’09.4”E Aragama Village

19 21°46’52.6”N 72053’17.0”E Vilayat Project site - Gate

20 21°47’15.6”N 72053’01.4”E Vilayat Project site - Proposed

Expansion Unit

3.2.3 Land use and Land cover Pattern Studies

The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises of various categories. The

features identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2: Classification system

S. No. Primary Classification Secondary Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land Crop/Fallow Land1

Plantation

3. Wastelands Land without Scrub

4. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River beds

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open Vegetation

Close Vegetation

The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given in

Figure 3-1. It was observed that the landuses generally exhibit similar characteristics across the region,

whilst certain land uses differs. All landuses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections.

1

1 Fallow land was not separately identified owing to its seasonal nature.







Built-up Land

Residential / Commercial

Habitation within study area was of three talukas i.e. Vagra, Amod and Bharuch of Bharuch district.

Industrial Area

The main Industrial area in study area was Vilayat GIDC & Saykha GIDC region. This will be further

expanded wherein roads and infrastructure facilities were developing.

Agricultural Land

Crop Land/Fallow Land

The agriculture land within study area was 81.66 per cent which was most observed class within study

area. The crops grown in this region were mostly Cotton (Gossypium sp.), Tuver (Cajanus cajan) ,

Moong (Vigna radiata), Juwar (Sorghum vulgare) and at some places wheat (Triticum aestivum) and

sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum). The irrigation is essentially through rain water and in some area

through bore wells and canals during winters.

Plantation

There were few plantation activity within study area mostly of fruit trees like pomegranate, and chikoo.

Wastelands

Land without Scrub

The class Land without Scrub was 1.26 sq.km of area within study area.

Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

There were water bodies in almost all the villages in the region having just 0.63 per cent of the study

area.

River bed

Bhukhi river and Karedi nala flows through the study area but away from the proposed project site at a

distance of about 1.0 km.

Vegetation Cover

Scrub

The scrub region was second most observed category which was 12.75 percent of the study area.







Open Vegetation

Open vegetation was mostly dominated by Acacia sp. and Prosopis sp. cover region. It was only 1.98

per cent of the study area.

Close Vegetation

Close vegetation was only along the GPEC Industrial area.

3.2.4 Class Wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

S.

No.

Primary

Classification Secondary Classification

Area, Secondary

Class Area, Primacy Class

km2 Ha. ~% km2 Ha. ~%

1 Built-up Land or

Habitation

Residential / Commercial 5.30 530 1.62 6.99 699 2.14

Industrial 1.69 169 0.52

2 Agricultural Land Crop Land/Fallow Land 266.77 26677 81.66 267.16 26716 81.78

Plantation 0.39 39 0.12

3 Wastelands Land without Scrub 1.26 126 0.39 1.26 126 0.39

4 Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds /

Tanks 2.05 205 0.63

2.84 284 0.87

River bed 0.79 79 0.24

5 Vegetation Cover

Scrub 41.66 4166 12.75

48.44 4844 14.83 Open Vegetation 6.46 646 1.98

Close Vegetation 0.32 32 0.10

The most observed category in the study area was Agriculture followed by scrub region. The land without

scrub region was only 1.26 hectares of land. This concludes the land use identification and description

component of study.




Figure 3-1: Landuse Map







3.2.5 Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies

The proximity to sea / water bodies for study is tabulated in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Proximity of Sea / Water bodies

Sea/ Water Body Aerial Distance from the Centre of Project Site (in km)

Sea

Gulf of Khambhat 35 Km in West

River

Narmada 11.09 km in South

Source: Google earth and ground truth survey

3.2.6 Important Features within the Study Area

Details of the important features along with other sensitive ecological locations in the study area are

provided in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area

S.

No. Sensitive Ecological Features Location

Distance

(km) Direction

1. National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No - -

2. Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve /

Turtle Nesting Ground No - -

3. Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve No - -

4. Habitat for migratory birds No - -

5. Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / Canals /

Ponds

Bhersam Pond 3.3 SW

Vilayat Pond 2.88 SE

Canal near Bhersam 2.23 SE

6. Stream/Rivers/Drains Narmada 11.09 South

Bhuki River 1.89 SSE

7. Estuary/Sea/Mangroves - - -

8. Mountains/Hills No - -

9. Notified Archaeological sites No - -

10. Any other Archaeological sites No - -

11. Defense Installations No - -

12. Airports Vadodara 105 North

13. Railway Lines Bharuch – Samni – Dahej BG railway Line 7.75 North

Mumbai - Vadodara BG Railway Line 14.05 East

14. National / State Highways

National Highway NH8 (Mumbai – A’ bad

- Delhi) 14.87 East

State Highway SH161 (Bharuch – Vagra) 2.05 East

State Highway SH6 (Bharuch –

Jambusar) 4.58 East

Source: Questionnaire by MoEF







3.2.7 Site Neighbors and Other Major Developments

North – Vorasamni village at a distance of 500 m in NW direction from project site boundary

South – development of new industry Grasim India Ltd.

West – village Argama at a distance of 1.88 Km

East – Villayat village at a distance of 2.3 Km

3.3 Climate of the Study Area

The general agro-climatic zone of the study area is Semi-arid. Information presented in subsequent

paragraphs is from the most recently published Long Term Climatologically Tables for the nearest

observatory, Bharuch by the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD). A copy of the long-term

climatologically data for Bharuch IMD station is enclosed as Annexure 7.

3.3.1 Temperature

Mean daily maximum temperature is recorded in the month of April at 40°C.

From October to December, both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. January is

generally the coldest month, with a minimum temperature of 11.9°C.

During the post-monsoon months of October and November, day temperatures remain between 16.9-

22.0ºC. In winters, i.e. December, January and February, average day temperatures remain between

11.9-14.4 ºC.

3.3.2 Wind

Details of predominant wind direction of month wise are attached as Table 3-6.

Table 3-6: Predominant Wind Direction

Predominant First Second Third

Month Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening

January NE NE SW SW SE NW

February NE NE NW SW SW NW

March SW SW NE NW SE NE

April SW SW NW NW SE NE

May SW SW NW NW SE SE

June SW SW SE NW W SE

July SW SW S SE W NW

August SW SW W NW NW W

September SW SW NW NW W W

October SW SW NE NE SE SE

November NE NE SW SW SE SE

December NE NE SE SW SW NW







3.3.3 Rainfall

The total rainfall in year is observed to be 924.8 mm. Distribution of rainfall by season is 2.3 mm in

winter (December, January, February), 14.3 mm in summer (March, April, May), 869.3 mm in monsoons

(June, July, August, September) and 38.9 mm in post-monsoon (October - November).

3.3.4 Cloud Cover

The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon season.

Cloud cover is 6-8 oktas during monsoon season, while it is 0-2 oktas in post monsoon, winter and

summer season.

3.3.5 Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons, winter and summer in

that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings and humidity ranges from a high of 80-90% in

monsoon mornings to a low of 26-38% in summer evenings. During post-monsoon season, in morning

humidity remains between 68-75% and in the evening it remains between 37-44%.

3.3.6 Site Specific Meteorology

Site-specific meteorological data for summer season has been collected from the site. The parameters

for which data has been collected are:

Wind Speed

Wind direction

Temperature

Relative Humidity

Cloud Cover

Monitoring Methodology for Meteorological data is given in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S.

No.

Env.

Component location Parameters Period Frequency Methodology

1. Meteorology

Project Site,

EHS

departmental

Office

Wind speed, wind

direction,

temperature,

Relative humidity,

and rainfall

Winter

Season

2014-15

Hourly for

all

parameters

As per manufacturer’s

manual. Instruments

are calibrated &

Cloud cover is done by

visual interpretation of

the sky by the

observer.

3.3.7 Site Specific Data of Season

Wind rose diagram prepared for winter season is shown as Figure 3-2.

Information of key weather data was collected at the site during the winter season of 2014-2015 and is

summarized as follows:







Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in the winter season is 2.05

m/s and maximum wind speed of 2.54 m/s.

It can be observed that in the winter season, wind blows mostly from North East direction. Calm

wind contributes to about 3.33%.

Average temperature recorded for winter season was 25.90 °C with maximum temperature of

32.47 °C and minimum of 19.52 °C which is a characteristic of this study area.

The average relative humidity recorded was 33.96% with maximum relative humidity of 44.72%

and minimum of 21.90%.

The data obtained has been complied to obtain average data. Complied mean meteorological data is

represented in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Mean Meteorological Data for Winter Season, 2014-15

Time Temperature

(°C) Humidity

(%) Wind Speed

(m/s) Wind

Direction Rain fall

(mm) Cloud

(Oktas)

0 23.73 36.24 2.07 NE 0.00 0.31

1 22.84 38.21 1.97 NE 0.00 0.31

2 21.79 39.94 1.85 NE 0.00 0.30

3 20.62 41.58 1.82 NE 0.00 0.29

4 20.23 42.98 1.75 NE 0.00 0.28

5 19.83 43.80 1.66 NE 0.00 0.29

6 19.52 44.72 1.67 NE 0.00 0.31

7 21.29 43.53 1.64 NE 0.00 0.31

8 22.30 42.62 1.64 NE 0.00 0.30

9 22.73 41.83 1.72 NE 0.01 0.31

10 25.74 36.88 1.93 NE 0.01 0.33

11 28.07 31.77 2.13 NE 0.01 0.35

12 29.66 27.73 2.31 NE 0.01 0.38

13 31.13 25.59 2.42 NE 0.00 0.38

14 31.93 23.77 2.50 NE 0.00 0.36

15 32.47 21.90 2.47 NE 0.00 0.39

16 31.74 22.94 2.45 NE 0.00 0.35

17 30.89 24.16 2.54 NE 0.00 0.35

18 30.06 25.31 2.40 NE 0.01 0.35

19 29.13 27.79 2.23 NE 0.00 0.29

20 28.06 30.27 2.08 NE 0.00 0.27

21 26.90 32.49 1.98 NE 0.00 0.28

22 26.04 33.83 2.03 NE 0.00 0.28

23 24.90 35.16 2.02 NE 0.00 0.30

Average 25.90 33.96 2.05 NE 0.00 0.32







Figure 3-2: Wind-Rose diagram for Winter Season







3.4 Ambient Air Quality

3.4.1 Season and Period of Monitoring

The ambient air monitoring work has been carried out in winter season of 2014-15, i.e. from 15th

December, 2014 to 15th March, 2015. Locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring are presented

in Table 3-9 and shown in Figure 3-3.

3.4.2 Selected Sampling Locations

Depending upon the purpose of the study IS: 5184 (Part XIV) lays down various criteria for selecting

sampling stations. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in

ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at important human

settlement.

Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details

Code

No.

AAQM

Station

Area

/Source

Direction

from site

Distance

From Site

(km)

Justification Remark

AA01 At site Industrial Within the

site 0.00

To check AAQ at the core

area of existing project

site.

-

AA02 Bhersam

Village

Residential

(Rural) WSW 2.53

To check AAQ in the

habitation towards

downwind direction area

away from project site.

First

predominant

downwind/

Second

predominant

upwind

AA03 Vilayat

Village

Residential

(Rural) SW 2.35

To check AAQ in the

habitation towards

downwind direction area

away from project site.

-

AA04

P4 (Nr.

DGVCL Sub-

station)

SE 0.58

To check AAQ in the

habitation towards Ist

predominant downwind

direction in the possible

GLC are.

-

AA05 Argama

Village

Residential

(Rural) NE 1.72

To check AAQ in the

nearest habitation

towards Upwind direction

area from project site.

First

predominant

upwind

(49%)

AA06 Vorasamni

Village

Residential

(Rural) N 0.54

To check AAQ in the

nearest habitation with

possible GLC area towards

Crosswind direction from

project site.

Crosswind

AA07 Juned

Village

Residential

(Rural) NW 2.21

To check AAQ in the

habitation towards

upwind direction area

Fourth

predominant

downwind







Code

No.

AAQM

Station

Area

/Source

Direction

from site

Distance

From Site

(km)

Justification Remark

from proposed project

site.

3.4.3 Sampling Frequency

The frequency of monitoring was 48 hrs per week at each station spread over the season, with samples

being changed six times (at 8-hours intervals).




Figure 3-3: Selected Sample Locations







3.4.4 Parameters Monitored and Method Used

Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), Chlorine, Hydrochloric

Acid, Hydro bromic Acid, Hydro Fluoric Acid, Hydro Carbon and VoCs were monitored during winter

season 2014-15. The detailed monitoring methodology of ambient air is given in Annexure 6.

3.4.5 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring

Detailed ambient air monitoring results are given in Annexure 9 and summary of results of ambient air

monitoring are presented in Table 3-10.


PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-10: Ambient Air Monitoring Results (Winter Season 2014-2015)

Station

code Location

Parameters & Results

Note: All units are in µg/m3 except VOCs in mg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits.

PM10

(100)

[24

Hours]

PM2.5 (60)

[24

Hours]

SO2 (80)

[24

Hours]

NOx (80)

[24

Hours]

Cl2 (NS)

[24

Hours]

HCl (NS)

[24

Hours]

HBr (NS)

[24

Hours]

HF (NS)

[24

Hours]

HC

[NS]

[Grab]

VOCs

[NS]

[Grab]

AA 01 At Site

Maximum 88 47 19.9 29.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Minimum 43 19 8.0 11.8 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Average 72 31 9.9 18.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

98% tile 87 46 16.5 25.9 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

AA 02 Bhersam Village





AA 03 Vilayat Village





AA 04 Nr. DGVCL Sub- station





AA 05 Argama Village




Station

code Location

Parameters & Results

Note: All units are in µg/m3 except VOCs in mg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits.

PM10

(100)

[24

Hours]

PM2.5 (60)

[24

Hours]

SO2 (80)

[24

Hours]

NOx (80)

[24

Hours]

Cl2 (NS)

[24

Hours]

HCl (NS)

[24

Hours]

HBr (NS)

[24

Hours]

HF (NS)

[24

Hours]

HC

[NS]

[Grab]

VOCs

[NS]

[Grab]





AA 06 Vorasamni Village





AA 07 Juned Village





BDL: Below Detectable Limit







A comparison of the above results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB for residential

area indicates that results of all parameters are well within the limit at all locations.

3.5 Noise

3.5.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level

Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations.

Background noise quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations.

Methodology for Noise level analysis:

Site visit (If plant is existing) and identification of sources of noise and vibrations

Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment

Noise sampling locations and its results

To run Soundplan software for assessment of noise levels

Checking whether the increase of sound pressure levels (SPL) in the locations surrounding

the project

Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of

sources exceeding the allowable limits of SPL

Table 3-11: Monitoring methodology

Env.

Component

Sampling

location

Sampling

Frequency Methodology

Sample collection Sampling

Parameter Sampling

equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient

Noise

9

Locations

Once during

the study

(Hourly

reading for 24

hours at each

location)

Sound Level

Measurement

(SLM)

Noise Level

Meter 0.1 dB (A)

Decibels –

dB (A)

The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones

Ambient Air Quality Standards

in Respect of NOISE

Area

Code Category

Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

THE NOISE POLLUTION

(REGULATION AND CONTROL)

RULES, 2000

A Industrial 75.0 70.0

B Commercial 65.0 55.0

C Residential 55.0 45.0

D Silence 50.0 45.0

Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM

dB (A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which

is relatable to human hearing.

3.5.2 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations

Locations for noise monitoring were selected by doing preliminary analysis of site visit and using

Soundplan essential 3.0 software. The equipment’s that would be present in the project area were

considered as source of noise for undertaking noise modelling. Further, receivers were placed within

the project site as this is existing site, at a distance of 100 m, 250 m and 500 m from the source of







noise generation and at sensitive location i.e. village for ambient noise monitoring. The locations

selected for noise monitoring are presented in Figure 3-3.

3.5.3 Noise Level Results

Noise readings were taken at nine different locations within the study area. The average noise levels

are presented in Table 3-13.

Table 3-13: Noise Level Results

Location

Code Location Date Category

CPCB Limits in

dB (A)

Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

Day

Time

Night

Time

Day

Time

Night

Time

NL 1 Near unit-1 16.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 61.3 46.5


NL 3 Near Boiler House 18.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 55.9 52.4

NL 4 At Main Gate 19.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.7 47.5

NL 5 100 m North from

proposed project side 20.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.8 49.1

NL 6 250 m West from

proposed project site 21.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.4 46.4

NL 7 500 m South from


NL 8 Near SH-161 (East) 23.02.15 Commercial 65.0 55.0 58.4 47.7

NL 9 Vora samni Village 24.02.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 53.5 41.5

Observation

Noise level during day time and nighttime, in Industrial area was observed within the CPCB standards

i.e. industrial area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)).

Noise level during daytime and nighttime, in Commercial area and Residential area was observed

within the CPCB standards i.e. commercial area (65 dBA (d) & 55 dBA (n)) residential area (55 dBA

(d) & 45 dBA (n)).

3.6 Biological Environment

3.6.1 Study Period

A field visit was conducted on 2nd October 2015.

3.6.2 Scope, Aim and Objectives

To inventories floral and faunal components of project area (project site / core zone and

buffer zone).

To locate / demarcate and understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of

national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests / tiger reserve / Eco-sensitive Areas /

wetlands etc. within 10 km. radius from project site (if any).

To identify schedule-I, rare, endemic and endangered species within the project study area

and prepare conservation plan for same.

To identify impact zone and evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project on flora,

fauna and ecological setting of the project study area.







To prepare green belt development plan / conservation plan to mitigate likely impacts and

to conserve ecology and biodiversity.

3.6.3 Study Area

Delineation of the study area

Project Site / Core Zone and Buffer Zone

Project site as a core zone and surrounding 10 km. radius considered as a buffer zone for study.

Ecological Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area

Buffer zone encompasses following different ecologically important features with in 10 km radius

from proposed project site boundary.

Forest /National Park / Sanctuary

No such areas fall within buffer zone of the 10 km. radius.

Rivers and Ponds

Table 3-14: Details of Rivers and Ponds in the Buffer Zone

River / Pond Details Distance From Site Boundary Direction from Site

Bhukhi River 1.81 SSE

Ora Pond 9.21 NNW

Vachhnad Pond 7.95 NE

Samni Pond 9.90 NE

Sachan Pond 9.44 NW

Vagra Pond 7.36 NW

Vasti Khanda Pond li 6.29 NNW

Rahad Pond 5.25 NNE

Kelod Pond 7.35 NE

Piplia Pond 9.98 NE

Saladra Pond 3.32 NNE

Ankot Pond 3.39 NNW

Saran Pond 5.99 NW

Pisad Pond 7.98 NW

Sutrel Pond 8.83 WNW

Juned Pond 2.64 NW

Vora Samni Pond 1.23 NNW

Argana Pond 2.31 ENE

Dayadara Pond 4.85 ENE

Tralsa Pond 8.44 ENE

Kothi Pond 9.16 ENE

Sayakha Pond 7.38 WNW

Bhersam Pond 3.02 WSW

Kothla Pond 9.16 WSW

Vilayat Pond 2.48 SSW







River / Pond Details Distance From Site Boundary Direction from Site

Sarnar Pond 2.94 SSE

Derol Pond 5.42 ESE

Tralsamadh Pond 6.86 ESE

Mahudla Pond 7.33 ESE

Kasad Pond 9.57 ESE

Tham Pond 8.83 SE

Vahalu Pond 4.91 SE

Karmad Pond 7.53 SSE

Manubar Pond 8.45 SSE

Detral Pond 8.34 SSE

Wansi Pond 6.66 SSW

Kurla Pond 6.99 SSW

Amleshwar Pond 8.27 SW

Sankhwad Pond 9.92 SW

Amdada Pond 9.06 SW

Bhuva Pond 9.85 SSW

Vesdada Pond 8.54 SSW

3.6.4 Methodology

Given in Sr. No. 6 of Annexure 6.

3.6.5 Terrestrial Ecosystem

Flora

Core Zone / Project site

Site is a part of JIL-SEZ and possesses common weed plant species like Cassia tora, Prosopis juliflora.

JIL-SEZ already developed greenbelt with 17 plant species Table 3-15. Comprehensive details on

the greenbelt are given in the Greenbelt development section of EMP.

Table 3-15: Floral species observed from Greenbelt Developed by JIL-SEZ

S. No. Name of the Tree / Plants Common Name

1 Delonix regia Gulmohar

2 Bauhinia blakeana Hong Kong Orchid-Tree

3 Azadirachta indica Neem

4 Cassia fistula Amaltash

5 Syzygium cumini Jamun

6 Alstonia scholaris Satparni, Chitvan

7 Albizia odoratissima Shirish

8 Jacaranda mimosifolia Neeli gulmohur

9 Filicium decipiens Fern tree

10 Peltophorum pterocarpum Peela gulmohar / Peltoforum

11 Butea monosperma Palash

12 Tectona grandis Teak / Sag







S. No. Name of the Tree / Plants Common Name

13 Roystonea regia Palm tree

14 Plumeria rubra / obusta Champa

15 Casuarina equisetifolia Saru

16 Acacia nilotica Bangali Babla / Babool

17 Cocos nucifera Coconut tree

Buffer Zone

Buffer zone has been observed 101 floral species, which includes 52 species of trees, 24 species of

Shrubs, 14 species of herbs, 6 species of climbers, 2 twinners and 3 species of grasses Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: Flora Observed from Buffer Zone of the Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name

TREES

1 i. Acacia tortilis Israeli Baval

2 ii. Acacia auticuliformis Bengali Baval

3 iii. Acacia catechu Khair

4 iv. Acacia leucophlea Aniyar

5 v. Acacia nilotica Desi Baval

6 vi. Acacia leucophloea Aniyar, Rijiado

7 vii. Acacia nilotica Desi Baval

8 viii. Acacia Senegal Gorad, Kumto

9 ix. Albizia lebbeck Siris

10 x. Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar

11 xi. Cocs nucifera Nariel

12 xii. Carica papaya Papaya

13 xiii. Cassia siamea Kashid

14 xiv. Bauhinia racemosa Ashitro

15 xv. Azardirachta indica Limdo

16 xvi. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo

17 xvii. Elaedendron roxburghii Alan

18 xviii. Diospyros melanoxylon Timru

19 xix. Butea monosperma Khakhro

20 xx. Cassia fistula Garmalo

21 xxi. Delonix elata Sandeshdo

22 xxii. Cordial sp. Gunda/Gundi

23 xxiii. Delonix regia Gulmohar

24 xxiv. Eucalyptus sp. Nilgiri

25 xxv. Ficus bengalensis Vad

26 xxvi. Mangifera indica Ambo

27 xxvii. Ficus religiosa Pipalo

28 xxviii. Gariga pinnata Kakad

29 xxix. Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman

30 xxx. Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman








31 xxxi. Morus alba Shetur

32 xxxii. Madhuca indica Mahudo

33 xxxiii. Manilkara hexandra Rayan

34 xxxiv. Oroxylum indicum Timru

35 xxxv. Putranjiva roxburghii Jetun

36 xxxvi. Pterocarpus marsupium Biyo

37 xxxvii. Moringa concanensis Sargwo

38 xxxviii. Pithecellobium ducle Goras Amli

39 xxxix. Radermachera xylocarpa Nagvel

40 xl. Tectona grandis Sag

41 xli. Wrightia tinctoria Dhudio

42 xlii. Melia azaderach Bakan Limdo

43 xliii. Pongomia pinnata Karanj

44 xliv. Prosopis cineraria Khijado

45 xlv. Sapindus emarginatus Aritha

46 xlvi. Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval

47 xlvii. Soymida fabrifuga Rohan

48 xlviii. Sygygium cumunii Jambudo

49 xlix. Tamarindus indica Amli

50 l. Trema orientalis Gora

51 li. Zizyphus mauritiana Bor

52 lii. Zizyphus xylopyrus Ghat Bor

SHRUBS

53 i. Cassia auriculata Aval

54 ii. Balanites aegyptica Ingorie

55 iii. Abelmoschus esculentus Bhindi

56 iv. Grewia lenax Nagbala

57 v. Mimosa hamate Kasi Baval

58 vi. Cajanus cajan Tuver

59 vii. Triumftettta pentandra Zipti

60 viii. Zizyphus mummularia Chanibor

61 ix. Thespesia populnea Paras piplo

62 x. Solanum indicum Ubhi Ringni

63 xi. Lantan camara Lantana

64 xii. Barleria prionitis Kapas

65 xiii. Barleria prionitis Kapas

66 xiv. Calotropis gigantean Akdo

67 xv. Cassia auriculata Aval

68 xvi. Citrus limon Limbu

69 xvii. Dature metel Dhaturo

70 xviii. Euphorbia sp. Thor

71 xix. Hibiscus sp. Jasud








72 xx. Lowsonia inermis Mendi

73 xxi. Nerium indicum Karen

74 xxii. Opuntia elatior Phafdothor

75 xxiii. Prosopis chilensis Molina

76 xxiv. Nyctanthus arbortristis Parijat

HERBS

77 i. Aerva lanata Gorakh Ganjo

78 ii. Acalypha indica Dadarjo

79 iii. Ammannia multiflora Zino Agio

80 iv. Agave Americana Ketki

81 v. Catharanthus roseus Barmasi

82 vi. Arachis hypogeal Mungfali

83 vii. Brassica oleracea Cobbij

84 viii. Capsicum annum Marchi

85 ix. Indigofera linnaei Fatakiya

86 x. Eclipta prostate Bhangro

87 xi. Musa paradisiacal Kela

88 xii. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi

89 xiii. Lucopersicon lycopersicon Tomato

90 xiv. Zea mays Makai

CLIMBERS

91 i. Bogainvelillea spectabilis Boganvel

92 ii. Cucumis sativus Kakadi

93 iii. Mucuna sp. Kuvech

94 iv. Luffa sp. Turiya

95 v. Celastrus paniculatus Malkagani

96 vi. Quisqualis indica Madhu Malti

TWINNERS

97 i. Cuscuta chinensis Amarvel

98 ii. Abrus precatorius Chanothi

GRASSES

99 i. Cyndon dactylon Darb

100 ii. Dendrocalamus strictus Narvans

101 iii. Paspalidium flavidium Gorju

Fauna

Core Zone / Project Site

Project site observed with some common species of birds and there is no scheduled avifauna

observed at site and one species of mammal i.e. Funambulus pennanti (Five Striped Squirrel). No

herpetofauna observed from the project site. In the buffer zone, 53 faunal species were observed

from the study area which includes 5 species of mammals, 6 species of herpetofauna and 42 species

of birds.







Buffer Zone

Overall 53 faunal species were observed from the study area which includes 5 species of mammals,

6 species of herpetofauna and 42 species of birds Table 3-17.

Table 3-17: Fauna Observed from Buffer Zone

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/ IUCN Category

MAMMALS

1. Sus scrofa Wild Boar LC

2. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox II

3. Presdbytis entellus Common Languor II

4. Funambulus pennanti Stripped Squirrel IV

5. Herpeste edwardsi Mongoose II

REPTILES

1. Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard

2 Naja naja Cobra II

3. Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake LC

4. Acrochordus granulatus File snake LC

5. Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake Schedule-IV

6. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa LC

BIRDS

1. Pondiceps ruficolis Little Grebe IV

2. Aedeola grayii Pond Heron IV

3. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV

4. Platalea leucorodia Spoonbill IV

5. Anas crecca Common Teal IV

6. Haliastur Indus Brahminy Kite IV

7. Pavo cristatus Common Indian Peafowl I

8. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Partridge IV

9. Amauronis phoenicurus White breasted water hen IV

10. Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing IV

11. Tringa hypoleucos Common sandpiper IV

12 Columba livia Blue Rock pigeon IV

13. Strptopelia senegalensis Little brown Dove IV

14. Eudymamys scolopacea Koel IV

15. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet IV

16. Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian Nightjar IV

17. Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher IV

18. Halcyon smyrnensis White breasted Kingfisher IV

19. Coracias benghalensis Indian roller IV

20. Upupa epops Hoopoe IV

21. Lanius excubitor Grey shrike IV

22. Dicrurus adsimmlis Black Drongo IV







S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/ IUCN Category

23. Acridotheres ginginianus Common Myna IV

24. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul IV

25. Pycnonotus sp. Bulbul IV

26. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird IV

27. Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling Teal IV

28. Circus aerugimoptrus Marsh Harrier IV

29. Vanellus malabaricus Yellow Wattled Lapwing IV

30. Clamator jacobinus Pied creasted Cuckoo IV

31. Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant IV

32. Picoides sp. Woodpecker IV

33. Acridotheres ginginionus Bank Myna IV

34. Corvus splendens House Crow V

35. Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common wood Shrike IV

36. Aegithina tiphia Common Iora IV

37. Saxicoloides fulieata Indian Robin IV

38. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin IV

39. Motacilla sp. Wagtail IV

40. Lonchura sp. Munia IV

41. Passer domesticus House Sparrow IV

42. Pavo cristatus Peacock I

Agriculture and Horticulture

Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Tuver (Cajanus indica) and Cotton (Gossypium

herbaceum).

Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum

bicolar) and Divel (Ricinus communis)

Vegetables: The vegetables grown in the study area are, Rigan (Solanum melongena), Tomato

(Lycopersicon lycopersicum) and Val, Valpapadi (Lablab purpureus).

Major horticultural crops: Horticulture activity is very less. Keri (Mangifera indica), Chikoo

(Manilkara zapota), Papaya (Carica papaya).

3.6.6 Aquatic Ecosystem

Status of fishery, phytoplankton & zooplanktons of the study area buffer zone is described below.

Table 3-18: Sampling Locations of the Phyto and Zooplankton in Various villages of the Study Area

Station No. Place Source Parameter of Sample

1. Bhukhi River near Vilayat River Zooplankton

Phytoplankton

2. Kelod Village Pond Pond Zooplankton

Phytoplankton

3. Vagara Village Pond Pond Zooplankton







Station No. Place Source Parameter of Sample

Phytoplankton

4. Bhersan Village Pond Pond Zooplankton

Phytoplankton

Fishes

Common fishes like Rohu and Catla are common in this area.

Phytoplankton and Zooplankton

Status of phytoplankton and zooplankton in various village water bodies and Bhukhi has been

tabulated bellow.

Table 3-19: Phytoplankton Cell Count (No./Lit.) Across Sampling Locations

Station Cell Count Total Genera Genera

Station 1 92 4 Melosira, Fragilaria, Euglena, Pediastrum

Station 2 104 4 Synedra, Fragilaria, Melosira, Coscinodiscus

Station 3 108 4 Pennularia, Melosira, Euglena, Synedra

Station 4 88 4 Nitschia, Melosira, Zygnema, Phormidium

Table 3-20: Diversity of Phytoplankton Across Sampling Location

Genera Sampling Locations

Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4

Melosira + + + +

Fragilaria + +

Euglena + +

Pediastrum +

Synedra + +

Coscinodiscus +

Pennularia +

Nitschia +

Zygnema +

Phormidium +

Table 3-21: Zooplankton Cell Count (No./Lit.) Across Sampling Locations

Station Population Total Genera Genera

Station 1 5.5 5 Daphnia, Diaphanosoma, Moina, Limnocalamus, Branchionus

Station 2 6.2 5 Textularia, Limnocalamus, Notholca, Moina, Daphnia

Station 3 3.7 3 Moina, Daphnia, Diaphanosoma

Station 4 4.5 4 Moina, Textularia, Daphnia, Mosquito Larva

Table 3-22: Diversity of Phytoplankton across Sampling Location



Daphnia + + + +

Diaphanosoma + +

Moina + + + +









Limnocalamus +

Branchionus +

Textularia + +

Limnocalamus +

Notholca +

Mosquito larva +

Table 3-23: Diversity Of Phyto And Zooplanktons Across Sampling Location

Station Location Phytoplankton Zooplankton

Bhukhi River 1.229 1.371

Kelod Village Pond 1.341 1.574

Vagara Village Pond 1.243 0.921

Bhersan Village Pond 1.209 1.255

Total 10 nos. of phytoplankton genera were found in all sampling locations in which Melosira was

major dominant at all sampling locations. The highest cell count of phytoplankton was recorded at

Vagara village pond where as lowest at Bhersan village pond.

Total 9 nos. of zooplankton genera were found in all sampling locations in which Daphnia and Moina

were major dominant at all sampling locations. The highest population of zooplankton is at Kelod

village pond where as lowest at Vagara village pond.

The highest diversity index of phytoplankton was recorded at Kelod village pond where as lowest at

Bhersan village pond. The highest diversity index of zooplankton was recorded at Kelod village pond

where as lowest Vagara village pond.

3.6.7 Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity

A buffer zone area supports a Schedule-I species, i.e. Peacock (Pavo cristatus).

3.6.8 Biodiversity Appraisal – Conclusion

Project site is a part of the industrial area and possesses well developed greenbelt in various

locations of the premises. This greenbelt provides habitat for many common faunal species. All flora

and fauna species observed from project area are common component of the various habitat of the

buffer zone. Flora and fauna components will not get affected in normal operation / function of the

project and its associated activities by implementation of proper safety measures and control

devices. Being an industrial area, considering cumulative impacts due to other adjacent industries,

strict implementation of EMP / mitigation measures are required to ensure that the biodiversity of

the study area should not impacted negatively.

3.7 Water Environment

3.7.1 Groundwater Environment

Groundwater sample locations are given in Table 3-24 and analysis results are given in Table

3-25.







Table 3-24: Groundwater Sampling Locations

Code Location Source Date of

Sampling

Distance From

Site (km)

Direction from

site

GW 1 Derol Bore well 27-01-2015 5.48 SE

GW 2 Varsamni Bore well 28-01-2015 0.54 N

GW 3 Vilayat Bore well 28-01-2015 2.35 SW

GW 4 Bhersam Bore well 28-01-2015 2.53 WSW

GW 5 Argama Bore well 27-01-2015 1.72 NE




Table 3-25 Groundwater analysis results

Sampling Location Derol Varsamni Vilayat Bhargam Argama

IS 10500 Standard Limits for

drinking water GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW 5

S.

No. Parameters Unit

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit

Bore well

(33m)

Hand pump

(22 m)

Bore well

(39 m)

Bore well

(33 m)

Bore well

(29 m)

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 8.1 7.96 7.79 7.87 8.16

2 Temperature oC - - 27.3 26.6 27 27.5 26.8

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 996 1188 1608 1432 164

5 Electrical conductivity µmho/cm - - 1560 1980 2133 2218 216

6 COD mg/lit - - <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

7 BOD mg/lit - - <3 <3 <3 <3 <3

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 254 331 635 590 45

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 117 234 128 150 13

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 410 380 41 470 140

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit - - 152 122 140 150 70

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit - - 258 258 270 320 70

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 260 230 200 210 270

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 61.71 8.33 3.06 2.55 0.26

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.92 0.53 0.72 0.05 0.38

17 Sodium mg/lit - - 84.6 135.2 388.2 300.4 18.7

18 Potassium mg/lit - - 5.8 12.2 15.5 12.6 1.4

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 60.92 48.9 56.11 60.12 28.06

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 62.69 62.69 65.61 77.76 17.01




Sampling Location Derol Varsamni Vilayat Bhargam Argama

IS 10500 Standard Limits for

drinking water GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW 5

S.

No. Parameters Unit

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit

Bore well

(33m)

Hand pump

(22 m)

Bore well

(39 m)

Bore well

(33 m)

Bore well

(29 m)

21 Salinity mg/lit - - 457.9 596.9 1144.75 1062.98 81.77

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 14.6 1.7 0.6 0.6 0.07

23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit - - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit - - 2.9 2.4 2.8 2.7 3.2

25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26 SAR - - - 1.81 3 8.3 6 0.68

27 Heavy metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Cromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 0.126 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR 0.33 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent







Observations

All samples were collected in month of December-January (Winter)

All parameters are within permissible limits

3.7.2 Surface Water Environment

Surface Water Quality monitoring is carried out in the study area of 10 km based on the land use pattern

and ground truth of nearby villages (Monitoring Period: Dec’2014- Feb’2015). The selection of

sampling locations is based on:

Surface water drainage pattern / prevalent direction of general gradient of surface water flow

Nearby vicinity of surface water bodies upstream and downstream of the site.

Selection of upstream and downstream open surface water bodies in immediate vicinity are the principal

areas where there would be an immediate impact due to any contaminated water drainage out of site

premises.

Table 3-26: Surface water Sampling Locations


Sampling

Latitude

(N)

Longitude

(E)

Justification

SW 1 Bhukhi River (D/s) River 24.02.15 21°45'40.66"N 72°52'49.04"E Nearest River in

Downstream

SW 2 Vilayat Village Pond 24.02.15 21°45'53.31"N 72°52'54.32"E Habitation in

Core zone in (S)

SW 3 Bhersan Village Pond 24.02.15 21°46'42.71"N 72°51'28.09"E Habitation in

Core zone (W)

SW 4 Vorasamni Village Pond 24.02.15 21°47'54.36"N 72°52'45.73"E Habitation in

Core zone (N)

SW 5 Argama Village Pond 24.02.15 21°47'55.61"N 72°54'17.33"E Habitation in

Core zone (NE)

SW 6 Bhukhi River (U/s) River 24.02.15 21°47'2.37"N 72°54'46.96"E Nearest River in

Upstream

SW 7 Dayadra Village Pond 24.02.15 21°48'8.49"N 72°55'51.17"E Habitation in

Core zone (NE)

Quality of Surface Water

Analytical results of the surface water /Pond /River water samples are presented in Table 3-27 and

Table 3-28 respectively.




Table 3-27: Analysis Result of Surface Water Samples – Pond

S.

No. Parameters Units

IS 10500 Standard Limits

for drinking water Samples

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit

SW2

Vilayat

SW 3

Bhersam

SW4

Vorasamani

SW 5

Argama

SW6

Dayadara

Source Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond

Date of sampling 24.02.15 24.02.15 24.02.15 24.02.15 24.02.15

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 7.83 8.03 7.94 7.55 7.27

2 Temperature o C NS NS 27.8 27.9 28.3 29.1 28.6

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 0.5 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.8

4 TDS mg/l 500 2000 280 156 2444 2096 748

5 Electrical

conductivity

µmhos

/cm NS NS 412.5 215 3215 2713 952

6 COD mg/l NS NS 16 28 65 37 94

7 BOD mg/l NS NS 5 9 20 12 28

8 Phenol mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chloride mg/l 250 1000 107 37 1031 752 220

10 Sulphate mg/l 200 400 21 15 138 106 182

11 Total Hardness mg/l 200 600 150 110 550 1060 400

12 Ca Hardness mg/l NS NS 84 36 148 120 380

13 Mg Hardness mg/l NS NS 66 74 402 940 20

14 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 600 200 240 220 150 120

15 Nitrate mg/l 45 100 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 3.68 <0.1

16 Fluoride mg/l 1 1.5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.9

17 Sodium mg/l NS NS 44 10.2 522 424 82

18 Potassium mg/l NS NS 4.2 1.1 15 16.1 8.6

19 Calcium mg/l 75 200 33.6 14.4 59.3 48.1 152.3

20 Magnesium mg/l 30 100 16 17.9 97.6 228.4 4.86

21 Salinity mg/l NS NS 192 67 1856 1354 397




S.

No. Parameters Units

IS 10500 Standard Limits

for drinking water Samples

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit

SW2

Vilayat

SW 3

Bhersam

SW4

Vorasamani

SW 5

Argama

SW6

Dayadara

Source Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond

Date of sampling 24.02.15 24.02.15 24.02.15 24.02.15 24.02.15

22 Dissolved

Oxygen (D.O.) mg/l NS NS 4.3 4.1 4.2 4.1 4.5

23 Ammonical

Nitrogen mg/l NS NS 0.011 0.022 0.068 0.13 0.025

24 SAR - NS NS 1.56 0.42 9.63 5.63 1.79

25 Heavy metals

a Arsenic mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

b Cadmium mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Chromium mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

d Copper mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

e Cyanide mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron mg/l 0.3 NR 0.15 0.13 0.18 0.13 0.29

g Lead mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel mg/l 0.02 NR

k Zinc mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN/100

ml

Shall not be

detectable

Shall not be

detectable 2700 3300 3900 2200 4300

29 Faecal Coliform MPN/100

ml

Shall not be

detectable

Shall not be

detectable 1400 1400 1700 1000 2000

NS: Not Specified; NR: No Relaxation; MPN: Most Probable Number


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-28: Analysis Result of Surface Water Samples – River

S.

No. Parameters Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water2 Surface water Quality

Location Code SW1 SW6

Location Name Bhukhi River (D/s) Bhukhi Rive (U/s)

Source River River

Date of Sampling 24.02.15 24.02.15

A B C D E

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.51 8.03

2 Total Dissolved Oxgen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NA 4.2 4.3

3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500.0 NA 1500.0 NA 2100 140 132

4 Electrical Conductivity μmohs/cm NA NA NA 1000 2250 189.2 182.9

5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NA NA 4 <3

6 Colour Pt.co 10 300 300 - - 20 10

7 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NA NA NA NA 110 100

8 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NA NA NA NA 106 70

9 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NA NA NA NA 4 30

10 Copper mg/l 1.5 NA 1.5 NA NA <0.05 <0.05

11 Iron mg/l 0.3 NA 50 NA NA 0.12 0.2

12 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NA NA NA NA <0.04 <0.04

13 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NA 600 NA 600 37 33

14 Sulphate mg/l 400 NA 400 NA 1000 11 42

15 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NA 50 NA NA <0.1 3.3

16 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - <0.1 1.17

17 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NA NA <0.001 <0.001

18 Free Ammonia mg/l NA NA NA 1.2 NA 0.005 0

19 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NA NA NA NA <0.001 <0.001

1

2 IS 2296 – 1982 Inland Surface Water Standards


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


S.

No. Parameters Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water2 Surface water Quality

Location Code SW1 SW6

Location Name Bhukhi River (D/s) Bhukhi Rive (U/s)

Source River River

Date of Sampling 24.02.15 24.02.15

A B C D E

20 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NA 0.01 NA NA <0.003 <0.003

21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NA NA <0.002 <0.002

22 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NA NA <0.003 <0.003

23 Lead mg/l 0.1 NA 0.1 NA NA <0.01 <0.01

24 Zinc mg/l 15 NA 15 NA NA <0.08 <0.08

25 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NA NA <0.003 <0.003

26 Boron mg/l NA NA NA NA 2 <0.02 <0.02

27 Sodium Absorption

Ratio mg/gm NA NA NA NA 26 0.69 0.67

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 2500 1100

Classification of River Waters as per their intended use is described in below table

S. No. Class Intended Use

1 A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

2 B Outdoor bathing (organized)

3 C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

4 D Propagation of wild life, fisheries

5 E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.







Observation of Surface/River water quality

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the

study area, it is observed that

1. The TDS and Chloride is high at Vorasamni and Argama village due to stagnation/evaporation and

anthropogenic activities

2. Total hardness and magnesium found high at Argama pond water due to due to

stagnation/evaporation and anthropogenic activities.

3. Total coliform and faecal coliform are observed high at all locations due to domestic activities in

ponds like washing, bathing, etc.

4. The quality of Bhukhi River can be compared with Class D as per classification for inland surface

water.

3.8 Geomorphology

Geomorphologically, the project area is located on Gujarat alluvial plan. The site and surrounding area

is almost flat having regional slope toward southwest i.e. toward gulf of Khambhat.

3.8.1 Seismicity in the Study Area

As per the Seismic map of Gujarat published by Institute of seismological research, Gujarat the area

comes under the Moderate Damage risk zone (MSK VII) of the Seismic Zonation shown in Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4: Seismic Map of Gujarat

Source: Seismic Map of Gujarat (Institute of Seismological Research, Govt. of Gujarat)







3.8.2 Regional Geology and Hydrogeology

Regional Geology

A concise stratigraphic sequence of Bharuch district as per District Resource Map, GSI is given in Table

3-29.

Table 3-29 Stratigraphic Sequence of the Bharuch District

Lithology Formation Age

Spit/bar, tidal flat and shoal deposits Mahuva Formation

Holocene Coastal and Sand dunes Akhej Formation

Flood plain deposits Katpur Formation

Older tidal flats and marsh deposits Rann Clay Formation

Calcareous sandstone with Conglomerate and clay Jhagadia Formation Middle Miocene to Pliocene

Clay, Fossiliferous Marl, Limestone, Sandstone,

Siltstone and Conglomerate Kand Formation

Lower Miocene

Ferruginous sandstone, Clay and conglomerate Babaguru Formation

Bentonite Clay, Claystone, Sandstone Tarkeshwar Formation Lower Eocene to Oligocene

Argillaceous limestone, clay with Nummulites Nummulite Formation Lower to Upper Eocene

Clay, sandstone, conglomerate Vagadkhol Formation Lower Eocene

Basic dikes, plug, Rhyolite, Basalt, Alkali Basalt Deccan Volcanics Upper Cretaceous to Eocene

Sandstone, limestone and clay Bagh Formation Middle to Upper Cretaceous

3.8.3 Geology and Hydrogeology at site and surrounding

Topographically, the area is almost flat with gentle slope toward west to southwest i.e. toward Gulf of

Khambhat.

Geologically the entire area is covered by mud flats which contains high proportion of clay and some

fine Silt. Thus this material has low porosity, permeability and storability. Litholog details, received from

GWRDC (Annexure 12), for well located near Vilayat village indicated alternate sequence of clay and

sand.

3.9 Soil Environment

3.9.1 Soil Sampling Locations

Sampling locations are presented in Table 3-30, covering the study area. Total 4 samples around the

site has been taken and analyzed, results of which are presented in Table 3-31.

Table 3-30: Soil Sampling Locations (winter season of year 2014-15)

Sample

Id Location Date of Sampling

Distance from

site (Km)

Direction from

site

ST 1 At Site 28/01/2015 - -

ST 2 Bhersam 28/01/2015 2.53 WSW

ST 3 Vorasamni 28/01/2015 0.54 N

ST 4 Argama 27/01/2015 1.72 NE







Sample

Id Location Date of Sampling

Distance from

site (Km)

Direction from

site

ST 5 Vilayat 28/01/2015 2.35 SSW

Table 3-31: Soil Analysis Results (winter season of year 2014-15)

S.

No Parameter Unit At Site Jolwa Vav Vadadala

1 porosity % 49 56 56 59

2 Water Holding Capacity % 78.25 45.10 61.30 62.30

3 Permiability mm/hr 30 7.4 9.44 10.7

4 Particle Size Distribution -

a Sand % 58.00 36.00 27.00 23.00

b Silt % 16.00 35.00 41.00 41.00

c Clay % 26.00 29.00 32.00 36.00

5 Texture - Sandy Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam

6 Cation Exchange

Capacity meq/100gm 31.24 56.00 42.00 57.00

7 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.181 0.285 0.140 0.294

8 Sodium Absorption

Ratio 0.3 1.32 1.06 1.73

Exchangeble Sodium % <0.1 0.69 0.31 1.28

9 pH 7.50 8.10 7.87 8.36

10 Calcium gm/kg 0.37 0.46 0.85 0.32

11 Magnesium gm/kg 0.36 0.25 0.21 0.29

12 Sodium gm/kg 0.15 0.64 0.60 0.80

13 Potassium gm/kg 0.18 0.10 0.12 0.10

3.9.2 Observations

Mostly Texture of the soil is Clay loam in the study area

3.10 Social Profile

The study area as per the ToR prescribed by MoEF is 10 kilometers aerial distance from the project site

boundary. The proposed project is coming in the Vagra Taluka. The study area comprises of the two

other Talukas viz Bharuch, Vagra and Amod.

The proposed project is coming in Vilayat village which has been considered as the core zone whereas

rest of the villages are considered as the buffer zone. Household level survey was carried out in the

core zone village. In the buffer zone random sampling was done to select the villages.







3.10.1 Demographic Profile

Table 3-32: Population Distribution in the study area (Nos.)

S. No. District Sub-district Name 2001 2001 2011 2011

Household Population Household Population

1 Bharuch Vagra Vilayat 409 2,077 444 2,203

2 Bharuch Vagra Vorasamni 426 2,628 475 2,514

3 Bharuch Vagra Aragama 201 1,021 223 1,188

4 Bharuch Vagra Juned 90 424 84 443

5 Bharuch Vagra Bhersam 315 1,361 325 1,461

6 Bharuch Bharuch Sarnar 192 1,124 223 1,198

Total 1,633 8,635 1,774 9,007

7 Bharuch Vagra Saladara 197 971 205 994

8 Bharuch Vagra Ankot 155 704 162 739

9 Bharuch Vagra Rahad 190 911 185 931

10 Bharuch Bharuch Derol 553 2,904 619 3,065

11 Bharuch Bharuch Vahalu 393 2,105 405 2,058

12 Bharuch Bharuch Dayadra 700 4,257 755 4,175

Total 2,188 11,852 2,331 11,962

13 Bharuch Vagra Saran 216 1,127 273 1,346

14 Bharuch Vagra Vastikhandali 346 1,793 390 2,091

15 Bharuch Bharuch Vansi 227 1,269 270 1,522

16 Bharuch Bharuch Kurala 169 804 184 922

17 Bharuch Bharuch Cholad 101 552 112 530

Total 1,059 5,545 1,229 6,411

18 Bharuch Bharuch Karmad 482 2,647 568 2,980

19 Bharuch Bharuch Mahudhala 264 1,370 270 1,380

20 Bharuch Bharuch Kelod 393 1,864 391 1,783

21 Bharuch Vagra Vachhnad 137 714 151 763

22 Bharuch Vagra Vagra 1,368 6,745 1560 7,724

23 Bharuch Vagra Sayakha 189 835 231 1,072

24 Bharuch Bharuch Tralsi 147 712 151 680

25 Bharuch Vagra Pisad 133 646 151 708

26 Bharuch Vagra Sutrel 179 904 190 958

27 Bharuch Vagra Kothia 103 497 111 555

28 Bharuch Bharuch Amleshwar 394 1,972 494 2,392

29 Bharuch Bharuch Amdada 141 663 173 737

30 Bharuch Bharuch Vesdada 106 573 142 746

31 Bharuch Bharuch Detral 115 547 196 975







S. No. District Sub-district Name 2001 2001 2011 2011

Household Population Household Population

32 Bharuch Bharuch Manubar 719 5,561 928 4,990

33 Bharuch Bharuch Tham 304 2,221 391 2,453

34 Bharuch Bharuch Kothi 411 2,359 472 2,406

35 Bharuch Vagra Ora 235 1,123 258 1,241

36 Bharuch Vagra Sachan 147 688 152 691

37 Bharuch Bharuch Bhuva 129 709 147 689

38 Bharuch Bharuch Hinglot 361 2,004 395 2,000

39 Bharuch Bharuch Pariej 649 3,746 715 3,998

40 Bharuch Bharuch Pipalia 193 880 202 983

41 Bharuch Amod Samani 459 2,219 467 2,112

42 Bharuch Amod Sudi 204 998 226 1,012

Total 7,962 43,197 9,132 46,028

Overall Total 12,842 69,229 14,466 73,408

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2001 & 2011

The above table reveals that, there has been an increase in the population in comparison to the previous

decade population and household data. The increase in households and population percentage since

the last decade has been 12.7 and 6.0 respectively.

The increase in the percentage of the households is almost double than that of the increase in population

because of the immigration of bachelors, nuclear families as workers in the SEZ area industries. Few

joint families have split into nuclear families that accounts for the same.

Table 3-33: Growth Rate

Area

(km)

Difference in HH

(Nos.)

Difference in

Population (Nos.) Growth % HH

Growth %

Population

0-3 141 372 8.6 4.3

3-5 143 110 6.5 0.9

5-7 170 866 16.1 15.6

7-10 1,170 2,831 14.7. 6.6

Over All 1,624 4,179 12.6 6.0

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001& 2011

From the Table 3-33, it can be inferred that there has been immigration of population as the increase

in households is comparatively higher than the rise in the population. The average household size due

to in migration is approximately 3 on the over all. The households that has been added since the last

decade are mostly of bachelors or with nuclear families working in the Dahej, SEZ.







3.10.2 Sex-ratio in the study area

Table 3-34: Sex-ratio

Distance

(km) Taluka Name

Male

(Nos.)

Female

(Nos.)

Sex

Ratio

Male

(Nos.)

Female

(Nos.)

Sex

ratio

2001 2001 2001 2011 2011 2011

0-3

Vagra Vilayat 1,048 1,029 982 1,133 1,070 944

Vagra Vorasamni 1,310 1,318 1,006 1,250 1,264 1,011

Vagra Aragama 506 515 1,018 611 577 944

Vagra Juned 221 203 919 226 217 960

Vagra Bhersam 692 669 967 735 726 988

Bharuch Sarnar 580 544 938 634 564 890

Total 4,357 4,278 982 4,589 4,418 963

3-5

Vagra Saladara 468 503 1,075 511 483 945

Vagra Ankot 380 324 853 399 340 852

Vagra Rahad 454 457 1,007 473 458 968

Bharuch Derol 1,460 1,444 989 1,563 1,502 961

Bharuch Vahalu 1,088 1017 935 1,083 975 900

Bharuch Dayadra 2,182 2,075 951 2,099 2,076 989

Total 6,032 5,820 965 6,128 5,834 952

5-7

Vagra Saran 573 554 967 686 660 962

Vagra Vastikhand

ali 905 888 981 1,077 1,014 942

Bharuch Vansi 657 612 932 796 726 912

Bharuch Kurala 414 390 942 466 456 979

Bharuch Cholad 280 272 971 278 252 906

Total 2,829 2,716 960 3,303 3,108 941

7-10

Bharuch Karmad 1,323 1,324 1,001 1,511 1,469 972

Bharuch Mahudhala 711 659 927 711 669 941

Bharuch Kelod 961 903 940 889 894 1,006

Vagra Vachhnad 374 340 909 401 362 903

Vagra Vagra 3,518 3,227 917 3,924 3,800 968

Vagra Sayakha 430 405 942 560 512 914

Bharuch Tralsi 365 347 951 345 335 971

Vagra Pisad 320 326 1,019 362 346 956

Vagra Sutrel 449 455 1,013 482 476 988

Vagra Kothia 249 248 996 279 276 989

Bharuch Amleshwar 1,051 921 876 1,261 1,131 897

Bharuch Amdada 344 319 927 379 358 945

Bharuch Vesdada 299 274 916 390 356 913

Bharuch Detral 274 273 996 493 482 978







Distance

(km) Taluka Name

Male

(Nos.)

Female

(Nos.)

Sex

Ratio

Male

(Nos.)

Female

(Nos.)

Sex

ratio

2001 2001 2001 2011 2011 2011

Bharuch Manubar 1,968 3,593 1,826 2,235 2,755 1,233

Bharuch Tham 1,016 1,205 1,186 1,097 1,356 1,236

Bharuch Kothi 1,177 1,182 1,004 1,238 1,168 943

Vagra Ora 575 548 953 626 615 982

Vagra Sachan 349 339 971 355 336 946

Bharuch Bhuva 377 332 881 362 327 903

Bharuch Hinglot 975 1,029 1,055 1037 963 929

Bharuch Pariej 1,884 1,862 988 2,077 1,921 925

Bharuch Pipalia 449 431 960 513 470 916

Amod Samani 1,191 1,028 863 1,094 1,018 931

Amod Sudi 529 469 887 509 503 988

Total 21,158 22,039 1,042 23,130 22,898 990

Over All 34,376 34,853 1,014 37,150 36,258 976


The above table reveals that the overall sex-ratio of the study area has decreased from 1,014 to 976

since the last decade.

Table 3-35: SC/ST population (Nos.)

Distance (km) Sub-district Name SC-2001 ST-2001 SC-2011 ST-2011

0-3

Vagra Vilayat 95 717 73 833

Vagra Vorasamni 139 598 91 655

Vagra Aragama 21 295 24 361

Vagra Juned 199 0 24 197

Vagra Bhersam 27 770 27 874

Bharuch Sarnar 44 148 36 152

Total 525 2,528 275 3,072

3-5

Vagra Saladara 49 331 31 366

Vagra Ankot 58 114 50 135

Vagra Rahad 37 561 31 552

Bharuch Derol 205 760 155 619

Bharuch Vahalu 62 489 47 511

Bharuch Dayadra 57 1246 45 1266

Total 468 3,501 359 3,449

5-7

Vagra Saran 53 287 54 351

Vagra Vastikhandali 20 367 28 443

Bharuch Vansi 35 339 28 401

Bharuch Kurala 0 409 6 502







Distance (km) Sub-district Name SC-2001 ST-2001 SC-2011 ST-2011

Bharuch Cholad 37 271 24 276

Total 145 1,673 140 1,973

7-10

Bharuch Karmad 63 690 40 873

Bharuch Mahudhala 146 306 110 361

Bharuch Kelod 91 937 99 929

Vagra Vachhnad 21 249 29 279

Vagra Vagra 472 1,678 396 1,666

Vagra Sayakha 49 354 76 413

Bharuch Tralsi 55 354 42 367

Vagra Pisad 47 187 38 234

Vagra Sutrel 41 325 42 412

Vagra Kothia 56 215 45 236

Bharuch Amleshwar 109 818 96 1,233

Bharuch Amdada 27 407 31 439

Bharuch Vesdada 94 145 35 308

Bharuch Detral 35 274 35 407

Bharuch Manubar 209 728 195 897

Bharuch Tham 103 470 75 537

Bharuch Kothi 52 718 63 741

Vagra Ora 89 229 83 235

Vagra Sachan 11 0 44 285

Bharuch Bhuva 20 87 17 97

Bharuch Hinglot 268 174 109 261

Bharuch Pariej 88 856 63 834

Bharuch Pipalia 63 270 69 316

Amod Samani 134 731 101 698

Amod Sudi 42 223 46 231

Total 2,385 11,425 1,979 13,289

Over All 3,523 19,127 2,753 21,783


Table 3-35 is showing the population details of the vulnerable groups within the study area viz

Scheduled Caste and Schedule Tribes. The core zone village is having both the SC and ST but the latter

is comparatively much higher than the former.

The above table divulges the percentage of the SC and ST population with respect to the total population

of the study area villages. The ST population has increased whereas the SC population has decreased

since the last decade.







3.10.3 Economic Attributes

Table 3-36: Occupational pattern within the study area

Distance (km)

% Occupational Status (2001) % Occupational Status (2011)

Cu

ltiv

ato

rs

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

La

bo

ure

rs

Ho

use

ho

ld

Wo

rke

rs

Oth

ers

Ma

rgin

al

Wo

rke

rs

Cu

ltiv

ato

rs

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

La

bo

ure

rs

Ho

use

ho

ld

Wo

rke

rs

Oth

ers

Ma

rgin

al

Wo

rke

rs

0-3 19.0 49.7 0.9 22.9 7.5 16.1 56.4 0.2 21.6 5.7

3-5 13.3 43.5 1.4 30.2 11.6 15.6 42.2 1.5 26.6 14.1

5-7 26.7 44.1 0.4 24.3 4.5 15.7 50.3 0.6 21.0 12.4

7-10 15.5 38.4 1.6 31.4 13.1 16.9 34.0 1.5 28.4 19.2

Total 16.5 41.2 1.4 29.5 11.4 16.5 39.7 1.2 26.6 16.0


From the above table it can be inferred that in all the study area villages the major percentage of the

population is shared by the agricultural labourers and others. The majority of the population is involved

in others category and agricultural labours in the adjacent nearby villages where there is cultivation

activity on due to canal water facility and borewell facility.

According to the primary household survey it was revealed that the industrial contractual labours and

agricultural labours are the majority in the population. In the lean seasons there is unemployment

problem.

3.10.4 Infrastructure Resource Base

The well-being of any village can be judged on the basis of availability of public amenities with respect

to education, health, sanitation, transportation, connectivity, power supply and road condition. The

following tables will be elaborating on the condition of the above mentioned amenities.

Educational Facility within the Study Area

Educational level is a vital parameter to understand the state of the society. It depends on the available

educational institutes present in that region. The educational facility in the study area villages has been

shown in the table below:

Table 3-37: Educational facility (Nos.)

Distance (km) Primary School Middle School Secondary School Senior Secondary School

0-3 7 0 1 0

3-5 7 0 2 1

5-7 7 0 2 1

7-10 50 0 12 5

Total 71 0 17 7

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001

The above table reveals that there is sufficient primary schools in the study area villages. The secondary

schools in the study area is 17.







Literacy Rate of the Study Area

Table 3-38: Literacy Rate (%)

Distance (km) P_2001 M_2001 F_2001 P_2011 M_2011 F_2011

0-3 59.9 67.0 52.7 70.7 76.5 64.6

3-5 65.1 72.3 57.7 72.1 77.0 67.0

5-7 62.0 69.6 54.1 69.3 75.6 62.6

7-10 67.1 72.8 61.7 73.2 78.1 68.2

Total 65.5 71.7 59.4 72.3 77.5 67.1

P: Population; M: Male; F: Female


The above table reveals that the literacy rate of the male in the study area is comparatively higher than

the females and also that there is an increase by about 8-10% in the Literacy rate across the population

for both male and female, over the decade.

Health facility within the study area

The health facility within the study area has been shown below:

Table 3-39: Health facility (Nos.)

Distance

(km)

Primary

Health Centre

Primary Health Sub-

Centre

Maternity

Home

Health

Center

Allopathic

Hospital

0-3 0 2 0 0 0

3-5 1 12 0 0 0

5-7 0 0 0 0 0

7-10 1 13 1 2 5

Total 2 27 1 2 5


From the above table it can be inferred that in the study area there is scarcity of health facilities. The

villagers go to government medical institutes in Bharuch and nearby cities for treatment at convenient

cost as the private practioner in the study area villages is expensive.

Drinking Water Facility within the study area

Table 3-40: Source of drinking water in the study area (Nos.)

Distance (km) Tap Water Well Water Tank Water Tubewell Water Handpump

0-3 6 6 3 1 4

3-5 6 6 3 1 5

5-7 6 6 6 3 5

7-10 26 26 24 15 20

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2001

The table above shows the availability of drinking water source in the study area villages. Tap water

supply facility is present in all the study area villages.







Power Supply

Gujarat State Electricity Board provides electricity supply in the study area villages. All villages in the

study area are connected to the grid and the power supply is 24 x 7.

3.10.5 Connectivity of the Study Area

Communication facility within the study area

Table 3-41: Communication facility

Distance (km) Post Office Post & Telegraph Office Phone

0-3 5 0 66

3-5 5 0 109

5-7 5 0 54

7-10 21 1 9

Total 36 1 238


The above table reveals about the communication facilities present in the study area villages.

Transportation facility within the Study Area

Table 3-42: Communication facility

Distance (km) Bus Facility Rail Facility

0-3 6 0

3-5 6 2

5-7 5 0

7-10 26 2

Total 43 4

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2001

The above table reveals that all the study area villages are having the bus facility. Railways services is

absent in the study area villages. The nearest town is Bharuch.





JIL, VILAYAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Objective of this chapter is to:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment

Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities

Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of

significance

Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate

mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in

implementation.

4.2 Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts

4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment

Key Definitions

Environmental Aspects

These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the

environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and

emergency operations.

Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful examination

and small enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impacts

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial,

wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental Indices

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land,

natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed)

include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water

environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health

and safety

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective /

objective criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.








Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

1. Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental

impacts)

2. Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can

cause an environmental impact

3. Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation

4. Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting

activities on each component.

Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each

environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment.

Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect

relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it

is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived

based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each

component of the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable

Levels of Risk and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to

compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities

(i.e. aspects) that require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a

summary environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based

on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:

Severity / consequence: The resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical,

biological and/or socio-economic environments

Probability: The likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect

A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental

risk, which aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology

howsoever well-defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores

based on their understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be evaluated against past

experience, professional judgment as well as project and activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy

and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring does not change significantly assuming

that different evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as knowledgeable on the

concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental risk is as follows.

1. Scoring the Overall Impact Severity / Consequence








The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from

insignificant to catastrophic consequence and are given in Table 4-1.


PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES


Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to the Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment

S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Impact and Score3

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1 Landuse /

Landcover

Very short term (< 3

months) and reversible

change in landuse and / or

landcover

Short term (3 months – 1

year) and reversible

change in landuse and / or

landcover

Medium term (1 - 3 years)

and reversible change in

landuse and / or landcover

Long term (>3 years)

irreversible change in landuse

and / or landcover

Permanent and

irreversible

adverse change

in landuse and /

or landcover

2 Air Quality

Temporary nuisance due

to controlled/uncontrolled

release of air emissions,

odor / dust or greenhouse

gases

Minor environmental

impact due to

controlled/uncontrolled



gases with no lasting

detrimental effects

Moderate environmental

impact due to

controlled/uncontrolled



gases leading to visual

impacts, at significant

nuisance levels

Significant environmental

impact due to release of air

emissions, odor / dust or

greenhouse gases leading to

exceeding of limits specified in

EP Rules’

Unacceptable

environmental

impact due to

release of air

emissions, odor /

dust leading to

possibility of

chronic / acute

health issues,

injuries or

fatalities

3

Ambient Noise -

give the mean

score from the

three categories,

Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit4 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at

Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

<10% or more Between <10 to <5% <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the

limit

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

1

3 In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell 4 For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher



MEASURES


S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Impact and Score3

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

rounded to the

nearest decimal

1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise

Generating Unit

0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more

4

Surface Water -

give the mean

score from the

three categories,

rounded to the

nearest decimal

Water Consumption (KL/D)

< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Consumption, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge5

Discharge to an

authorized, functional

CETP

Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules

Other discharge,

outside limits

specified by the

EP Rules

5

Ground Water -

give the mean

score from the

three categories,

rounded to the

nearest decimal

Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations

Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified

Water Drawl (KL/D)

< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Drawl, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

1

5 Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction



MEASURES


S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Impact and Score3

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge

Discharge to an

authorized, functional

CETP

Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules

Other discharge,

outside limits

specified by the

EP Rules

Accidental Discharge

Negligible leakages of

chemicals/oil that only

require periodic

maintenance for both

storage / transport routes

Minor but frequent

leakages of chemicals/oil

that require provision

safety measures and

proper maintenance

Moderate leakages of

chemicals/oil that may

contaminate groundwater

if proper safety measures

not provided

Major leakages of

chemicals/oil that contaminate

groundwater if safety

measures not provided

Heavy leakage

that can

adversely

contaminate

groundwater and

must require

urgent

remediation

actions

6 Soil Quality

Loss of upto 20% topsoil,

or minor contamination of

soil that can be easily

restored close to original

condition for volume <10

m3


or actual or possible

contamination of soil

volume <25 m3 but

belowDutch Intervention

Values


or actual or possible

contamination of soil

volume <25 m3 but

aboveDutch Intervention

Values

Loss upto 80% topsoil, or

actual or possible

contamination of soil volume

>25 m3 and above Dutch

Intervention Values, but not

deemed to require urgent

remediation

Loss upto 100%

topsoil, or actual

or possible

contamination of

soil volume >25

m3 and above

Dutch

Intervention

Values 6 and

1

6 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.



MEASURES


S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Impact and Score3

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

deemed to

require urgent

remediation

7.1

Socio-economic

Environment:

Social Aspects -

give the mean

score from the

categories,

rounded to the

nearest decimal

Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area

<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%

Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes

<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent

Change

7.2

Socio-economic

Environment:

Economic Aspects -

give the mean

score from the

categories,

rounded to the

nearest decimal

No of Jobs Gained or Lost

<50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more

Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income

<50 100 250 500 1000 or more

Land Losers

<10 <20 <50 <100 >100

Losers of Homesteads

<5 <10 <25 <50 >50

7.3 Socio-economic

Aspects: Cultural

Minor repairable damage

to commonplace

structures

Minor repairable damage

to structures/ items of

cultural significance, or

minor infringements of

cultural values

Moderate damage to

structures/ items of

cultural significance, or

significant, infringement of

Major damage to structures/

items of cultural significance,

or major infringement of

cultural values/sacred

locations

Irreparable

damage to highly

valued

structures/ items/

locations of



MEASURES


S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Impact and Score3

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

cultural values/ sacred

location

cultural

significance or

sacred value

Consequence Distance

8.1 Risk to People

Slight injury or health

effects (including first aid

case and medical

treatment case). Not

affecting work

performance or causing

disability

Minor injury or health

effects- Affecting work

performance, e.g.

restriction to activities, or

need to take a time off

work to recover. Limited,

reversible health effects

e.g. skin irritation, food

poisoning

Major injury of health

effects (including

permanent disability)-

Affecting work

performance in the longer

term. e.g. prolonged

absence from work.

Irreversible health

damage without loss of

life, e.g. noise induced

hearing loss, chronic back

injuries

Single fatality or permanent

total disability- from an

accident or occupational

illness

Multiple

Fatalities-From

an accident of

occupational

illness

8.2 Risk to

Environment

Slight Effect- Local

Environment damage.

Within the fence and

within system. Negligible

financial consequences

Minor effect-

contamination. Damage

sufficiently large to attack

the environment. Single

exceeding of statutory or

prescribed criterion. Single

complaint. No permanent

effect on the environment

Localized effect- Limited

loss of discharges of

known toxicity. Repeated

exceeding of statutory or

prescribed limit. Affecting

neighborhood.

Spontaneous recovery of

limited damage within one

year

Major effect- Severe

environmental damage. The

company is required to take

extensive measures to restore

polluted or damaged

environment to its original

state. Extended exceeding of

statutory or prescribed limits

Massive effect-

Persistent severe

environmental

damage or severe

nuisance

extending over a

large area. In

terms of

commercial or

recreational use

or nature



MEASURES


S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Impact and Score3

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

conservation, a

major economic

loss for the

company.

Constant, high

exceeding of

statutory or

prescribed limits

Table 4-2: Magnitude Assessment (Ecology and Biodiversity)

S.

No.

Ecological

Components

Likely

Impacted

Magnitude Rating (M)

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor

Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Severe Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1 Flora /

Fauna

Habitat /

Ecosystem

Terrestrial

Flora

Terrestrial

Fauna

Aquatic

Flora

Site specific loss

(removal) of common

floral species (but not

any tree or trees).

Vegetation composition

does not form a habitat

character for any species

of conservation

significance.

Site specific loss

(removal) of some

saplings of trees.

Minor temporary

impacts on

ecosystem

functioning or

habitat ecology of

common / generalist

species.

Site specific loss

(removal) of some

common well grown tree

/ trees species.

Site specific loss of

nesting / breeding

habitat of common /

generalist species of

flora-fauna but will not

Site specific impact on

threatened species but

impacted species is

widely distributed

outside the project site.

Short term impacts may

lead to loss of

abundance or extent,

but unlikely to cause

local population

extinction.

Impact on threatened species

listed in as a endemic /

Schedule-I as per IWPA 1972,

BSI, Red Data Book, ZSI, BSI

or literature published by any

State Govt. Institute,

University and Collage etc.

Loss of habitat of above said

flora-fauna.



MEASURES


S.

No.

Ecological

Components

Likely

Impacted

Magnitude Rating (M)

Insignificant

Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor

Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate

Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Severe Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Aquatic

Fauna

Marine Flora

Marine

Fauna

No short term or long

term impacts are likely to

adversely affect the

surrounding habitat /

ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance

to common / generalist

faunal species (e.g.

movement pattern,

displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on

surrounding ecosystem

functioning or habitat

ecology.

Minor short term /

long term impacts

on surrounding /

immediate /

adjacent habitats

and are resilient to

changes in habitat

structure or

condition.

Impact on

surrounding agro-

ecosystem /

agriculture when

environmental data

/ parameters are

within permissible

limits.

result in permanent loss

of habitat.

Short term or long term

impacts are likely to

adversely affect the

surrounding habitat

character/ habitat

ecology/ functioning of

ecosystem.

Impact on surrounding

agro-ecosystem /

agriculture when

physical parameters with

marginal increase but

can be mitigated.

Site specific habitat loss

of fauna listed in IUCN,

WCMC, Birdlife

International, or any

other international

literature - secondary

information.

Impacts on habitats /

ecosystems of

international

importance.

Impact on genetic diversity

Impact on NP /PF /WLS /ESZ

/IBA / tiger reserve / elephant

corridor / corridor.

Impact on ecosystem like

river, forest, wetland (e.g.

RAMSAR site etc.) etc.








2. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 4-1 & Table 4-2, the probability of

occurrence also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk.

Table 4-3 & Table 4-4 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are

used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.

Table 4-3: Occurrence Frequency Assessment for EB

Description Occurrence Frequency Occurrence Frequency Rating

(F)

Regular Continuous occurrence / each day 5

Frequent Occurs several times each year 4

Periodic Might occur a few times each year 3

Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2

Rare One time or one-off event during the project life cycle 1

Table 4-4: Probability of Occurrence for Others

Description Environment Health and Safety

Likelihood of

Containment Failure,

Event / Year7

Probability

C1 C2 C3.1 OR C3.2 C4

Frequent Continues or will

happen every time

Has happened more than

once per year at the

location (in case of

expansion projects) or less

than once per year in the

organization / similar

installations

1 x 10-3 5

Often Occur several

times

Has happened at the

location (in case of

expansion projects) or

more than once per year in

organization / similar

installations

1 x 10-4 4

Likely Might occur at

least once

Has happened once in

organization or more than

once per year in Industry

1 x 10-5 3

Possible Might occur Heard of in the Industry 1 x 10-6 2

Rare Very rarely

encountered

Never heard of in the

Industry 1 x 10-7 or lower 1

3. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk

1

7Based on published failure data, per recognized failure unit (such as km-years, unit of operation or others).








The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the

probability of occurrence together. Thus

Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. Table 4-5 below assigns significance

criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for reducing the

environmental impact risks and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental Management

Plans (EMPs).

To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then

evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Probability Consequence (Risk)

Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)

Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10

Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

4. Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk

Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk activities. Extreme

risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such that they are

brought to a lower level of environmental risk.

High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a

manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities vis-

à-vis moderate risk activities. Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in

Table 4-6.

Table 4-6: Environmental Risk Categorization

Score Type of Risk Action Required

15-25 Extreme Risk Activity should not proceed in current form

8-12 High Risk Activity should be modified to include remedial planning and actions and be

subject to detailed EHS assessment

4-6 Moderate Risk Activity can operate subject to management and / or modification

1-3 Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible

4.1 Categorization of Ecological Risk

Ecological risk is categorized in to three levels from Less, Moderate and High ecological risk (Table4-7).

Activities expected high ecological risk activities are unacceptable in current form and need to be

eliminated or activity should be modified to include remedial planning such that they are brought to the

lower level of ecological impact significance. Similarly, activities having less ecological risk require

periodic monitoring / surveillance and an activity having moderate ecological risk requires operational

controls.








Table4-7: Ecological Risk Categorization

Impact Score Severity Mitigation Measures Required

> 20 High Activity / Aspect should be eliminated or Activity should be modified to include

remedial planning

11 to 20 Moderate Operation subject to management by operational controls

1 to 10 Less Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance

5. Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk

activities. A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an

Environmental Management Program.

4.2.2 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of

environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact and ‘o’

indicates a beneficial (positive) impact. Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-8.



MEASURES


Table 4-8: Environmental Impacts

S.

No. Project Activity

Impact

(Type: O,

N, A, E;

Duration:

T, P)

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

Remarks LU/LC AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW

OH/

CH&S

1. Construction Phase

1.1 Preparation of site (O&N,T) ● ● ● o ●

LC: Change in land cover; AQ: Generation of

dust; NV: Noise and vibration due to the

excavation, construction and movement of

vehicles road laying equipment; SE:

generation of employment; OH: risk of

occupational injuries

1.2

Vehicle

movement for

transportation of

materials and

equipment

(O&N,T) ● ● ● o ● ●

AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise due to

vehicular movement; S: Spillage of concrete

mixture containing additives & plasticizers

and construction materials containing heavy

metals, paints, coating, liners etc.; SE: hiring

of vehicles and transport equipment /

potential damage to roads; OH/ CH&S: risk of

spillage of hazardous materials

1.3 Excavation work (O&N,T) ● ● ● ● o ●

LC: Change in land cover due to excavation;

AQ: Dust Generation; NV: Noise and vibration

due excavation operations; S: removal of

topsoil; SE: Temporary job creation for

excavation; OH: Occupational risk due to

excavation work

1.4

Filling of

foundation/Civil

Construction

(O&N,T) ● ● o ●

AQ: Dust Generation; NV: Noise and vibration

due filing of foundation; SE: Temporary job

creation; OH: Occupational risk due to

excavation work and working at height

1.5 Heavy fabrication

work including (O&N,T) ● o ● ●

NV: Noise and vibration during fabrication;

SE: Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid



MEASURES


S.


Impact

(Type: O,

N, A, E;

Duration:

T, P)



OH/

CH&S

metal cutting

(Gas cutting,

welding)

metallic waste generation from fabrication

work & metal work; OH: Risk of occupational

injuries

1.6 Painting (O&N,T) ● o ● ●

AQ: VOC’s emission due to painting, SE:

Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid waste

generation from containers of paint; OH: Risk

of spillage of material and occupational

injuries

1.7 Final cleaning of

site (O&N,T) ● o

AQ: air emissions during final cleaning; SE:

Temporary job creation

1.8 Usage of Water (N,T) ● SW: Water will be supplied by Dahej GIDC.

1.9 Usage of Energy

and Power (N,T) ● ●

AP & AQ: Operation of DG Set during

construction phase generated air emission,

NV: Noise generation due to operation of DG

Set

1.10

Construction

material storage

and disposal

(N,T) ● ● ● ●

GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil

contamination if leakage of construction

material; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community

health due to spillage

1.11

Domestic Waste

generation and

disposal

(N,T) ● GW: Domestic sewage generation will be

disposed-off in Soak pit and Septic tank

2. Operation Phase

2.1

Storage and

Handling of

Chemicals

Leakage:

(A,T) ● ● ● ● ●

AQ: Fugitive emission; GW / S: Possibility of

ground water and soil contamination if

leakage; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community

health due to spillage



MEASURES


S.


Impact

(Type: O,

N, A, E;

Duration:

T, P)



OH/

CH&S

2.2

Transportation of

Raw Materials and

Products

Leakage:

(A,T) ● ● ● ● ● ● o ● ●

AQ/GW/SW/ S/ OH: Possibility of due to leak

or spillage of chemicals/ materials; NV: due

to increase in traffic; EB: effect on vegetation

due to leak or spillage of chemicals/

materials; RH: Risk of fire and dispersion if

spillage of hazardous chemicals; SE: Indirect

job

2.3 Manufacturing

Process (N,P) ● ● ● ● o ● ● ●

AQ: Possibility due to process gas emission;

RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage

of chemicals/ materials; NV: due to

production operation, SE: Permanent job

creation, SHW: Generation of solid and

hazardous waste during manufacturing

process, SW: Water will be used in

manufacturing process which is supplied by

GIDC through JIL. GW / S: Possibility of

ground water and soil contamination if

leakage

2.4

Usage of Water

and Effluent

Management

(N,P) ● ● ● ●

SW: Possibility of surface water

contamination due to wastewater discharge.

GW/S: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of

effluent

2.5

Storage, handling

and disposal of

solid/hazardous

waste

(N,P) ● ●

S: Possibility of soil contamination due to

improper disposal of solid and Hazardous

waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health

due to spillage in surrounding area if not

stored properly



MEASURES


S.


Impact

(Type: O,

N, A, E;

Duration:

T, P)



OH/

CH&S

2.6

Usage of Fuel for

Operation of DG

Set & Thermic

Fluid Heater

(N,P)

●

● ●

AQ: Air emission from flue gas stacks, NV:

Noise from operation of DG Set; SHW:

Generation of used oil from operation of DG

set.

2.7

Operation of Air

Pollution Control

Measures System

(N,P) ●

AQ: Installation air pollution control measures

system and adequate stack height so air

pollution will be minimal

2.8

Landscaping and

greenbelt area

development

(N,P) o EB: Development of greenbelt will generate

positive impact

3. Decommissioning Phase

3.1

Dismantling of

structures of the

project

components

(O&T) ● ● ● ● ●

LU: Change in Landcover; AQ/NV: Dust and

noise generation due to dismantling activity;

SHW: Generation of dismantling waste;

OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to

dismantling

Type of Impact – O:One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent

LU/LC: Landuse/ Landcover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; SW: Surface Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity; SE: Socio-Economic;

RH: Risk & Hazard; SHW: Solid &Hazardous waste generation; OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety








4.3 Land Environment

4.3.1 Land Use / Land Cover

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment

of environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on land use and land cover are

given in Table 4-9.

Table 4-9: Aspect – Impact Identification

S. No. Project Activities / Aspects Potential Environmental Impacts on

Landuse/ Landcover (LU/LC)

1 Land Acquisition

1.1 Land lease or purchase Green field project within an operating SEZ

2 Preparation of Site

2.1 Site Clearance and preparing for approach road Site is already converted to industrial landuse

3 Construction Phase

3.1 Excavation and paving of site Even ground with no significant topographical

variations.

Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use/cover

The present project is within an operating SEZ and hence no land acquisition envisaged.

Preparation of Site

Clearance of land

The project site covers total 20 hectares of land. There will be change in land use/cover pattern typically

from scrub to built-up land i.e. industrial area.

Preparation of Access Roads

The project site approach roads are developed so there will be no land acquisition. But the internal roads

within the project boundary will be developed, this aspect is being considered in construction of site.

Construction Phase

Excavation and paving of site

The excavation work and filling of foundation activity may not alter the topography of the site which can

have any impact on land use/cover.

Considering the above impact as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned above, the likely

impact scores on land environment are mentioned in Table 4-10.








Table 4-10: Impact Scoring - Land use/cover

Code

Land Use

Impacting

Activity

Aspect of Activity

that will impact

on Land Use /

Cover

Impact and

Type – Direct

(D) / Indirect

(I)

Impact Scoring Remarks

C P C x P

Site Preparation (Direct Impact)

1 Clearance

of land

There is change in

land cover from

scrub to built up land

- industrial use

Duration of impact

will be very long

term

(-

2.33) 1

(-2.33

~ 2)

The change in

land cover is

negative since

land conversion

will be for very

long term to

industrial use

2

Excavation

and paving

of site

There is also change

in topography

Duration of impact

will be very long

term

(-

2.67) 1

(-2.67

~ 3)

There will be

change

The impact scoring results shows that activity comes under minor/negligible impact wherein activity can

operate since there is negligible impact of activity. Nevertheless, mitigation measure are suggested for

the present project.

4.4 Air Environment

4.4.1 Construction Phase

During the construction phase the activities that can cause potential impacts on air quality are as follows:

Dust and air emission particularly due to the excavation. Construction of production facility and

movement of vehicles.

Particulate emission due to machinery and instrument operation for cleaning and construction

works.

Fumes and gases near the work area due to welding & cutting activities.

Dust emission due to removal of scrap materials, remaining and waste construction materials,

construction machinery, dismantling and removal of temporary structures, site cleaning and

disposal of these materials.

However, this increase in concentration would be of temporary nature and localized.

4.4.2 Operation Phase

Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be due to emissions from flue gas stacks (7 Nos)

and process vent.

Emissions were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion modeling

guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the dispersion modeling software

AREMOD of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA).

Source of Emissions

The stack details are given in Table 4-11.








Table 4-11: Stacks Details

Stack


Stack Ht.,

m

Stack Dia.,

m

Stack Exit

Velocity, m/s

Stack Exit

Temp, °K

Flue Gas Stacks

1 Thermic Fluid Heater No. 1 30 1.2 15 444



4 DG Set No. 1 15 0.8 10 423

5 DG Set No. 2 15 0.8 10 423

6 DG Set No. 3 15 0.8 10 423

7 DG Set No. 4 15 0.8 10 423

Process Vents

1 Common Vent for all Reactors 20.0 1.00 8.0 453.0

2 Chlorination Reactor 1 20.0 1.00 8.0 398.0

3 Chlorination Reactor 2 20.0 1.00 8.0 398.0

4 Sulphonation Reactor 20.0 1.00 8.0 453.0

5 Bromination Reactor 20.0 1.00 8.0 453.0

6 Flourination Reactor 20.0 1.00 8.0 453.0

The gas emission from Flue Gas stacks details are given in Table 4-12, and details of gas Emission

from Process vents are given in Table 4-13.

Table 4-12: Details of Gas Emission from Flue Gas Stacks

Stack


PM Emitted after

APCM, gm/sec

SO2 Emitted after

APCM, gm/sec

NOx Emitted after

APCM, gm/sec

1 Thermic Fluid Heater No. 1 0.0089 0.0007 0.1166



4 DG Set No. 1 0.0005 0.0238 0.3252

5 DG Set No. 2 0.0005 0.0238 0.3252

6 DG Set No. 3 0.0005 0.0238 0.3252

7 DG Set No. 4 0.0005 0.0238 0.3252

Table 4-13: Details of Gas Emission from Process Vents

Stack

No.

Stack Attached

to

SO2 Emitted

after APCM,

gm/sec

HC

Emitted,

gm/sec

Cl2

Emitted,

gm/sec

HCl

Emitted,

gm/sec

HBr

Emitted,

gm/sec

HF

Emitted,

gm/sec

1 Common Vent for

all Reactors 0.0000 0.0614 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

2 Chlorination

Reactor 1 0.0000 0.0000 0.0419 0.0932 0.0000 0.0000

3 Chlorination

Reactor 2 0.0000 0.0000 0.0419 0.0932 0.0000 0.0000

4 Sulphonation

Reactor 0.1637 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000








Stack

No.

Stack Attached

to

SO2 Emitted

after APCM,

gm/sec

HC

Emitted,

gm/sec

Cl2

Emitted,

gm/sec

HCl

Emitted,

gm/sec

HBr

Emitted,

gm/sec

HF

Emitted,

gm/sec

5 Bromination

Reactor 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.1228 0.0000

6 Flourination

Reactor 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0246

Assumptions

The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on sulphur content in the fuel and emission

rate of NOx was calculated based on statutory limit of 50 ppm for all stacks.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover.

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface

acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet

deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.

Study has been conducted for Winter Season of year 2014-15. The stack emission concentrations used

for dispersion modeling were taken as per CPCB guidelines issued for conducting air quality modeling.

The meteorological data collected from IMD for winter Season was used for dispersion modeling.

4.4.3 Air Quality Modeling

Results

The incremental increase in GLC of SOx, NOx, PM, HC, Cl2, HCl, HBr & HF due to consumption of HSD

and NG for proposed plant is presented in Table 4-14. The worst combined environmental situation is

predicted as the sum of maximum monitored value of a parameter and the incremental GLC at the

monitoring location. This is a conservative estimate and probability of such occurrence is unlikely. The

predicted results are summarized below and in Annexure 11.

It is observed that:

The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 is observed to be 4.45 µg/m3. These GLC’s are

expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the N direction.

The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx is observed to 30.7 µg/m3. These GLC’s are


The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM is observed to be 0.16 µg/m3. These GLC’s are


The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HC is observed to be 1.04 µg/m3. These GLC’s are

expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SW direction.

The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for Cl2 is observed to be 1.65 µg/m3. These GLC’s are


The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HCl is observed to be 2.5 µg/m3. These GLC’s are


The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HBr is observed to be 2.08 µg/m3. These GLC’s are









The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HF is observed to be 0.42 µg/m3. These GLC’s are


Table 4-14: 24 hr average Incremental Increase in GLC

S.

No.

Name of Village/

Industry

(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Average Monitored

Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Total

Incremental

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive

GLC for proposed

project

(µg/m3)

1 At Site

(Core Area)

SOx 9.9 3.2 13.1

NOx 18.2 20.0 38.2

PM 72.0 0.1 72.1

HCl BDL 1.88 1.88

Cl2 BDL 1.22 1.22

HC BDL 0.72 0.72

HBr BDL 1.45 1.45

HF BDL 0.29 0.29

2 Bhersam

(2.53/WSW)

SOx 10.0 2.0 12.0

NOx 17.3 13.2 30.5

PM 67.0 0.1 67.1

HCl BDL 1.26 1.26

Cl2 BDL 0.80 0.80

HC BDL 0.42 0.42

HBr BDL 0.84 0.84

HF BDL 0.17 0.17

3 Vilayat

(2.35/SSW)

SOx 10.6 1.4 12.0

NOx 18.4 10.5 28.9

PM 70.0 0.05 70.05

HCl BDL 0.81 0.81

Cl2 BDL 0.54 0.54

HC BDL 0.31 0.31

HBr BDL 0.62 0.62

HF BDL 0.12 0.12

4

P4 (Nr. DGVCL Sub-

station)

(0.58/SE)

SOx 9.7 2.5 12.2

NOx 16.3 15.6 31.9

PM 59.0 0.12 59.12

HCl BDL 1.70 1.70

Cl2 BDL 1.07 1.07

HC BDL 0.55 0.55

HBr BDL 1.11 1.11

HF BDL 0.22 0.22

5 Argama

(1.72/NE)

SOx 9.4 1.9 11.3

NOx 17.7 11.8 29.5








S.

No.

Name of Village/

Industry

(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Average Monitored

Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Total

Incremental

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive

GLC for proposed

project

(µg/m3)

PM 65.0 0.08 65.08

HCl BDL 1.15 1.15

Cl2 BDL 0.75 0.75

HC BDL 0.42 0.42

HBr BDL 0.84 0.84

HF BDL 0.17 0.17

6 Vorasamni

(0.54/N)

SOx 9.6 2.6 12.2

NOx 17.0 15.2 32.2

PM 68.0 0.14 68.14

HCl BDL 1.27 1.27

Cl2 BDL 0.86 0.86

HC BDL 0.53 0.53

HBr BDL 1.06 1.06

HF BDL 0.21 0.21

7 Juned

(2.21/NW)

SOx 9.3 1.6 10.9

NOx 16.9 9.7 26.6

PM 63.0 0.08 63.08

HCl BDL 0.89 0.89

Cl2 BDL 0.59 0.59

HC BDL 0.34 0.34

HBr BDL 0.67 0.67

HF BDL 0.13 0.13

4.4.4 Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during construction phase:

Periodic checking of vehicles and construction machinery to ensure compliance to emission

standards

Water sprinkling on haul roads

Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Control during Operation Phase:

Operation of air pollution control equipments like vent collection systems, condensors, chillers,

scrubbers etc will be ensured

Adequate stack heights for better dispersion

Usage of cleaner fuel (Natural Gas)

All vehicles will be PUC Certified from time to time.

DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.

Regular monitoring of air pollutants.

Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.

Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.








Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in

the above sections, the impact scores on air environment is presented in Table 4-15 as below:

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring of Air Environment

Code Impacting Activity Impact Scoring

Remarks C P C x P

1. Preparation at Site

1.1 Preparation of site 1 3 3

It is a Greenfield project, Road

Network is well maintained up-to

the site; Low risk

1.2

Vehicle movement for

transportation of materials and

equipment

1 2 2 Low risk

1.3 Excavation work 1 2 2 Low Risk

1.4 Filling of foundation 1 2 2 Low Risk

1.6 Painting 1 2 2 Low Risk

1.6 Final Clearing of site 1 2 2 Low Risk

1.8 Usage of Energy and Power 1 2 2 Low Risk

2. Operation Phase

2.1 Storage and Handling of

Chemicals 1 5 5 Moderate risk

2.2 Transportation of Raw Materials

and Products 1 5 5 Moderate risk

2.3 Production 1 5 5 Moderate risk as adequate stack

height will be provided to thermic

fluid heater 2.6

Operation of DG Set and

Thermic Fluid heater 1 5 5

2.7 Operation of Air Pollution Control

Measures System 1 4 4

Moderate Risk as water & caustic

scrubber will be provided

3. Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of structures of the

project components 1 4 4 Moderate Risk

C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score

4.5 Noise Environment

4.5.1 Sources of noise at site

The equipment’s that would be present in the proposed project area are considered as source of noise

for undertaking noise modelling.

DG Sets

Pumps

Cooling Tower

Incinerator

Condensers








The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the

surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level

may arise out of the following:

Noise from Machinery/Equipment

For site preparation, during construction phase operation of equipments like crane, dumper, roller,

bulldozers etc. will be used. The equipments will be used during daytime and will emit noise within

permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed

activity.

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise

emission as the frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.

Noise from Incinerator, Condensers, etc.

Noise generated from Incinerators, condenser, etc. will have a permanent effect, if they will work for

more hours in a day.

Table 4-16: Environmental Impact Scoring

S


Identified

Aspect

Impact Scoring Significance/

Consequence C P C×P


1.1 Preparation of site Generation

of Noise 2 2 4 Less Severe

1.2


transportation of materials and

equipment

Generation

of Noise 3 3 9 Moderate Risk

1.3 Excavation work Generation

of Noise 1 2 2 Minor

1.4 Filling of Foundation Generation

of Noise 1 2 2 Minor

1.5

Heavy fabrication work

including metal cutting (Gas

cutting, welding)

Generation

of Noise 2 2 4 Less Severe

2 Commissioning Phase

2.1

Commissioning of

machineries-Incinerator, air

cooled condenser, other

facilities

Noise

generation 2 4 8 Moderate Risk

3 Project Operation Phase

3.1

Vehicular movement for

transportation of raw materials

and finished goods

Noise

Generation 2 4 8 Moderate Risk








S


Identified

Aspect

Impact Scoring Significance/

Consequence C P C×P

3.2

Operation of Incinerator, air

cooled condensers, cooling

tower, pumps, blowers,

compressors, etc.

Noise

Generation 2 5 10 Moderate Risk


4.5.2 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan

Noise Modelling study was done using the Software tool called “SoundPlan” which predicts the Noise

Map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various

receiver points due to the sources present at the project site.

To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images

of the Project site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their

approximate Sound Pressure Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where

Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with coloured pattern isopleths, which indicate whether or not

the SPL in that particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound

Pressure Level indicated by CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted

SPL is below that, the Noise Map will show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user

set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in Red colour depending upon the Difference between then

Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict

is predicted.

4.5.3 Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate SPL are considered

slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 4-17.

Table 4-17: Sources of noise with their SPL

S. No. Sources Levels dB(A)

Day Night

1 DG Sets 100 100

2 Pumps 85 85

3 Cooling Tower 85 85

4 Incinerator 95 95

5 Condensers 92 92

Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and nighttime are as given in Figure

4-1 and Figure 4-2.



MEASURES


Figure 4-1: Noise Isopleths generated during daytime



MEASURES


Figure 4-2: Noise Isopleths generated during nighttime








4.5.4 Observations

The SPL were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:

The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels

are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. However, SPL are considered on higher side for

more critical analysis.

Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, near boundary wall of the project site

being present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not observed.

From Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of

50dB (A) -60 dB (A) which is within the permissible limit for industrial area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-18.

Table 4-18: Noise level at receiver locations (Soundplan Result)

S.

No. Receiver Name

Assumed Limit

dB(A)

Soundplan

result dB(A)

Conflict

dB(A)

Day Night Day Night Day Night

1. At Main Gate 75.0 70.0 30.4 27.5 - -

2. 100 m North From proposed project site 75.0 70.0 39.9 39.7 - -

3. 250 m West From proposed project site 75.0 70.0 40.3 39.8 - -

4. 500 m South From proposed project site 75.0 70.0 31.3 31.1 - -

5. Near SH - 161 (East) 65.0 55.0 32.9 23.0 - -

6. Vora samni village 55.0 45.0 31.5 26.7 - -

Table 4-19: Predicted Increase over the Baseline Data

S.

No. Location Category

Baseline Noise

level dB (A)

Predicted increase

over the baseline

data Noise level

dB (A)

Predicted

Cumulative SPL

at Receiver Noise

levels in dB (A)

Day

Time

Night

Time

Day

Time

Night

Time

Day

Time

Night

Time

1 At Main Gate Industrial 56.7 47.5 0.0 0.0 56.7 47.5

2

100 m North

From proposed

project site

Industrial 57.8 49.1 0.1 0.5 57.9 49.6

3

250 m West

From proposed

project site

Industrial 56.4 46.4 0.1 0.9 56.5 47.3

4

500 m South

From proposed

project site

Industrial 55.8 42.5 0.0 0.3 55.8 42.8

5 Near SH - 161

(East) Commercial 58.4 47.7 0.0 0.0 58.4 47.7

6 Vorasamni

village Residential 53.5 41.5 0.0 0.1 53.5 41.6








As seen in the Table 4-19 shown above, during the day time no increase is predicted at most of the

noise monitoring locations. Only 0.1 dB of increase is noticed up to a distance of 250 meters from the

project site i.e. No increase to maximum increase of 0.1 dB during the day which is negligible considering

that the minimum increase noticeable by a human ear is 0.5 dB. During the Night, 0.9 dB of increase us

predicted at 250 meters from the project site, which is negligible as will not have much impact on the

residential areas. At all locations, the SPL would still be within the allowable CPCB limits even after the

cumulative predicted increase. Another factor to be considered, is that SoundPlan analysis is carried out

assuming that there are no obstructions (such as trees, buildings, walls etc.) in between the receiver

locations and the sources of sound, which is not true in real conditions. Therefore, the actual results are

going to be much lower than SoundPlan’s predicted results, and hence increase of 0.2 to 0.5 dB is not

likely to be noticed at any of the noise monitoring locations. The resultant noise levels will be well within

the prescribed CPCB limits.


Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring

locations outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within

the project site, and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage

beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigations in

order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the people working inside the project site.

S.

No.

Source of

Noise

Sound

Pressure

Level (dB)

Mitigations suggested

1 DG Sets 100 dB

The limit set by CPCB for DG Sets is 75 dBA for a spatial average of 16

readings taken surrounding the DG Set. It is often observed that the

Noise generated by the DG set exceeds the CPCB limit.

In the above case, Acoustical Enclosure with 30+ dB should be

implemented for the Acoustical Enclosure.

2 Air cooled

condenser 80~85 dB

Due to the nature of operation of dry-cooling if it is enclosed to reduce

the noise levels that will reduce the efficiency of the dry-cooler.

Therefore no mitigations are possible for this source of noise. However,

the noise levels generated by the air-cooled condenser are predicted to

be in the range of 80~85 dB which are not that high.

3 Pumps 75~95 dB

Depending upon capacity, Pumps have noise levels ranging in 75~95 dB

For pumps with noise levels below 85 dB, no mitigation measures are

required.

For pumps with Noise Levels within 85~95 dB i.e. for Large capacity

pumps, Acoustical Enclosures with 10~15 dB Transmission Loss Ratings

are recommended.

4 Vehicular

Movement < 70 dB

The SPL for regular vehicle movement is below 70 dB and no mitigations

are necessary for this source of noise.

5 Trucks

Movement < 85 dB

Trucks can get noisy and generate SPL up to 90 dB. The only mitigation

possible for this source is to do regular maintenance of the trucks and

keep their Sound Levels at lowest possible levels.








S.

No.

Source of

Noise

Sound

Pressure

Level (dB)

Mitigations suggested

In case any kind of Loading/Unloading is involved, the loading/unloading

should not be done during the night time, during which it may cause

more disturbance to the surrounding.

4.5.6 Conclusion

From above, it can be concluded that, due to noise generated from the proposed project there

will not be any impact on the monitoring locations.

As seen in the Table 4-18, predicted increase is maximum 0.1 dB during the day and 0.9 dB

during the night according to SoundPlan analysis. This increase is negligible considering that

the minimum noticeable increase by a human ear is 0.5 dB.

4.6 Surface Water & Hazardous Waste Management

4.6.1 Impact Identification

Likely impact scores on surface water environment and Hazardous waste management are presented in

Table 4-20.

Table 4-20 Impact Scoring of Surface Water

S.

No. Impacting Activity


C P C x P


1.1 Use of Water 2 2 4

Low impact.

Adequate measures to be taken to reduce fresh

water demand.

2 Operation Phase

2.1 Usage of Water 5 2 10

Moderate impact as treated water from the STP

will be reused in gardening to reduce fresh water

demand. Other water conservation practice shall

be adopted to conserve natural water resources.

2.2 Wastewater generation,

treatment and disposal 4 2 8

Moderate impact as the wastewater generated

will be segregated at source as per their pollution

load and treated in ETP & MEE and treated water

will be discharged into GIDC drain as per norms

given by PCB.

2.3 Operation of Effluent

Treatment Plant, MEE 3 3 9

Moderate impact as periodic maintenance will be

carried out to ensure quality of treated water.

2.4 Storage and Handling

of Chemicals 2 2 4

Low impact as proper storage with bundling will

be provided to avoid runoff contamination.

Spill control mechanism will be in place

2.5

Storage, handling and

disposal of hazardous

waste

2 2 4 Low impact as proper storage facility will be

proposed with liner to avoid leakage and spillage.








S.

No. Impacting Activity


C P C x P

The hazardous waste will be disposed as per

hazardous waste management and handling

rules.


4.6.2 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water

Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:

Proper operation and maintenance, Periodic cleaning of effluent treatment plant will be done

to ensure meeting specified disposal standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water

on land, avoiding leakages;

Water conservation measures will be adopted to reduce fresh water demand and to conserve

natural resources.

Use of PPE’s during the collection, storage, handling and treatment of liquid and solid waste.

Independent storm water drainage from effluent drainage is suggested to avoid any

contamination of surface water sources;

Treated sewage will be reused in gardening which will reduce the overall water demand. Efforts

to maximize the treated waste water recycle back in plant will be made.

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid

run-off contamination.

4.6.3 Mitigation Measures for Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous

waste storage areas as per rules and also bunding for overflow of spillage waters which can

contaminate the surroundings.

All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the PCB.

The other solid wastes will be handed over to authorized Reprocessor

4.7 Hydro- Geology

4.7.1 Impact

Water is required for industrial and domestic consumption purpose and source will be surface water.

The required quantity of fresh water is 1492 KLD.

The impact scores on ground water environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-21.

Table 4-21: Impact scoring Ground water


Remarks C P C x P

Construction Phase

1.1 Construction material

storage and disposal 1 2 2 Low risk. No ground water will be utilized.









Remarks C P C x P

Operation Phase


of Chemicals 1 2 2

Low risk. No ground water will be utilized.

All chemicals (solid or liquid form) need be

stored in properly and provide impervious

base

2.2 Transportation of Raw

Materials and Products 1 1 1

Proper care should be taken. No ground

water will be utilized.

2.5 Manufacturing Process 1 2 2 No ground water will be utilized. It is

assumed that storage is having impervious

base and guard around the structure to

restrict flow 2.6


disposal of

solid/hazardous waste

1 2 2



All chemicals (solid or liquid form) need be stored in properly and provide impervious base

4.8 Soil Environment

The impacting activities and their impacts over the soil quality has been assessed in Table 4-8, from

where it has been observed that the soil quality get impacted by activitoies like excavation work and

transportation and storage of chemicals. On the basis of that, impact scoring with respect to soil quality

was carried out anf presented in

Table 4-22: Impact Scoring – Soil


Basis of scoring C P C x P


1.1 Site Clearance 2 2 4 Soil erosion due to runoff of water, which is

of temporary nature

1.3


transportation of

materials and

equipment

2 1 2

Spillage of concrete mixture containing

additives & plasticizers and construction

materials containing heavy metals, paints,

coating, liners etc. only during construction

1.4 Excavation work 2 3 6 Removal of fertile top fertile soil

1.11 Construction material

storage and disposal 2 1 2

Possibility of soil contamination due to leakage

of construction material

2 Operational Phase


of Chemicals 2 1 2

Possibility of soil contamination if leakage

occurs

2.2 Transportation of Raw

Materials and Products 2 1 2

Possibility of due to leak or spillage of

chemicals/ materials









Basis of scoring C P C x P

2.8


disposal of

solid/hazardous waste

2 2 4 Possibility of soil contamination due to

improper disposal of solid and hazardous waste

3 Decommissioning Phase

3.1

Dismantling of

structures of the

project components

2 1 2 Possibility of soil contamination with pesticides

as this being pesticide manufacturing unit


4.9 Ecology & Biodiversity

4.9.1 Likely Impacts on Flora fauna

Identification of Impact Zone

Though the concentrations of the emitted pollutants will be kept within permissible levels through the

various engineering controls, it is essential to have eco-management in the Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) for

safeguard and enhanced of ecological conditions of the project environ. So, EIA coordinator suggested

assuming LIZ of 1.5 kilometer around the project site. Accordingly, LIZ encompasses Vora Samni village,

its water body and surrounding agriculture fields.

Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted

Following components are determined which may face likely impacts in different phases due to various

project activities. Details are tabulated in the Table 4-23.

Table 4-23: Activity-Aspect Based Determination of Impacting Ecological Components

S.

No. Activity Aspect

Ecological Components

TFL TFA AFL AFA MFL MFN

1. Pre- Construction Phase

1.1 Site preparation / clearance Removal of vegetation √ -- -- -- -- --


2.1 Movement of Earth movers

and other vehicles

Generation of noise -- √ -- -- -- --

3. Project operation Phase

3.1 Common vent for all

reactors

Emission of VOC √ -- -- -- -- --

3.2 Chlorination reactor Emission of HCL and Cl2 √ -- -- -- -- --

3.3 Sulphonation reactor SO2 √ -- -- -- -- --

3.4 Bromination reactor HBr √ -- -- -- -- --

3.5 Flourination reactor HF √ -- -- -- -- --

3.6 D.G. Set Emission of SO2, NO2, PM √ -- -- -- -- --

3.7 Thermic fluid heater √ -- -- -- -- --








S.

No. Activity Aspect

Ecological Components

TFL TFA AFL AFA MFL MFN

3.8 Effluent discharge Release of contaminated

water -- √ -- -- -- --

TFL: Terrestrial Flora; TFA: Terrestrial Fauna; AFL: Aquatic Flora; AFA: Aquatic Fauna; MFL: Marine Flora; MFA:

Marine Fauna

Likely Impacts on Ecological Components

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment

of environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity are

given in Table 4-24.

Table 4-24: Impact Identification

S. No. Project Aspect Description Likely Impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity (EB)


1.1 Removal of site vegetation like herbs,

shrubs and grasses (except trees)

Impact-1: Site specific loss of common floral diversity

Impact-2: Site specific loss of associated faunal

diversity

Impact-3: Site specific loss of habitat / habitat diversity


2.1 Generation of noise due to Earth movers,

traffic movement and other heavy vehicles Impact-4: Site specific disturbance to faunal species


3.1 to

3.7

Emission of various pollutants like VOC,

HCL Cl2, SO2, HBr, HF, NOx and PM.

Impact-5: Impact on surrounding vegetation and

associated biodiversity.

3.8 Discharge of waste water from STP. Impact-6: Contamination of surrounding water bodies

and associated aquatic biodiversity.

Quantification of Impacts

Impacts on the flora, fauna and habitats have assessed in the following table on the basis of

multiplication of consequence and probability scorings. Final scores are obtained for impacting activities

and they are tabulated bellow in Table 4-25.

Table 4-25: Impact Scoring for Flora & Fauna

Code Impact Consequence - Probability Description /

Justification


C P C x P

1. Pre-Construction Phase

1.1 Impact-1: Site possesses common floral species

clearing of these common herbs, shrubs and grasses

will not result in loss of flora in true sense.

1 5 5 Less Severe

Impact-2: Faunal species observed from site are

common species and uses wide variety of habitats of

the local environment so there is no threat of loss of

faunal diversity.

1 5 5 Less Severe








Code Impact Consequence - Probability Description /

Justification


C P C x P

Impact-3: Project site forms common habitat

structure which is very common component of the

buffer zone habitats.

1 5 5 Less Severe


2.1 Impact-4: Species observed from project site and

buffer zone were common species of the local

environment and not very sensitive to the routine

activities of the urban and peri-urban area, so there

will be no threat of facing disturbance. However, its

site specific and temporary impact.

1 5 5 Less Severe


3.1 to

3.7

Impact-5: Though the emission levels of all emitting

pollutants will be kept within permissible limits,

however considering cumulative impact (due SEZ

area), minor short term impacts are expected on

surrounding flora and associated fauna which may be

resilient.

2 5 10 Less Severe

3.8

Impact-6: Treated water quality from ETP will be

monitored for standard / permissible limits.. However,

considering cumulative impact, short term (during

monsoon season) impacts on surrounding aquatic

habitats are expected and which may be resilient to

changes in habitat structure or condition.

2 5 10 Less Severe


Some Facts

HCl8: Toxicity to Animals: Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 900 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor

(LC50): 1108 ppm, 1 hour [Mouse]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 3124 ppm, 1 hour [Rat].

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Lowest Published Lethal Doses (LDL/LCL) LDL [Man] -Route:

Oral; 2857 ug/kg LCL [Human] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 1300 ppm/30M LCL [Rabbit] - Route:

Inhalation; Dose: 4413 ppm/30M.

SPM: Heavier particles, above 1u diameter size, tend to settle while finer and lighter particles remain

airborne for days together and travel to hundreds of kilometers over wind currents. Chemical dusts are

more injurious and under humid conditions, their phyto-toxicity increases further. Finer particles clog

stomata apertures and prevent gaseous exchange by leaves. Physical weight on foliage and a film of

dust causing rise in leaf surface temperature are other hazardous situations for plants. Dust particles

deposits on stigmatic surfaces of flowers reduce effective pollination and hence fruit yields. Dust is

captured by leaves of plants, leaf epidermal outgrowths like hairs and scales, hairy axils of stems and

leaf bases, etc.

1

8 MSDS - Hydrochloric Acid (http://www.sciencelab.com/msds.php?msdsId=9924285)








So29: Acceptable Level (defined as “essential to provide adequate protection for soils, water, vegetation,

materials, animals, visibility, personal comfort and well-being”) of SO2 is 900 μg/m3 (0.34 ppm) for 1

hour, 300 μg/ m3 (0.11 ppm) for 24 hours, and 60 μg/ m3 (0.02ppm) annually (SENES, 200110). Annual

means to protect agricultural crops (30 μg/m3) and forests and natural vegetation (20 μg/m3) were

confirmed. However, these critical level values should be applied in winter (October to March) for

relevant vegetation types, such as coniferous trees. Annual mean to protect certain lichen species is 10

μg/m3 (WHO, 2000).

NOX (web11): To protect vegetation from direct adverse effects of nitrogen oxides, a mean annual

concentration of 30 gm/m-3, has been set as the critical level for nitrogen oxides for all vegetation types.

Cl212: Fish Toxicity - LC50 (Fathead Minnow, 96 hours): 0.07-0.15ppm, LC50 (Bluegill, 96 hours):

0.44mg/L. It causes immediate damage to wildlife, fish, and plants. Unlikely to accumulate due to

reactivity with moisture and tissues.

CO13: Inhalation - LC50 (1h): 3760 ppm Species: Rat.

HBR14: Hydrobromic acid, possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However,

long term degradation products may arise. The products of degradation are as toxic as the original

product.

HF: Exposure of wheat (Triticum aestivum cv. Halberd) and barley (Hordeum vulgare cv. Clipper) plants

to 0.38 μg/m3 HF for 90 days decreased the number of barley seeds per tiller (which was offset by an

increase of tillers) but did not affect the yield of wheat. A significant reduction in mean dry biomass was

observed in wheat (cv. Olaf) exposed to 0.9 μg/m HF for 4 days. Reference air concentrations for

hydrogen fluoride in ambient air have been established by the Canadian Council of Ministers of the

Environment (CCME) based on the potential for effects in vegetation. Reference levels recommended

for 24 hour, 7 day, and 30 to 90 day averages are 1.1μg/m3, 0.5 μg/m3, and 0.4 μg/m3, respectively

(Toxico-Logic Consulting Inc., 200615)

Mitigation Measures

Looking towards the likely impacts following mitigation measures will be implemented (Table 4-26).

Details regarding plantation scheme and plant species have been described in the conservation plan.

1

9 WHO 2000. Effects of sulfur dioxide on vegetation: crititcal levels Air Quality Guidelines - Second Edition, WHO Regional Office for Europe, Copenhagen, Denmark, 2000.

10 SENES Consultants Ltd. 2001. Environmental Impact Assessment 1993-2001 of the Selkirk Generating Station. SENES Consultants Limited, Vancouver, B.C.)

11 http://uk-air.defra.gov.uk/reports/empire/acidrain/nitdepb.html#map (October 1994 Prepared at the request of the Department of the Environment).

12 MSDS for Chlorine by CLEARTECH (http://www.cleartech.ca/msds/chlorine.pdf)

13 Safety Data Sheet, Version – 1.13, revision date 01/26/2015 (https://apdirect.airproducts.com/MSDS/DisplayPDF.aspx?docid=63368)

14 Science Lab MSDS (300) for Hydrobromic acid, 48%

15 Toxico-Logic Consulting Inc. 2006. Assessment Report on Hydrogen Fluoride for Developing Ambient Air Quality Objectives prepared for Alberta environment February 2006








Table 4-26: Likely Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures


1.1

Impact-1 Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance. Greenbelt / plantation will be

developed in the periphery of the project boundary, which will improve floral and faunal

diversity of the project area.

Impact-2

Impact-3


2.1 Impact-4

Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance. All species observed from project

site are common and well adapted to the routine urban activities, so they will not face

significant impact on their normal movements. However, greenbelt development will

help to recall these temporary displaced species.


3.1 to

3.7 Impact-5

Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance. Emission levels of all pollutants

will be kept within permissible levels through various engineering control measures.

However, green belt development with suitable species will help to mitigate likely

cumulative impacts.

3.8 Impact-6 Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance. Discharge water quality

standards from ETP will be monitored.

4.10 Socio- Economic Environment

The impacting activities and their impacts has been assessed in Table 4-8. On the basis of that, impact

scoring was carried out at presented in Table 4-27.

Table 4-27: Socio-economic impact assessment

Code Impacting

Activity


C P C x P

Construction Phase

1.1

Preparation of site 3 5 15

Temporary contractual labours from the study

area villages will be hired.

1.2

Vehicle movement

for transportation of

materials and

equipment

4 5 -20

As the approach road for the villages and the

commutation road for raw and finished

products are the same hence precautionary

measures are required to avoid any accidental

incidents.

1.3 Excavation work 4 5 20 Temporary contractual labours from the study


1.4 Filling of foundation 4 5 20 Temporary contractual labours from the study


1.5

Heavy fabrication

work including metal

cutting (Gas cutting,

welding)

4 5 20 Temporary contractual labours from the study









Code Impacting

Activity


C P C x P

1.6 Painting 2 5 10 Temporary contractual labours from the study


1.7 Final cleaning of site 4 5 20 Temporary contractual labours from the study


Operation Phase

2.1

Transportation of

Raw Materials and

Products

4 5 -20

As the approach road for the villages and the

commutation road for raw and finished

products are the same hence precautionary

measures are required to avoid any accidental

incidents.

2.2 Production 2 5 10

Employment for skilled labours and effect on

the existing infrastructure and socio-economic

conditions.

Decommissioning Phase

3.1

Loading and

discharging of

products to/from

Road tankers

2 5 10

Employment for skilled labours and effect on

the existing infrastructure and socio-economic

conditions.


The impact scoring has been done considering the following points:

Positive/negative effects of the proposed project on the existing socio, economic and cultural

profile of the study area villages.

Employment generation due to the proposed project.

The guidelines given w.r.t. to environment related aspects like Air/ Water/ Noise etc. in ToR

has been followed by the client.

The corporate social responsibility will further address the adverse impact on a positive note. The CSR

plan of the project has been elaborated in the Chapter 10.

4.10.1 Anticipated Social Issues and Suggested Measures

Based on the socio-economic survey and stakeholders consultation the following social concerns have

been identified with respect to the general condition of the nearby residents/villages of study area. The

suggestive mitigation measures has been reflected in the undermentioned table.

Table 4-28: Issues & suggestive measures

Social

Component Issues raised/Problems

Mitigation/Enhancement Measures

by the Project Proponent

Health and

Hygiene

1. Open defecation is a common practice in

the buffer zone.

2. Lack of health/medical facility.

Organization of medical camps.

Assistance in construction of sanitary

toilets.








Social

Component Issues raised/Problems

Mitigation/Enhancement Measures

by the Project Proponent

Drinking Water 1. Potable drinking water problem as it is not

sufficiently available.

Narmada water pipeline connection

that is up to Vadinar village to the

nearby villages.

Construction of slabs for covering the

cemented water tank.

Education

1. Educational facility is limited in the study

area villages.

2. Construction of class rooms is required.

3. Construction of RCC flooring in school for

convenience of the students.

4. Sports and educational equipments are

required.

The project proponent will take under

the CSR Scheme in phase wise

manner.

Sanitation &

Drainage System

1. Gutter line is absent in some of the study

area villages.

2. Seepage of water in houses during the

rainy season because of absence of gutter

line in core zone.

The project proponent will adopt

villages of the core zone for social

development and construction of

sanitary toilets and providing gutter

line facilities.

Employment

1. Employment opportunities is limited for

the unskilled labours.

2. Employment are on contractual basis and

temporary depending on the requirement.

Skill development programme will be

organized by the project proponent at

regular interval and accordingly the

local population will be given

preference in the job opportunities.

Construction/

Renovation

1. Renovation/construction of classrooms

are required.

2. Village road are kachha and in rainy

season the situation is pathetic in study

area villages.

Project proponent will take these

activities on year wise basis as per the

fund available for the same.





JIL, VILAYAT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Alternatives to the Project

5.1.1 Project Alternative

There is no alternative to setting up the project considering the increasing market demand of the

product. Pesticides proposed to be manufactured by the project proponent are widely used all over the

world including India. At present, there are only few industries in India manufacturing these particular

products, which have good market potential and will help farmers for better crop yield.



5.1.2 Site Alternative

The project is within the SEZ unit at GIDC, Vilayat. Proposed project has been decided to locate in GIDC

area because of assured water supply, Fuel availability, land availability, available effluent treatment

facility of SEZ, available effluent discharge network of GIDC, fully developed infrastructure facility of SEZ

etc. Some of the raw materials are also available from nearby industries within SEZ & within GIDC.

Hence, compared to other offsite alternative sites, identified location of the project is the most suitable

site environment point of view also.

5.1.3 Fuel Alternative

Fuel will be used only in TFH & Emergency DG sets. Compared to other alternative fuels like fuel oil,

natural gas is cleaner fuel. Natural gas will be used as fuel in TFH. High speed diesel will be used in

emergency DG sets.

5.1.4 Water Supply alternative

Being located in SEZ, water will be available from SEZ. SEZ is having its own network for water supply

from Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation, which is providing assured water supply sourced from

Narmada River.

5.1.5 Process Technology Alternative

There are many technologies available for manufacturing of Pesticides & its intermediates. Among

different alternative technologies available, the most environmental friendly technologies with closed

system with automated controls are considered for different products.

5.1.6 Wastewater Treatment and Use Alternative

Different alternative treatments like MEE, incineration, ETP etc. will be adopted for different types of

effluent streams with different characteristics based on the feasibility to achieve the statutory limits for

effluent discharge. Different alternatives for reduce, reuse & recycle will be adopted in the plant. Overall

integrated approach will be used for effluent treatment.





JIL, VILAYAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN


6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environment monitoring program is given in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program

S. No. Activity Schedule

Air Pollution Monitoring

1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in

their air consents from time to time within the premises

Once every month or as per EC and

NOC

2 Stack Monitoring of process stacks/ vents & flue gas stacks

as given in air consent from time to time


NOC

3 DG stack monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in their

air consents from time to time at stations outside the

premises

Not applicable as DG sets will be

used during emergency only.

4 Work Place Monitoring Once every month

Water Pollution Monitoring

1 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities and waste

water generated from various areas of plants Daily

2 Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for the

principal parameters (such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD). Daily

3 Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent

conditions in outlet of ETP Waste Water Monthly

4 Monitoring of STP inlet and outlet for the parameters as per

PCB consent conditions Weekly

5 Monitoring of surface water samples at nearby area.

Parameters are essential parameters as per IS: 10500:2012. Twice in a year

Noise Quality Monitoring

1 Work Place Noise Monitoring Once in every month

2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Once in every season

Soil Quality Monitoring

1 Soil quality analysis of nearby stations Twice in a year

Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping

1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated from

process and ETP area. Twice in a year

2 Records of generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes Daily

3 Record of storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of

solid / hazardous wastes to recyclers, Reprocessor, and

CTDF.

Daily

Environmental Statement

1 Environmental Statement under EP(Act) 1986 Once in a year







6.2 Regulatory Framework

The following EHS regulatory requirements are applicable to the activities being planned, and the

checklist given in Table 6-2 may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of

operations. This checklist requires to be reviewed at quarterly intervals.

Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements

S.

No.

Applicable Legislation / Rule /

Permit Requirement

Action Required /

Timing of Action

1

Environmental Clearance as per the

EIA Notification dated 14th Sept 2006

and amended till date

Permit to establish facility Before commencement of the

project

2 Consent to Establish/ NOC from the

GPCB under water and air act Permit to establish facility

Before commencement of the

project

3

Approval from the Directorate of

Industrial Safety & Health / Factory

Inspectorate

Approval of plan to

undertake plant activities

from a safety and

occupational health

viewpoint.

On completion of detailed

plant layout and prior to

commencement of operations.

4

Factory License from the DISH

(Department of Industrial Safety

Health)

A basic safety license to run

the Factory

Application prior to

construction and also

commissioning

5 Consent to Operate under the Air Act

from the GPCB

Permit to discharge air

emissions from the flue gas

stacks and process vents

Application to be filed with the

GPCB once the EC and NOC is

obtained after the

commencement of the project

6 Consent to Operate under the Water

Act from the GPCB

Permit to

generate/discharge

wastewater resulting from

the project activities



obtained after the


7

Authorization to generate, transport

and dispose hazardous wastes from

the GPCB

Permit to generate and

dispose hazardous wastes



obtained after the


8

Applicable permits from the CCoE,

Nagpur for storage of explosive /

flammable material

Requirements of permits to

be ascertained prior to

establishment of facilities.

Application to be filed and

required permits to be

obtained.

9

The Manufacture, Storage and Import

of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989

(as amended till date)

Listing of hazardous

materials; thresholds against

which Safety Audit and

Safety Report has to be

maintained; Requirements of

disclosure of information;

Availability of MSDS’;

If required, safety audit and

safety report to be prepared as

per Gujarat Factories Act.

10 The Public Liability Act, 1991 (PLI) Insurance to be taken Unit will take insurance under

PLI







S.

No.

Applicable Legislation / Rule /

Permit Requirement

Action Required /

Timing of Action

11

Chemical Accidents (Emergency

Planning, Preparedness and

Response) Rules, 1996

Preparation of Local/District

Level Crisis groups, for

management of offsite

emergencies.

Identify whether Local or

District Level Crisis Groups

exist and take proactive part in

preparing Offsite DMP.





JIL, VILAYAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

As per ToR Letter no. J.11011/311/2014-IA II (I) dated 06.01.2015 issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi,

attached as Annexure 5, Public consultation is exempted but as per our request MoEF&CC issued letter

dated 27th March 2017 attached as S. No. 2 in Annexure 5, in which public hearing is included.

7.2 Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis

The risk assessment process is intended to identify existing and probable hazards in all operations and

work environment, to quantify the hazards and to access the risk levels of those hazards in order to

prioritize those that need an immediate attention.

7.2.1 Methodology of Risk Assessment

The methodology includes,

1. Hazard identification,

2. Selection of potential loss scenarios,

3. Simulation of release source model on DNV’s PHAST 7.1,

4. Plotting the damage contour on site map

These steps undertaken to carry out risk assessment for this project are described in following sections.

7.2.2 Hazard Identification

The project description, and other project related data provided by the client have been comprehensively

reviewed to identify the hazardous operations. Also the information on the hazardous properties (MSDS)

of all the chemicals handled at the site has been reviewed to identify the hazards associated with the

same.

At present JLSL is going to set up an pesticides manufacturing facility with a maximum production

capacity of 32350 MTPA. This involves storage of some of the raw material at the site which can lead to

uncontrolled release of hazardous material causing hazard. On the basis of this, the important hazards

that can lead to accident in the proposed project are described in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events

Type of Event Explanation

BLEVE

Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapor Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of

refrigerated or pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed by

early ignition of the same, typically leading to a fire ball

Deflagration Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and

initiation of the reaction at lower energy levels

Detonation A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in

the unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material

Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave

Fire Fire







Type of Event Explanation

Fireball

The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before

forming a flammable/explosive mixture.

Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire

Jet Fire

A jet fire occurs when flammable gas releases from the pipeline (or hole) and the released

gas ignites immediately. Damage distance depends on the operating pressure and the

diameter of the hole or opening flow rate.

Pool Fire Pool fire is a turbulent diffusion fire burning above a horizontal pool of vaporizing

hydrocarbon fuel, where the fuel has zero or low initial momentum

Spill Release ‘Loss of containment’. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit’s own

equipment / tanks causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire

Structural Damage Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of

structural support and direct structural failures

Vapor Cloud

Explosion

Explosion resulting from vapor clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids

and gases

Hazard and Damage Assessment

Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of failures or

catastrophes, can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:

Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air,

Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or

Explosions (Vapours Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure).

Consequences of Fire/Heat Wave

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and exposure

time. The effect is expressed in term of the probability of death and different degree of burn. The

consequence effects studied to assess the impact of the events on the receptors are provided in Table

7-2.

Table 7-2 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity

Radiation (kW/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People

4.0 - Causes pain if duration is longer than 20 sec.

But blistering is unlikely.

12.5 Minimum energy to ignite wood

with a flame; melts plastic tubing.

1% lethality in one minute. First degree burns

in 10 sec.

37.5 Severe damage to plant

100% lethality in 1 min.

50% lethality in 20 sec.

1% lethality in 10 sec.

Consequences of Overpressure

The effects of the shock wave vary depending on the characteristics of the material, the quantity

involved and the degree of confinement of the vapor cloud. The peak pressures in an explosion therefore

vary between a slight over-pressure and a few hundred kilopascals (kPa). Whereas dwelling are

demolished and windows and doors broken at overpressures as low as 0.03- 0.1 bar. Direct injury to







people occurs at greater pressures. The pressure of the shock wave decreases rapidly with the increase

in distance from the source of the explosion. The overpressure damage is shown in Table 7-3.

Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage

Overpressure (bar) Damage

0.02068 Limited minor structural damage

0.068 to 0.136

Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminum

panels, fastenings fail, followed by buckling, wood panels (standard

housing) fastenings fail, panels blown in

0.204 to 0.272 Frameless, self -framing steel panel building demolished; rupture of oil storage tanks

Source: CCPS Consequence Analysis of Chemical Release

Consequences of Toxic Release

The effect of exposure to toxic substance depends upon the duration of exposure and the concentration

of the toxic substance.

Short-term exposures to high concentration give Acute Effects while long term exposures to low

concentrations result in Chronic Effects.

Only acute effects are considered under hazard analysis, since they are likely credible scenarios. These

effects are:

Irritation (respiratory system, skin, eyes)

Narcosis (nervous system)

Asphyxiation (oxygen deficiency)

System damage (blood organs)

Following are some of the common terms used to express toxicity of materials.

Threshold Limit Value (TLV): It is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a

weighted average basis(usually 8 hr/day, 40h/week)

Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): It is the permitted short term exposure limit usually for a 15

minutes exposure.

Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum concentration of

a chemical from which is likely to cause death or immediate or delayed permanent adverse

health effects or prevent escape from such an environment.

Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other than

LC50, which has been reported to cause a death in human or animals.

Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to which

humans or animals have been exposed for any given period of time that has produced a toxic

effects in humans or produced carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or tetratogenic effect in humans or

animals.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines1 (EPRG1): The maximum airborne concentration

below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour (without

a respirator) without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or without

perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odor.







Emergency Response Planning Guidelines2 (ERPG2): The maximum airborne concentration

below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without

experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms that could

impair their abilities to take protective action.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines3 (ERPG3): The maximum airborne concentration

below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without

experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects.

7.2.3 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’)

Following important points should be considered for the selection of release scenarios.

Flammability and the flash point of the material

Phase of material i.e. liquid or gas

Threshold quantity of the chemicals as prescribed in MSHIC Rule

Operating temperature and pressure of the material

Total inventory of the material

On the basis of study of chemical properties (MSDS) of the chemicals those are selected for simulation

are presented in

Table 7-4.

Table 7-4: Chemicals selected for Simulation

S.

No.

Raw Material State Flash Point

(°C)

IDLH

(ppm)

Hazard UEL% LEL%

1 Acetone Liquid -20 NA Flammable 12.8 2.6

2 Benzyl Chloride Liquid 67 NA Flammable NA NA

3 Methanol Liquid 11 NA Flammable 36 6

4 Di-isopropyl Ether Liquid -28.99 NA hazardous 21 1

5 Acetic Anhydride Liquid 49 NA Flammable 10.3 2.7

6 Ethanol

Liquid 16.6 3300

Flammable

& Toxic 19 3.3

7 Ethyl Acetate Liquid -4.4 NA Flammable 9 2.2

8 Dimethyl Amine Liquid -18 NA Flammable 14.4 2.8

9 Ammonia

Gas NA 300

Flammable

& Toxic NA NA

10 O-Xylene Liquid 25 NA Flammable 7 1.1

11 Methyl Isobutyl

Ketone

Liquid 14 NA Flammable 7.5 1.4

On the basis of the information provided in

Table 7-4, and as discussed over failures sceneries given in publications like World Bank Technical Paper

55 and TNO Purple Book and the experience of the consultant, MCLs’ which may take place are presented

in Table 7-5.







Table 7-5: Scenarios Selected for Simulation

S.

No.

Storage

Tanks of

Hazard

involved

Mass

Inventory,

MT

Operating Condition Types of

Failure

Possible

Consequences

Studied Temperature

(°C)

Pressure

(bar)

1 Acetone Flammable 50 25-35 Atm.

25mm dia.

hole leak in

tank and

Catastrophic

Rupture

Jet Fire, Late

Pool Fire &

Explosion

2 Benzyl

Chloride Flammable 50 25-35 Atm.

3 Methanol Flammable 50 25-35 Atm.

4

Di-

isopropyl

Ether

hazardous 10 25-35 Atm.

5 Acetic

Anhydride Flammable 20 25-35 Atm.

6 Ethanol Flammable

& Toxic 20 25-35 Atm.

7 Ethyl

Acetate Flammable 20 25-35 Atm.

8 Dimethyl

Amine Flammable 10 25-35 Atm.

9 Ammonia Flammable

& Toxic 5 25-35

Max. 15

kg/cm2

10 O-Xylene Flammable 1 25-35 Atm.

11

Methyl

Isobutyl

Ketone

Flammable 30 25-35 Atm.

Failure Rates

A leak or rupture of a tank, release some or all of its content, can be caused by brittle failure of the tank

wall, welds or connected pipework due to use of inadequate materials, combined with loading such as

wind, earthquake or impact. Failure rates for selected MCLS’ are provided in Table 7-6.

Table 7-6: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks

Categories

Catastrophic Rupture

Frequency

(per tank per year)

Leak Frequency (per year)

Refrigerated Storage Tank (Single Wall) 2.3 × 10-5 1.0 × 10-5

Refrigerated Storage Tank

(Double Walled) 2.5 × 10-8

1.0 × 10-5

(for primary containment)

Atmospheric Storage Tank 3.0 × 10-6 2.8× 10-3

Pressure Vessels 4.7 × 10-7 1.2 × 10-5 (for Hole Size 3 to 10 mm)

7.1 × 10-6 (for Hole Size 10 to 50 mm)

Reference: International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (OGP); Report No. 434-3, March 2010

Also, the risk assessment is considered using certain internationally recognized yardsticks for measuring

risk. These first need to be explained, and this is done as Table 7-7.







Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency

Annual Fatality risk

level per year Conclusion

10-3 Unacceptable to everyone. Immediate action shall be taken to reduce the hazards

10-4 Willing to spend public money to control hazards, such as traffic signs, fire

departments etc.

10-5 People still recognize. Safety slogans have precautionary rings. Such as never swim

alone, never point a gun, avoid air travels

10-6 Not of great concern to everyone. People are aware of these hazards but feel that

they cannot happen to them. Such as Lightning Never Strikes twice an Act of God.

7.2.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours

As the MCLS’ were developed for the selected set of chemicals, the next step is to carry out the

consequence analysis. The consequence analysis results along with their contours are presented in the

following sections.

Acetone

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Acetone are presented in Table 7-8, whereas

the overpressure effect distance are presented in Table 7-9.

Table 7-8: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure

Scenario Consequence

Met

Data

Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Acetone

25mm leak

Jet fire

3.0/B 10.53 8.51 NR

3.0/E 10.46 8.45 NR

4.0/D 9.95 7.98 7.61

Late pool fire

3.0/B 23.73 15.26 5.82

3.0/E 23.73 15.26 5.82

4.0/D 23.97 15.72 6.05

Catastrophic

Rupture Late pool fire

3.0/B 23.73 15.26 5.82

3.0/E 23.73 15.26 5.82

4.0/D 23.97 15.72 6.05

Table 7-9: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data

Overpressure Distances in Meters

0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Acetone

25mm leak Late Ignition

3.0/B 17.56 11.96 11.52

3.0/E 19.20 12.38 11.84

4.0/D 16.97 11.81 11.40

Catastrophic


3.0/B 116.17 51.66 46.76

3.0/E 121.33 53.65 48.30

4.0/D 119.66 53.22 48.99







The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Acetone are presented in Figure 7-1to

Figure 7-3.

Figure 7-1: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Acetone storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-2: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture in Acetone storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-3: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture in Acetone storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D







Benzyl Chloride

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Benzyl Chloride are presented in Table 7-10,


Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Benzyl Chloride

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Benzyl

Chloride

25mm leak

Jet fire

3.0/B NR NR NR

3.0/E NR NR NR

4.0/D NR NR NR

Late pool fire

3.0/B 23.54 15.11 5.55

3.0/E 23.54 15.11 5.55

4.0/D 23.81 15.61 5.73

Catastrophic


3.0/B 23.54 15.11 5.55

3.0/E 23.54 15.11 5.55

4.0/D 23.81 15.61 5.73

Table 7-11: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Benzyl Chloride

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Benzyl Chloride Catastrophic

Rupture Early Explosion

3.0/B NH NH NH

3.0/E NH NH NH

4.0/D NH NH NH

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Benzyl Chloride are presented in Figure

7-4 and Figure 7-5.

Figure 7-4: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Benzyl Chloride storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-5: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture in Benzyl Chloride storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D







Methanol

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Methanol are presented in Table 7-12, the

overpressure effect distance are presented in Table 7-13.

Table 7-12: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Methanol

25mm leak

Jet fire

3.0/B 7.10 NR NR

3.0/E 7.05 NR NR

4.0/D 6.63 NR NR

Late pool fire

3.0/B 11.96 7.34 NR

3.0/E 11.96 7.34 NR

4.0/D 12.14 7.77 NR

Catastrophic


3.0/B 11.96 7.34 NR

3.0/E 11.96 7.34 NR

4.0/D 12.14 7.77 NR

Table 7-13: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Methanol Catastrophic

Rupture Late Ignition

3.0/B 35.41 16.58 15.09

3.0/E 39.20 17.56 15.85

4.0/D 41.01 18.03 16.21

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Methanol are presented in Figure 7-6 to

Figure 7-8.







Figure 7-6: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Methanol storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-7: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Methanol storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-8: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Methanol storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D







Di-isopropyl Ether

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Di-isopropyl Ether are presented in Table 7-14

whereas the overpressure effect distance are presented in Table 7-15.

Table 7-14: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Dimethyl Amine

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Di-isopropyl

Ether

25mm leak Jet fire

3.0/B 27.12 21.35 17.78

3.0/E 27.12 21.35 17.78

4.0/D 25.77 20.16 16.75

Catastrophic


3.0/B 138.69 55.12 NR

3.0/E 139.04 55.29 NR

4.0/D 145.92 56.05 NR

Table 7-15: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Di-isopropyl Ether

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Diisopropyl Ether Catastrophic


3.0/B 757.20 441.13 420.51

3.0/E 797.40 462.44 437.00

4.0/D 761.45 444.46 421.35

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Di-isopropyl Ether are presented in Figure

7-9 and Figure 7-10.

Figure 7-9: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Di-isopropyl Ether storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D







Figure 7-10: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Di-isopropyl Ether storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Acetic Anhydride

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Acetic Anhydride are presented in Table 7-16,


Table 7-16: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Acetic Anhydride

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Acetic

Anhydride

25mm

leak Jet fire

3.0/B 28.57 23.46 19.51

3.0/E 28.57 23.46 19.51

4.0/D 27.03 22.13 18.71

Table 7-17: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Acetic Anhydride

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Acetic Anhydride


3.0/B 39.07 17.53 15.83

3.0/E 44.58 18.95 16.93

4.0/D 38.57 17.40 15.72

Catastrophic


3.0/B 138.34 58.05 52.75

3.0/E 135.95 57.43 51.32

4.0/D 138.99 58.91 53.91

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Hydrogen Gas are presented in Figure

7-11 to Figure 7-13.







Figure 7-11: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Acetic Anhydride storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-12: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Acetic Anhydride storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-13: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Acetic Anhydride storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D







Ethanol

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Ethanol are presented in Table 7-18, whereas


Table 7-18: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ethanol

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Ethanol

25mm leak

Jet fire

3.0/B 4.93 NR NR

3.0/E 4.88 NR NR

4.0/D 4.66 NR NR

Late pool fire

3.0/B 10.59 6.85 3.19

3.0/E 10.59 6.85 3.19

4.0/D 10.73 7.12 3.19

Catastrophic


3.0/B 10.59 6.85 3.19

3.0/E 10.59 6.85 3.19

4.0/D 10.73 7.12 3.19

Table 7-19: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ethanol

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Ethanol Catastrophic


3.0/B NH NH NH

3.0/E NH NH NH

4.0/D NH NH NH

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Ethanol are presented in Figure 7-14 to

Figure 7-16.

Figure 7-14: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ethanol storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D







Figure 7-15: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ethanol storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Figure 7-16: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ethanol storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Ethyl Acetate

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Ethyl Acetate are presented in Table 7-20,


Table 7-20: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ethyl Acetate

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Ethyl Acetate 25mm leak Jet fire

3.0/B 28.71 23.24 19.55

3.0/E 28.71 23.24 19.55

4.0/D 27.19 21.92 18.51

Table 7-21: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ethyl Acetate

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Ethyl Acetate 25mm leak Late Ignition 3.0/B 39.45 17.62 15.90







Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

3.0/E 41.82 18.24 16.38

4.0/D 39.20 17.56 15.85

Catastrophic


3.0/B 316.06 111.48 95.31

3.0/E 327.21 121.23 107.38

4.0/D 326.60 122.71 109.10

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Ethyl Acetate are presented in Figure


Figure 7-17: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ethyl acetate storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Figure 7-18: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ethyl acetate storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B







Figure 7-19: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ethyl acetate storage tank at weather condition 3.0/E

Dimethyl Amine

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Dimethyl Amine are presented in Table 7-22


Table 7-22: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Dimethyl Amine

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Dimethyl

Amine

25mm leak

Jet fire

3.0/B 15.49 12.63 11.10

3.0/E 15.51 12.65 11.12

4.0/D 14.62 11.86 10.30

Late pool fire

3.0/B 14.63 9.46 3.54

3.0/E 14.63 9.46 3.54

4.0/D 14.77 9.75 3.68

Catastrophic


3.0/B 14.63 9.46 3.54

3.0/E 14.63 9.46 3.54

4.0/D 14.77 9.75 3.68

Table 7-23: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Dimethyl Amine

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Dimethyl Amine


3.0/B 20.57 12.74 12.12

3.0/E 25.09 13.91 13.02

4.0/D 19.95 12.58 11.99

Catastrophic


3.0/B 250.88 110.48 101.32

3.0/E 241.74 104.95 94.78

4.0/D 238.34 104.86 96.97

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Monomethyl Amine are presented in Figure








Figure 7-20: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Dimethyl amine storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Figure 7-21: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Dimethyl amine storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B







Figure 7-22: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Dimethyl amine storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Figure 7-23: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Dimethyl amine storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Ammonia

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Ammonia are presented in Table 7-24, whereas


Table 7-24: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ammonia

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Ammonia

25mm leak Jet fire

3.0/B 78.45 67.46 NR

3.0/E 78.45 67.46 NR

4.0/D 74.29 63.42 NR

Catastrophic

Rupture Fireball Ellipse

3.0/B 163.46 65.12 NR

3.0/E 163.46 65.12 NR

4.0/D 136.46 65.12 NR







Table 7-25: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ammonia

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

Ammonia


3.0/B 39.69 25.10 23.94

3.0/E 40.75 25.37 24.16

4.0/D 39.86 25.14 23.97

Catastrophic


3.0/B 276.08 86.29 71.29

3.0/E 275.41 86.13 71.17

4.0/D 272.12 85.28 70.51

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Ammonia are presented in Figure 7-24

to Figure 7-27.

Figure 7-24: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ammonia storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Figure 7-25: Late explosion effect contour due to 25 mm leak in Ammonia storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B







Figure 7-26: Fireball effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ammonia storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Figure 7-27: Late explosion effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of Ammonia storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

O-Xylene

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of O-Xylene are presented in Table 7-26, whereas


Table 7-26: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of O-Xylene

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

O-Xylene

25mm leak Jet fire

3.0/B 3.01 NR NR

3.0/E 2.97 NR NR

4.0/D 2.87 NR NR

Catastrophic


3.0/B 26.53 16.75 5.55

3.0/E 26.53 16.75 5.55

4.0/D 27.00 17.53 5.73







Table 7-27: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of O-Xylene

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


0.02 bar 0.13 bar 0.2 bar

O-Xylene Catastrophic

Rupture Early Explosion

3.0/B NH NH NH

3.0/E NH NH NH

4.0/D NH NH NH

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of O-Xylene are presented in Figure 7-28

and Figure 7-29.

Figure 7-28: Late pool fire effect contour due to 25 mm leak in O-xylene storage tank at weather condition 3.0/B

Figure 7-29: Late pool fire effect contour due to catastrophic rupture of O-xylene storage tank at weather condition 4.0/D

Methyl Isobutyl Ketone

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Methyl Isobutyl Ketone are presented in Table

7-28.







Table 7-28: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methyl Isobutyl Ketone

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Methyl

Isobutyl

Ketone

25mm leak

Jet fire

3.0/B 3.48 2.16 NR

3.0/E 3.44 2.09 NR

4.0/D 3.31 2.02 NR

Late pool fire

3.0/B 21.87 14.03 5.35

3.0/E 21.87 14.03 5.35

4.0/D 22.12 14.49 5.59

Catastrophic


3.0/B 21.87 14.03 5.35

3.0/E 21.87 14.03 5.35

4.0/D 22.12 14.49 5.59

7.3 Precautions during Storage and Transportation of Hazardous Chemicals

Care will be taken from design stage for all safety precautions for storage. Proper SOP will be developed

& persons will be trained for effective implementation of SOP for storage & transportation including

vehicle checking, loading / unloading. All statutory requirements like TREM card, MSDS, Emergency

Information Panels etc. will be strictly complied for transportation. Care will be taken at the design stage

to eliminate/ reduce fugitive emission from storage by installing closed systems for transfer of material

from storage to usage, breather valves with vent collection system at storage tanks, condensers, chillers

and scrubbers to recover fugitive losses from storage. Persons will be trained for effective

implementation of SOP to control fugitive emission from material charging, loading/unloading, handling

etc. Online sensors will be provided and work environment monitoring will also be carried out to monitor

the fugitive emission. Further predictive & preventive maintenance practices shall be adopted to control

fugitive emissions from pipelines, joints, flanges and glands of the pumps.

7.4 Disaster Management Plan

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is a guide, giving detailed organizational responsibilities, actions,

reporting requirements and support resources available to ensure effective and timely management of

emergencies likely to arise from planned operations. The DMP has been prepared for the proposed

Project on the basis of the Risk Assessment and related findings covered in the foregoing topics of

chapter in this report.

7.4.1 Structure

The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual improvement of

emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check and Review

(PDCR) cycle has been therefore suggested. Another advantage of doing this is to have a system that

is in synchronicity with commonly used EHS systems such as ISO: 14001 and OHSAS: 18001. The DMP

is covered in further detail in the remaining sections of this Chapter.







7.4.2 Policy

The Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) policies are to be made accessible to all personnel at site

and to other stakeholders. The policies must be framed considering statutory compliance, stakeholder

involvement, continual improvement, and management by objectives. If required, the explanation for

the EHS policies will be provided in simple language which could be easily understood by the personnel.

7.4.3 Planning

1. Identification and Prevention of Possible Emergency Situations

2. Possible emergency situations in the thermal power plant can broadly be classified into unintended

explosions, fire, electrical short-circuits and resultant fire, vehicle collision, and inundation.

Additional emergency situations can be developed on the basis of audit or other procedures prior

to commencement of operations.

3. Emergency Prevention

Some of the ways of preventing emergencies are as follows:

Preparation of a Preventive Maintenance Programme covering periodic maintenance schedules

for all the equipments, instruments and system as a whole as per recommendations provided

in the Operation and Maintenance manual supplied by the respective manufacturers. The

maintenance schedule may also incorporate additional recommendations based on the hands-

on experience of engineers gained from working in similar power plants.

Importantly, it is of great importance to collect and analyze information pertaining to minor

incidents and accidents at similar sites, as well as for recording near misses or emergencies

that were averted. This information gives an indication of how likely or unlikely it is for the site

to face actual emergencies and what should be further done to prevent them from occurring.

Establishment of an ongoing training and evaluation programme, incorporating the

development of capabilities amongst employees about potential emergencies and ways and

means of identifying and averting the same. Most emergencies do not occur without some

incident or an abnormal situation. Hence, there is always sometime of few seconds to few

minutes to arrest an incident of abnormal situation from turning into an emergency. This is the

role of the shift in-charge who is generally the incident controller (IC) along with his shift team.

7.4.4 Emergency Plan Objectives

Specific objectives of the Emergency Response Plan are listed with regards to the responses desired for

successful management of the possible emergency situations. Suggested Objectives would include:

To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environmental impact assessment.

To control and contain incidents.

To safeguard the employees.

To minimize damage to the property and/or the environment.

To inform the employees, the general public residing around the plant and the authority on the

hazards/risks assessed.

To safeguard provided residual risk, if any, and the role to be played by the employees in the

event of emergency.

To inform the state authorities like Police and Fire Departments, Mutual Aid Centers, Medical

Centers to come up for help.







To effectively rescue and to provide treatment of casualties and to count the injured.

To identify and list fatal accidents, if any.

To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normally.

To provide authoritative information to the news media for the incident.

To preserve records, equipments, etc. and to organize investigation into the cause of the

emergency and to suggest preventive measures to stop its recurrence.

To ensure safety of staff and patients and resume work.

To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for emergency.

Preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

7.4.5 Implementation

Roles and Responsibilities of Key Persons

Site Mains Controller (SMC) (UNIT HEAD)

He is the overall commander of the emergency; in his absence the in charge of concerned plant (IC)

will perform the duties of SMC.

Upon being aware about the emergency, he will rush to the emergency control centre and take the

charge of the emergency; during emergency he will communicate all his instructions through public

address system / mobile / walkie talkie / landlines.

Figure 7-30: EHS Organogram

Emergency Control Centre

Office of Unit Head and Fire Station Building (Alternate)

Responsibility of SMC

Proceed to the Emergency Control Centre.

UNIT HEAD

HEAD – EHS

EHS Executive

Corporate EHS

Functional Head







Ensure that the outside Emergency services are called in and if required that nearby firms are

informed.

Ensure that Key Personnel are called in.

Maintain a speculative continuous review of possible development and assess these to

determine most probable course of events.

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plants in consultation with the incident controller.

Ensure that the causalities are receiving adequate attention.

Arrange for additional help, if required.

Ensure that relatives of injured are informed.

Liaison with senior officers of statutory authorities and other external agencies.

Ensure that the head accounting of all the personnel available inside the plant is completed.

If emergency is prolonged, arrange for the relief of personnel and the provisions of catering

facilities.

Issue authorized statements to the news media; inform higher authorities of the company such

as Chief of Manufacturing & Executive Director.

Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of evidence.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas after cessation of Emergency.

Authority to declare On-site or Off-site Emergency.

Overall commander of the emergency control actions and authorized to declare On-site or Off-

site Emergency.

Incident Controller (IC)

The In charge of affected plant will act as Incident Controller. In his absence, the available in charge

of other plant or shift in charge of affected plant will act as incident controller.

Upon being aware about the emergency, he will rush to the emergency site, take the overall charge and

brief the Site Main controller. He will assess the magnitude of the emergency and communicate the SMC

accordingly for further assistance.

Responsibilities

Proceed to the emergency scene, instruct field operator to close the required valve, instruct for

safe shutdown of system/equipment etc., blowing of the siren.

Assess the scale of emergency.

Brief the situation to the Site Main Controller and advise him to activate Emergency services.

Set up a communication point to contact with the Emergency Control Centre.

Direct all operations within the affected area.

Direct rescue and Fire fighting operation.

Ensure that affected area is searched for casualties and evacuated to the appropriate assembly

point.

In the absence of Site Main Controller, perform his duties.

Report all significant development to the Site Main Controller at Emergency control Centre.

Ensure that all personnel including contractors and visitors are withdrawn from the plant and

safely assembled at the assembly point.

Ensure that the entire work permit related activities have been stopped safely.

Ensure that all the loading / unloading activities have been stopped and the vehicles have been

shifted to a safe location.







Deputy Incident Controller (DIC)

The Shift In charge of affected plant or In charge of other plant will act as Dy. Incident Controller. He

will act as incident controller till Plant In-Charge of affected plant reaches the site and perform all duties

of incident controller as mentioned above.

He will assess the magnitude of the emergency and communicate the plant head accordingly for further

assistance.

Overall in-charge of the emergency control actions till IC reaches the site.

Instruct field operator to close the required valve or other plant operation related actions.

Assess the magnitude of the emergency and communicate the IC accordingly.

Co-ordinate with all available teams for emergency control.

Environment Health & Safety

Upon being aware about the emergency, they will rush to the emergency site, act as per the instructions

of SMC/IC/DIC who is in charge of control of emergency situation. EHS will ensure all required Fire and

Safety assistance during emergency and act as Fire Fighting In charge.

Mobilize Fire fighting & Safety equipments and provide Fire fighting, rescue & Safety assistance.

Suggesting ways to reduce severity of effect of accident or future consequences.

Provide first aid treatment to injured persons.

Upon hearing the emergency siren, he will rush to the emergency site and assist & guide the

incident controller.

Assessing the situation & suggesting ways to reduce severity of effect of accident or future

consequences.

Carryout the operation in an organized manner to control the major emergency.

Under Mutual Aid scheme, contact officials of M/s Grasim industries, to deal with emergency

scenario.

Suggest the ways to overcome the situation and to control the disaster.

Engineering Services

Upon being aware about the emergency, they will rush to the emergency site, act as per the instructions

of SMC/IC/DIC who is in charge of control of emergency situation.

Coordinating operation of utility systems at the site, including repair.

To provide all assistance required for emergency control mainly uninterrupted power, fire water,

removal of blockage etc.

Ensure that all type of engineering services is available throughout the emergency control

activity.

Providing emergency repair/power services as necessary.

Erecting barricades and other traffic/access control devices as necessary.

Providing for debris clearance and site clean up as necessary.

Providing damage inspection and site re-entry recommendations.

Replenishing, repairing and/or replacing emergency equipment after an emergency.







Human Resources / Security

Upon being aware about the emergency, HR head will rush to the emergency site; act as per the

instructions of SMC/IC/DIC who is in charge of control of emergency situation.

Traffic, Transport, Evacuation, and security arrangement, Man Head count, welfare,

communication with outside agencies, assisting fire fighting & rescue, guiding visitors or

contractors to approach assembly point, shift affected persons to nearby hospitals etc.

Arrange for Man head count and welfare at Assembly point.

Arrange through Security for Traffic control, Transport, Evacuation, and security arrangement.

For Evacuation all isolated area like toilet etc. shall also be checked for anybody trapped.

Guiding visitors or contractors to approach assembly point, shifting affected persons to nearby

doctors/hospitals etc.

Assisting fire fighting & rescue through Security.

Under Mutual Aid scheme, contact officials of M/s Grasim industries, to deal with emergency

scenario.

Communication with outside agencies like DISH, police, fire brigade, doctor/hospital etc. as

advised by SMC.

Emergency Response Team (ERT)

On getting emergency communication, should immediately reach at emergency spot with

required PPEs

Support Fire Team in Fire Fighting

Ensure proper emergency communication

Ensure Evacuation of employees and workers and direct them to safe assembly point

To assist fire team and medical team in rescue and first aid

In case of leakage/spillage, Isolation of valves, transfer of material to spare tank

Ensure siren blowing in case of emergency

ERT members should be aware of type and magnitude of Emergency and actions to be taken

After Emergency, to help fire team for restoration of emergency equipment (Fire Hoses,

Branches, ladders, BA Sets etc.)

Key Personnel

The key personnel such as trained First Aiders, Fire Fighters and Essential Workers after being aware

about the emergency will rush to the emergency scenario site and follow the instructions of DIC/ IC /

SMC.

Non-Essential Personnel

Personnel who are not required for handling emergency or running plants should move to assembly

point and assist different activities at Assembly Point.

7.4.6 Setting up of Emergency Infrastructure

To enable the key persons to implement the DMP, the following infrastructure will be set up:







Assembly Points

In case of emergency, the site needs to be evacuated immediately. On evacuation, the personnel

working in the plant will go to pre-assigned assembly points. The charge will be taken by HR/ Security

personnel and will supervise Assembly and Head Count. The sign boards indicating the Assembly Point

with number having relevant information will be placed at all such point for guidance. Each assembly

point will be earmarked for the personnel from specific plant areas for assembly in the event of

emergency.

Liaison with State Authorities

Government authorities (Factory Inspector, Electrical Inspector), Local Medical Centre, Police Services,

Fire Services, Taluka Mamlatdar, District Collector will be informed about the occurrence and

development of any incident as per instructions of SMC and will seek necessary help and guidance from

these authorities/departments.

Task Force of Essential Staff

A task force of essential trained staff will be made available to get the work done by SMC. Task Force

personnel will be trained to perform various tasks as mentioned above.

Emergency Control Centre

A small separate room (generally located near Security Office at Main Entry Gate) will be provided to

facilitate Emergency Control Centre. This room will be equipped with dedicated and direct

communication facilities. The Control Centre will be situated in this area, which is of minimum risk with

immediate availability of security personnel nearby. Moreover, the area will be on the arterial road to

allow easy access by a vehicle, if other systems fail or extra communication facilities needed to be set

up. The Emergency control centre will consist of following items:

External telephones with direct dialing facilities, external telephone contact details and

telephone nos. for emergency (On board in bold letters)

Internal telephones, Internal phone directory

Copy of Disaster Management Plan

Notepads, pencils, ball pens, rubber, envelopes, etc.

Site layout plan showing assembly point locations, fire hydrant layout plan, plan showing

placement of portable fire extinguishers,

Torches and emergency lights, umbrellas, portable Mega-phone, rain coats, small table and

chair.

Fire Fighting

The personnel working in the plant, in case of noticing fire, will immediately raise an alarm and ask the

nearest personnel to inform Manager. He may make an attempt to extinguish the fire depending on

intensity using a portable fire extinguisher along with other personnel working with him. The severity of

fire will be assessed and if it is likely to be severe, will take following steps:

Call his departmental head/Shift-in-charge to inform about the incident.

Call fire tenders and mobile trailer pump from nearby fire department.

Call nearby personnel to move away from the site of incident and go to assembly points.







Arrange for switching off electricity supply to that specific area of incident.

Manager shall review the steps taken by Shift-in-charge in his capacity as COMMANDER and

will reach "Emergency Control Room".

Steps in Case of Spreading of fire

Commander, after taking charge of the situation, will continuously assess the situation and if it is not

being controlled then ensure:

Ensure evacuation, in orderly fashion and assembly of all persons at the assembly points.

Arrival of fire tenders and/or Mobile Trailer Pump from outside resources.

Ensure that any vehicle parked near the fire site is taken away to safe area.

7.4.7 Natural Disasters

Cyclone and Flood

When warning of cyclone or heavy rains will be received from Local Administration, the Commander

shall alert the personnel working in the plant to be prepared. Necessary detailed information for coming

disaster will also be put forward for personnel of the next shift.

Shift-in-charge will withdraw the entire staff from work place and accumulate them at the safe place

inside the building.

The equipment, if kept in low lying area, will be shifted to higher elevation as feasible. Readiness of

diesel vans, ambulance, tractors, trucks, etc. will be ensured for use of personnel in case of extreme

situation of flooding.

The Manager may advise shut-off the plant safely (in consultation with the highest authority) and advise

the staff to leave the plant depending on intensity of oncoming situation.

Earthquake

In case earthquake hits, all persons will be encouraged to run out in the open areas designated as

Assembly Points. Further steps will be taken as follows, if found feasible, depending on severity of the

incident.

All the electrical supply will be disconnected.

All key personnel will reach the plant site immediately and carry out designated responsibilities.

Steps detailed in Emergency preparedness will have to be carried out.

As soon as earthquake tremor stops - Site Incident Controller will act as follows:

Check areas for damages, if any, and to take further steps in case of observance of damage to buildings,

structures, etc.

Check all areas for eruption of fire, and to take action to extinguish in case fire will be observed.

Inform all the departmental heads to take further recourse of actions as situation would call for.

Check all areas for persons trapped inside and call for help to rescue them in quickest possible time.







7.4.8 First Aid

Fully equipped OHC is available in SEZ with full time FMO & round the clock male nurse with ambulance.

Basic items in a first aid kit consist of items listed in Table 7-29 as decided by FMO.

Table 7-29: Suggested Items in First Aid Kit

S. No. Description Quantity

1 First aid leaflet 1 copy

2 Sterilized finger dressing 10 nos.

3 Sterilized hand or foot dressing 10 nos.

4 Sterilized body or large dressing 6 nos.

5 Sterilized burns dressing – small 4 nos.

6 Sterilized burns dressing – large 2 nos.

7 Sterilized burns dressing – extra large 6 nos.

8 Sterilized cotton wool (25 gms) 2 tubes

9 Cetavolon (28 gms) 2 tubes

10 Eye pads 6 nos.

11 Adhesive plaster 1 spool

12 Assorted roller bandage 6 nos.

13 Triangular bandages 6 nos.

14 Safety pins 6 nos.

15 Scissors, ordinary, 12.7cms, both sides sharp 1 pair

16 Savlon liquid, 150 ml, or equivalent 2 nos.

17 Cotton wool for padding, 100 gms 2 packets

18 Eye Ointment of sulphacetamide preparation 1 tube

19 Loose woven gauze (28”x8”), compressed pack 1 packet

20 Aspirin, 300 mg (10 tablets) 5 strips

21 Scribbling Pad, 4”x 6” with a pencil in a plastic cover 1 no.

22 Adhesive dressing strips 10 strips

23 Field dressing of modified army pattern 3 nos.

24 Record cards in a plastic cover 1 set

25 Torch, medium size with cells 1 no.

26 Eye wash 1 no.

27 Wooden splints, small 1 set

28 Wooden splints, big 1 set

Treatment of affected persons

Injured / Affected persons will be provided suitable first-aid treatment and sent to the Company's Doctor

and/or designated local medical center nearby in town for further treatment depending on injury.

Patients requiring further treatment shall be sent to Hospitals in Bharuch in ambulance.

Patients suffering from minor problems will be discharged and allowed to continue the work or allowed

restricted work or sent home after preliminary treatment as per the decision by the Company’s Doctor.







Post Emergency Activities

Medical check up

Medical checkup of affected persons in the incident, if any, will be carried out, and suitable medical aid

shall be provided to set right the problem.

Collection of Records

All possible evidences will be collected along with shift logs and personnel nearby or connected with the

incident will be called for narrating the details so as to facilitate finding of the most probable and

convincing cause of incident and emergency situation. The proposed procedure will help in suggesting

the remedial measures for preventing recurrence.

Inquiry

Detailed inquiry for the incident will be carried out to find out the cause, which will be in the form of

fact finding mission and recommendations made to the suitable authority.

Mock Drill

Full scale mock drill will be conducted at least twice in a year in coordination with Safety Department.

Manager will declare the emergency for mock drill and all personnel concerned will perform various

duties as per responsibilities assigned in this plan.

Training

Regular training program for all the concerned personnel will be conducted to enable them to face any

type of emergency situation, be it natural disaster, fire in equipment, building or any explosion in

equipment.

DMP Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and Preventive Action

Since this DMP will be designed as a dynamic document, it is required that its performance be audited

at regular intervals. Ideally, the persons auditing the DMP should be external auditors (i.e. not employed

at the site being audited). The audit should result in a set of findings that are put before the site

management for review. Audits will be periodic, at intervals that are decided by the Head Office. Audit

reports will state the exact non-compliance with the particular clause of this DMP, and would include

steps to be taken to attain the compliance, through corrective and preventive actions.

Review of Emergency Performance

The site/head office management will review the findings of the audit and the non-compliances. It will

consider whether the DMP is providing adequate safety assurance to the management, delivering

performance as desired, and whether it continues to be in the spirit of Environment, Health and Safety

Policies and changing requirements. On the basis of these, the management will record its decisions

and consider modifying the DMP, as deemed appropriate.







7.4.9 Safety Aspects of the Project

In the chemical plants, the principle safety hazards will be due to chemical burns, gas inhalation, normal

burns, slips, falls, vehicle accidents, electrocution and shocks due to working on high and extra high

voltage level equipment and system, injury due to machines during operation and maintenance, head

injury due to object falling from height, fire & explosion due sudden leakage from pipeline at high

pressure, suffocation during working in confined space like tank, and so on.

Various measures listed hereunder will be implemented to maintain safety of the plant and personnel

working there.

General Safety Guidelines

1. The responsibilities of the working personnel, supervisors, engineers and higher authorities will be

clearly identified towards strict implementation of safety aspects and awareness.

2. All personnel irrespective of category, departmental or contractual, will have to use Personal

Protective Equipment (PPE) while working in the plant areas. Use of safety shoes, safety helmet,

ear plugs will be made mandatory for all the personnel when moving in the plant indoor and outdoor

areas. Use of these PPE will also be mandatory for all the visitors.

3. When machines or system will present danger of potential eye injury from physical or chemical

elements, the personnel working there will be provided an appropriate eye protection device like

safety clear glasses or goggles face shields and welding helmets, which will be adequate and

reasonably comfortable.

4. Vehicle speed for movements within the plant areas will be limited to 20 kmph so as to prevent

road accidents. Instruction boards will be placed on the roads.

5. In road designing, proper curvature at the bends, cross-roads will be provided so as to facilitate

turning of vehicle without any problem.

6. Good housekeeping will always be maintained in the entire plant area, which is one of the best

contributors to the safety of the equipment and personnel. Combustible scrap and debris like wood,

clearing/grubbing material will be removed from the site daily or will be securely stored in the

covered containers.

7. No unauthorized personnel will be permitted to work, which will be required to be carried out by

highly specialized and trained personnel. All work will be done as per safety work permit system.All

the exits points in the entire plant area will be kept free from obstructions so as to facilitate quick

escape in the event of emergency. The buildings will have normal escape as well as safe emergency

escape doors, staircases as required. Illuminated “EXIT” signs will be installed on all the escape

doors.

8. Every floor, working place and passageway will be kept free from protruding nails, splinters, holes

or loose boards.

9. A full-proof work permit system with clear identification of the responsibilities of the permit issuing

authority and permit drawing agency/person will be developed to avoid unforeseen accidents.

10. All equipment and materials should be stored in designated storage areas that are labelled as such.

The hazardous materials will have display of “Material Safety Data Sheet” nearer to the storage for

knowledge of personnel handling them.

11. DC supply operated emergency lighting will be arranged in the plant for providing some illumination

to facilitate safe movement of plant operating personnel during complete blackout conditions.







12. The belt drives, pulleys, extended shafts, gears and other moving parts will be provided with shield

guards and guard railings for preventing accidental touch.

13. The steam pipelines and exposed hot surfaces will be provided thermal insulation to maintain the

skin temperature as specified under the applicable standards to prevent burn injuries.

14. Visible signs and symbols will be provided during any construction/maintenance activity that will

present a hazard, which will be removed immediately on completion of work.

15. “DANGER” signs will be posted at all immediate hazards, i.e. Danger: Open Hole and “CAUTION”

signs will be posted at all potential hazards, i.e. Caution: Construction Area, Caution: Buried Cable.

16. Specific “Assembly Points” for gathering of personnel working in the plant in case of any eventuality

will be decided and boards will be placed in the entire plant.

Fall Protection

1. It will be strictly ensured that the fall protection is provided by the contractor to the employees

working at heights equal to or greater than 1.8 m. The fall protection will be in the form of perimeter

protection such as guardrails and toe rails, personal protective equipment like safety belt. Activities

that require personal fall protection systems include steel erection welding, bolting, riveting, fitting-

up and plumbing-up, work over water and some deep excavation work.

2. On buildings and structures not adaptable to temporary floors, and where scaffolds are not used,

safety nets will be installed and maintained, whenever the potential fall distance exceeds two

storeys.

3. If machines or system operations present the potential for foot injury, necessary foot protection will

be provided, which will be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed.

4. The personnel working in the area with high noise level present will be provided with hearing

protection devices like ear plugs and ear muffs.

5. The working surfaces will be kept clean and dry to prevent slips and falls. Spillage of chemicals such

as lube-oils will be avoided and in case of spillage, necessary action for cleaning using appropriate

cleansing materials will be immediately taken to avoid slips and falls.

6. During construction phase, the floor to be used as the erection floor will be solidly planked or decked

over its entire surface except for access openings.

Ladders and Stairs

1. During construction stage, the temporary ladders/portable steps brought by the contractors will be

inspected prior to use. Random checks on upkeep of all ladders and temporary/portable steps will

be exercised to ensure that they are maintained in good and safe working condition.

2. Portable ladders used for access to an upper landing surface will extend to minimum of 1.8 m above

the landing surface, or where not practical, will be provided with grab rails and will be secured

against movement while in use.

3. All the ladders will be used only on stable and leveled surfaces unless secured to prevent accidental

movement. The ladders will not be permitted for use on the slippery surfaces unless secured or

provided with slip-resistant feet to prevent accidental movement.

4. During construction phase, it will be ensured that the contractor provides a ladder (or stairway) at

all work points of access, where there is a break in elevation of 0.5 m or more.

5. When there is only one point of access between levels, it will be kept clear to permit free passage

by the working personnel. If free passage becomes restricted, a second point of access will be

provided and used. At all times, at least one point of access will be kept clear.







6. All elevated platforms, walkways, stairways and ramps will be provided handrails, toe-guards and

non-slip surfaces. The design of staircases will be maintaining required angle of repose so that the

personnel will climb safely and comfortably.

Scaffolds

1. If access to and between scaffold platforms will be more than 0.6 m above or below, the point of

access will be made by portable/attachable ladders or ramps.

2. No makeshift devices, such as boxes and barrels, will be permitted to use to increase the scaffold

platform working level height.

3. Trenching and Excavation

4. The area around the trench/excavation will be kept clear of surface encumbrances.

5. Water will not be allowed to accumulate in the excavation.

6. Adjacent structures will be shored in accordance with the design documents to prevent collapse.

The trench or excavation will be sloped to prevent cave-ins.

7. Guardrails or some other means of protecting people from falling into the trench/excavation will be

provided where work will supposed to go on for longer duration.

8. The trench or excavation will be shored or sloped to prevent cave-ins.

9. Prior to commencement of excavation during construction stage and during operation stage,

necessary permission from mechanical for underground pipelines, electrical for underground cables

and civil for foundations will have to be taken so as to protect existing equipment from damage and

for safety of workers taking up excavation. The drawing showing exact details of such things will

be always available with all these departments and Safety Officer and it will be updated from time

to time incorporating all details.

Electrical Safety

1. Besides general PPE, the personnel working on HV and EHV equipment will wear HV safety hand

gloves when operating switches, handles, etc. Only authorized persons holding valid license/permit

as mentioned elsewhere will be engaged to work on electrical installation.

2. As far as possible, no personnel will be permitted to work on electrically energized equipment or

system, except under direct supervision of experienced engineer for condition monitoring and

observations.

3. The station earthing grid will be placed conforming to the standards and it will be ensured that all

the electrical equipment are effectively brought to earth and are grounded prior to first energisation

as well as after equipment will be taken into regular service. The testing of entire earthing system

with testing of individual earthing station will be carried out and record will be maintained as per

statutory requirement.

4. Any work to be done near an overhead power line, the line will be de-energized and properly

grounded before commencement of work.

5. It will be ensured that cables and wires used for temporary working power supply are bearing ISI

makes with insulation in good condition. To the extent possible, no joint will be permitted in

cable/wire laid between point of supply and power operated tool. In case of joint, condition of joint

will be checked and entered into safety work permit.

6. Provision of earthing for all the tools, devices, etc., to be used for the work either by departmental

personnel or by the contracting agency, will be ensured and entered into the safety work permit.







7. Switch fuses and/or circuit breakers of appropriate rating will be used to protect the cables,

conductors and equipment

8. Anytime electrical equipment is de-energized for repair, or circuits are shut off, the equipment will

be locked out and tagged at the point where it can be energized.

9. Temporary lights will not be permitted to be suspended by their cords.

Crane Operations

1. A competent person will be designated to supervise activities all the time that require the use of

various types of cranes, i.e. Electrically operated travelling crane installed within the plant buildings,

mobile crawler or Tyres mounted cranes, tower cranes, etc.

2. The driver of mobile crane will be holding the valid license to drive such vehicle.

3. Prior to commencement of work, it will be ensured that the load testing of the crane in compliance

to The Factories Act, 1948 and State Factory Rules is carried out and valid inspection certificate in

Form No. 10 is in possession. The overall condition of crane from maintenance angle will be checked.

4. Besides cranes, the tackles such as wire rope slings, polythene based slings, D-shackles, eye bolts,

etc. used for loading/unloading will be inspected and tested in compliance to The Factories Act,

1948 and State Factory Rules and valid inspection certificate in Form No. 10 will be checked. During

operation phase, necessary register as per statute for such tools-tackles will be maintained.

5. For large capacity cranes, the chart for load v/s boom length/boom angle will be obtained and it

will be ensured that the load is taken as specified in the chart for that boom length/boom angle.

6. The cranes will not be operated near any overhead power lines. During movement of crawler/tyre

mounted cranes, it will be ensured that the boom is in lower most condition. A supervisor will always

accompany during movement of cranes within the project areas to guide the driver and keep

pedestrians away.

7. All picks would be carefully planned to ensure that the crane adequately hoist the load.

8. The hoisting signals would be posted on the exterior of the crane.

Occupational Noise Exposure

1. Wherever feasible, necessary engineering controls like provision of soundproof enclosure over noise

generating equipment will be implemented to reduce the noise levels.

2. The exposure of working personnel near noise generating equipment will be controlled as a measure

of occupational safety and health.

Welding and Cutting

1. The welders deployed by the Contractors will be qualified and experienced in different types of

welding activities along with specific experience in hot work procedures. Further training will be

imparted to the welders prior to commencement of work.

2. Welding work will be generally taken up in the open or adequately ventilated area to reduce the

build up of metal fume.

3. The hot work welders will use proper personal protective equipment, i.e., welding helmet, burning

goggles, face shield, welding gloves and apron.

4. Availability of the portable fire extinguisher of appropriate type in working condition will always be

ensured nearer to place of all the welding and burning activities.







5. Always two cables will be drawn from the welding machine, one for supply of welding current to

the job through electrode and another for return path. Return path will not be permitted using

nearby steel structure or by any other means.

6. Extinguishers will also be placed at locations where slag and sparks may fall.

7. Oxygen and flammable gas bottles will be separated by at least 7 m, when not in use. Prior to taking

in use, the condition of valves and rubber gas hoses will be checked for damages.

8. For carrying out welding inside deep tanks, the welder will be provided safety belt with end of rope

available outside to give signal for any abnormal condition and pull him out. Necessary supply of

fresh air will be maintained inside the tank from service air throughout duration of work.

9. Prior to taking up welding work in vessels, tanks, etc. storing flammable chemicals, all traces of

flammable substance will be removed by thorough cleaning using appropriate cleansing agents.

Presence of flammable and explosive vapours will be checked using portable instrument and then

the permit will be given to carry out the welding work.

Occupational Health Hazards

1. In the power plant, the principle occupational health hazards posing danger to the health of

personnel are steam turbine area, coal handling area, ash handling area, oil storage areas. Working

in these areas without proper precautions and PPEs may cause skin diseases, chemical burns,

respiratory diseases, electric shock and electrocution leading to permanent disability.

2. Various measures listed hereunder will be implemented to encounter health hazards to the

personnel working there:

3. The plant areas will have good washing and sanitary facilities, which will be kept clean and

maintained.

4. In acid/alkali storage areas and laboratories prone to chemical burns, facility for emergency eye

wash baths will be provided at several locations to facilitate washing of eyes, hands in the event of

chemical burns.

5. The chemists working in the laboratory and handling acid/alkali will be provided chemical resistant

aprons and hand gloves to protect against chemical burns.

6. Noise level around steam turbine generators will be less than 75 dBA at 1.5 m from the machine.

For operators working near the equipment will be seating in an insulated room in which noise level

will be much lower than 75 dBA.

7. The personnel working in the coal handling area will be provided with special self-contained air

respirators to prevent entry of fine coal dust into breathing system and avoid suffocation.

8. While operating high voltage and extra voltage electrical equipment, special shockproof insulated

hand gloves will be worn by the personnel so as to avoid electrical shock or electrocution.

9. The personnel operating on the boiler floor may be exposed to higher temperatures and may

experience heat stress on physique. To reduce this health hazard, operators will be given frequent

breaks and the area will also have good general ventilation for air circulation.

Training

1. Regular training of the departmental personnel as well as the contractual personnel on plant safety

aspects, fire safety aspects, first aid and occupational health aspects will be the responsibility of

Environment Management Cell. This is vital to provide necessary awareness to the personnel for

importance of adhering to safety and health relevant aspects.







2. Regular training programmes for general safety aspects will be carried out to cover all the

departmental personnel batch wise and also separately for the contractual personnel often working

in the plant. The personnel will also be provided necessary knowledge of various safe assembly

points in the plant, where the personnel working in the plant at that time may gather safely.

3. Regular training for first aid will be imparted to a many personnel as possible so that in the event

of health relevant problem or accident, necessary first aid can be provided to the affected person

immediately.

4. At least once a year, the mock-drill for fire safety will be carried out, in which most of the personnel

will take part so that immediate action can be taken in-house to quench fire in such an event till

arrival of outside help.

5. A small safety relevant booklet will be prepared in English, Hindi and local language and will be

distributed among all the plant personnel as a measure to make them aware about the safety

hazards in the plant in different forms and how to encounter emergencies due to these hazards.

First Aid

1. First aid, including the provision of trained personnel will be ensured at work sites. Arrangement

will be made for ensuring the medical attention of the injured workers.

2. Suitable rescue equipment, like stretchers will be kept readily available at the construction site.

3. First-aid kits and boxes will contain simple and clear instructions to be followed, be kept under the

charge of a responsible person qualified to render the first aid and be regularly inspected and

stocked.

4. Factory act/rules will be followed.

5. Emergency telephone numbers of nearby Hospitals, Police, Fire Station and Administration will be

prominently displayed.





JIL, VILAYAT ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

Agrochemicals are used to improve crop performance, yield or control pests. As per Indian Journal of

Ecology report, major crop losses due to non-usage of pesticides were about 17.5% of the yield valued

at ~INR 90,000 Cr per annum (FY12 estimated). It is estimated that the present food grain production

can increase from 3 Trillion Ton to 4 Trillion Ton by using appropriate crop protection. Therefore, right

usage of crop protection chemicals is essential in increasing agricultural production by preventing crop

losses before and after harvesting.

Crop losses in the country due to various pests range from 10 to 30 percent each year depending upon

the severity of pest attack. Pesticides play an important role in sustaining agricultural production of the

country by protecting crops from pest attacks and by keeping the pest population under control.

Availability of safe and efficacious pesticides and their judicious use by the farming community is critical

to a sustained increase in agricultural production and productivity. Pesticides are also useful in health

programmes for controlling vectors responsible for diseases like malaria.

Pesticides proposed to be manufactured by the project proponent are widely used all over the world

including India. At present, there are only few industries in India manufacturing these particular

products, which have good market potential and will help farmers for better crop yield. By using

appropriate pesticides, up to 90% crop loss can be avoided in various crops. Benefit in terms of saving

of crop output is multifold compared to expenses for buying Agrochemicals.







JIL, VILAYAT ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS


9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environmental cost benefit analysis has not been recommended at the scoping stage, and has therefore

not been carried out.





JIL, VILAYAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Purpose

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental

management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The

EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of

good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all

the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact

identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the

following information is presented:

Role of JLSL and its contractors;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that JLSL shall implement;

The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully

met.

10.2 Land Environment

The EMP for land environment is provided in Table 10-1.


PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Land Environment

Impacting Activities

and Aspect that will

impact land use/cover

Mitigation Measures and Rationale Implementation and Management Remarks

Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Site Preparation – change

in LULC

The compensatory green cover

development of 20 ha to be carried out

within the demarcated land without

scrub region within the study area

Within 10 Km

radius

Once JLS Monitoring

by

Environment

person

Maintain

record of the

area restored

_

The excavated soil will be used for

leveling the premises and care should

be taken for disposal of the remaining.

Within the

demarcated

project site

boundary

Once JLS Regular

monitoring

within

project site

_ _

10.3 Air Quality

The EMP for air environment is provided in Table 10-2.

Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment

Objective To ensure that air emissions due to the site preparation, installation of proposed project and operation phase will be minimum

Concern Site preparation, installation of manufacturing facility and operation phase can deteriorate air quality

Benefit of EMP Reduced air pollution and protection of health of workers and local community

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale

Implementation and Management

Remarks Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Site clearing,

preparation of

internal roads

Sprinkling of water

which lead to dust

suppression

At the site only

Once in a day

during the

construction of

plant

Contractor Random checks

by Site Engineer

Water consumption

records

Ambient air monitoring

-

Vehicle

movement for

transportation of

Ensure that vehicles

have a Pollution

Along the

vehicle At all times Contractor

Checks by

security staff at

the entry gate

PUC Certificate -







Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



materials and

equipment

Under Control (PUC)

Certificate

movement

track

Excavation work

Sprinkling of water

which lead to dust

suppression

At Site

Once a day during

the excavation

process


by Site Engineer

Water consumption

records


-

Filling of

foundation

Sprinkling of water

which lead to dust

suppression

At site

Once a day during

the filling of

foundation


by Site Engineer

Water consumption

records


-

Final Clearing of

site

Sprinkling of water

which lead to dust

suppression

At site

Once a day during

the Final Clearing

of site


by Site Engineer

Water consumption

records -

Painting

Adequate safety

measures along with

spill control

mechanism

At site

Once in a day

during installation

of plant


by Site Engineer

Periodic Workplace air

quality monitoring&

Analysis reports

workplace monitoring

Proper personnel

protective

equipment to be

worn by workers

at all times

Transportation of

raw materials and

products

Ensure that vehicles

have a Pollution

Under Control (PUC)

Certificate

Along the

vehicle

movement

track

At all times JLSL’s safety

department

Checks by

security staff at

the entry gate

PUC Certificate

Adequate safety

measures along with

spill control

mechanism

At site During

Transportation

EHS

Department

Periodic

monitoring

Type of chemicals,

operating condition of

chemicals transported,

Periodic Workplace air

quality monitoring

Record of leak detection

Proper personnel

protective

equipment to be

worn by workers

at all times







Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



Operation of DG

set

Adequate safety

measures, adequate

stack height

At site At all time, during

the operation

EHS &

Maintenance

department

Periodic stack

monitoring


records, stack

monitoring records

Proper personnel

protective

equipment to be

used

Production &

operation of

scrubbers

Adequate safety

measures and

efficiency of

scrubbing

At site At all time, during

the operation

EHS &

Maintenance

department

Periodic stack

monitoring and


records, stack

monitoring records

Proper personnel

protective

equipment to be

used

10.4 Water Quality

The EMP for water quality is presented in Table 10-3.

Table 10-3: Environment Management Plan for Water Environment

Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water

Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



Usage of Water

Online flow meters

shall be installed at

each of raw water

consumption point.

At site All time

Site EHS

Manager / EHS

Team

Monitoring of

water

consumption

Records of Water

consumption at each

unit to be carried out

-







Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



Control on spillages /

wastage of raw water

sources will be

maintained by

continuous monitoring

by flow

measurements.

Water conservation

practice shall be done

by recycling of treated

water in plant

premises to reduce

water demand as well

as to conserve natural

resources.

Wastewater

generation,

treatment and

disposal

Wastewater generated

from the project shall

be segregated at

source based on

pollution load and

treated in wastewater

treatment plant. The

treated effluent shall

be discharged into

GIDC drain meeting

sea norms (as per

consent condition).

At Site All time

Site EHS

Manager / EHS

Team/ETP

incharge

Monitoring of

inlet and outlet

quality of

wastewater

Records of wastewater

generation and

discharge quantity to be

maintained.

Also records for recycled

treated sewage to be

maintained.

-







Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



The sewage shall be

treated in STP

separately and treated

sewage shall be

reused in gardening

which will reduce the

fresh water demand.

Online flow meters

shall be installed at

inlet and outlet of the

ETPs.

Use of PPE’s shall be

mandatory while

handling the chemicals

in ETP to avoid

spillages.

ETP Sludge and MEE

salts shall be disposed

into approved Landfill

site.

Storage of

hazardous

chemicals

Proper facilities with

liner and bunding shall

be provided in storage

area to prevent

rain/storm water

contamination during

At site At all time

Site EHS

Manager / EHS

Team

Periodic

workplace

monitoring

Records of chemical

storage shall be

maintained

-







Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



the storage of

chemicals.

Use of spill control

measures, mechanical

handling, PPE’s shall

be mandatory while

handling the chemicals

to avoid spillages.

Table 10-4: Details of Activities and its Management plan for Hazardous Waste Management

Objective To reduce soil and land contamination due to hazardous waste storage and disposal

Concern Pollution to soil, land, groundwater and surface water

Benefit of EMP Surrounding environment will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



Generation,

Storage ,

handing and

disposal of

hazardous waste

Hazardous waste shall

be segregated at

source and stored in

hazardous waste

storage area.

Proper area shall be

demarcated for the

storage of hazardous

waste facilitate with

impervious flooring to

At site (during

loading &

unloading of

wastes)

At all-time during

the transportation

Site EHS

Manager / EHS

Team

Periodic

checking of

tankers,

spillage check in

various areas of

plant

Records of hazardous

waste generation and

disposal quantity to be

maintained.

-




Objective To reduce soil and land contamination due to hazardous waste storage and disposal

Concern Pollution to soil, land, groundwater and surface water

Benefit of EMP Surrounding environment will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation

Measures and

Rationale



avoid leakage

problem.

Spill control

mechanism shall be in

place. PPE’s shall be

mandatory wile

handling the

hazardous waste

during loading &

unloading of wastes.







10.4.1 Recommendation

The area falls under safe zone, as per Dynamic Groundwater Resource, 2011 published by CGWA, and

no water withdrawal from ground will be done for this project. Thus there is no adverse impact but

creates negative water balance in surface storage. Though the conditions are satisfactory, it would be

prudent to improvise upon prevailing conditions.

10.5 Noise Environment

Noise will be regularly monitored at plant boundary for checking compliance against

environmental noise parameters as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise

generating equipment to ensure that all noise generating equipment do not emit noise in excess

of the statutory norms.

All workers will be provided with required set of PPEs like earplug, earmuff etc. during

construction and operation phase activities where noise levels in excess of 80 dB (A) are

regularly generated. For operational purpose, at design stage, procurement of low noise

equipment will be used. Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be

regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are minimized to the extent possible.

Greenbelt of more than 8% will be maintained around the site to reduce noise levels.

The environmental monitoring plan for noise generated due to the proposed project is as presented in

Table 10-5.




Table 10-5: Environmental Monitoring Plan for Noise Environment

Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project

Concern Increase in Noise level due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation Measures and

Rationale

Implementation and Management Remarks


Preparation of

the site &

movement of

vehicles at site

Periodic Maintenance and servicing of

mechanized equipment and vehicles

used for site clearing,

Use of sharp equipment

At site

Once in a day

during the

construction phase

Contractor

Regular noise

level

monitoring

Noise level

monitoring

records

-

Excavation work

Maintenance and servicing of

mechanized equipment and vehicles At site

For the duration of

construction phase Contractor

Random

checks by Site

Engineer

Vehicle servicing

records

Noise monitoring

-

Project activities to be undertaken

during regular working hours At site

For the duration of


Random

checks by Site

Engineer

Attendance

Sheets -

Erection of temporary barriers At site

boundary

For the duration of


Visual checks

by Site

Engineer

Photographs -

Filling of

foundation

Maintenance and servicing of

Foundation filling equipment -

For the duration of

founding filling Contractor

Random

checks by Site

Engineer

Equipment

servicing records

Noise monitoring

-

Heavy fabrication

work including

metal cutting

Use of sharp equipment, periodic

servicing of mechanized equipment, At site During construction Contractor

Random

checks by Site

Engineer

Equipment

servicing records

Noise monitoring

Use of PPEs for

workers

Operation phase

(Operation of

pumps, motors,

ejectors, rotors,

blowers etc.)

Use of sharp equipment, periodic

checking & servicing of all the

equipment, spill control mechanism

At site

At all-time during

the operational

phase

EHS

Department of

JLSL

Periodic

monitoring of

the

equipment

Equipment

maintenance

records

-




10.6 Soil

EMP for soil environment for the proposed project is presented in Table 10-6.

Table 10-6: Environment Management Plan for Soil Environment

Objective To ensure that soil will not be impacted by the proposed project

Concern Contamination of soil due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Soil quality will not be adversely impacted by the proposed project

Impacting Activities Mitigation Measures and

Rationale



Possible leakage of

lubricants and fuels by the

excavation and earth

moving machinery /

vehicles

Use of well-maintained earth

moving machinery / vehicles

Along the haul road /

parking place of the

excavation and earth

moving machinery

For the

duration of

construction

phase

Contractor /

EHS

Department

Visual checks - -

Use of road tankers for the

transportation of raw

material or product

Use of well-maintained

tankers

Designated tankers shall be

used

Spill control mechanism

shall be followed

Along the road /

parking place of the

tankers

For the

duration of

loading and

unloading of

tankers

Contractor /

Stores & EHS

Department

Visual checks

Tankers

servicing

records

-

Leakage or spillage of

chemicals

Spill control mechanism shall

be followed At site

During transfer

raw material or

products

Site In charge Visual checks - -

Storage & handling of raw

materials, products

(chemicals)

Dyke shall be provided.

Spill control mechanism along

with impervious flooring shall

be provided

At Site All time Production

Manager Visual checks

Record of

leakage if

any

-


disposal of solid/hazardous

waste

Hazardous waste shall be

stored in designated area.

Impervious flooring shall be

provided

At site All time EHS

Department

Periodic

Monitoring of

Hazardous

Record of

hazardous

waste

generation,

-




Objective To ensure that soil will not be impacted by the proposed project

Concern Contamination of soil due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Soil quality will not be adversely impacted by the proposed project

Impacting Activities Mitigation Measures and

Rationale



Disposal of hazardous

waste to authorized TSDF.

Waste

Characteristics

storage and

disposal

record

10.7 Traffic Management Plan

The proposed project is in GIDC, thus it will use the present, well developed road network developed by GIDC. Therefore traffic increased due to the project

will not be an issue. The EMP for traffic is presented in Table 10-7.

Table 10-7: Environment Management Plan for Traffic

Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic both within and outside the facility for the duration of the construction phase and operation

phase

Concern Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause traffic jams outside the site and congestion within the site

Benefit of EMP Smooth and congestion free operations

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation Measures

and Rationale



Movement of

vehicles

throughout the

construction

phase and

operational

phase

Controlled vehicular

movement (preferably

with clearly demarcated

entry / exit) with

adequate supervision

Within and

immediately

outside the site

Throughout the

construction

phase and

operation phase

Contractor Project Manager in

construction phase and security

and stores department in

operational phase

Security In-

charge

Records of No.

of tankers

entering and

exiting the site

-

Segregation of vehicular

and pedestrian area Within the site

Throughout the

construction

phase and

operation phase




operational phase

Security In-

charge - -




Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic both within and outside the facility for the duration of the construction phase and operation

phase

Concern Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause traffic jams outside the site and congestion within the site

Benefit of EMP Smooth and congestion free operations

Impacting

Activities

Mitigation Measures

and Rationale



Vehicle entry and exit

scheduling so that traffic

congestion is not created

on the public road leading

to the site

Within and

immediately

outside the site

Throughout the

construction

phase and

operation phase




operational phase

Security In-

charge - -







10.8 Ecology and Biodiversity

10.8.1 Green Belt Development

Green belt not only provides habitat for faunal species but also helps to suppress air and noise pollutants

up to some extent. This will not only mitigate the ecological problem but also enhance the beauty of

project area that will attract avifauna, small mammals & insect species, and by this way ecological

balance can be maintained to great extent.

10.8.2 Greenbelt Designing

Following parameters have been considered to design green belt,

Selection of Plant Species

Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity, draught, fire

resistance, species with faster growth rate and ever green nature have been considered while selecting

the species. Facts considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:

Agro climatic zone (Semi arid to dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area

Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also.

Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities.

Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control.

10.8.3 Locations of the Greenbelt

Greenbelt will be developed within project site boundary and within various identified locations of Likely

Impact Zone (LIZ) of 1.5 km.

Status of Existing Greenbelt within JIL- SEZ

JIL-SEZ plot is already undergone greenbelt development programme. Out of the total 107 hector plot

area, 13 hector (12%) has been already developed as a greenbelt area. Presently Greenbelt area

comprises 7030 trees of 17 different species.

Table 10-8: Locations of Greenbelt in the JIL-SEZ Area

Locations of the Existing Greenbelt Area (Hector)

SEZ Periphery 10

SEZ Common Area 1

SEZ Unit Area 1

Total Greenbelt Area 13 Hector







Figure 10-1: Photographs Showing Existing Greenbelt at Various Locations of JIL-SEZ Site

Table 10-9: Detailed Account of Plant / Tree Species in the Existing Greenbelt of JIL-SEZ Area

S. No. Name of Tree / Plant Common Name Number of Trees Planted

1 Delonix regia Gulmohar 1280

2 Bauhinia blakeana Hong Kong Orchid-Tree 300

3 Azadirachta indica Neem 650

4 Cassia fistula Amaltash 320

5 Syzygium cumini Jamun 475







S. No. Name of Tree / Plant Common Name Number of Trees Planted

6 Alstonia scholaris Satparni, Chitvan 630

7 Albizia odoratissima Shirish 480

8 Jacaranda mimosifolia Neeli gulmohur 165

9 Filicium decipiens Fern tree 75

10 Peltophorum pterocarpum Peela Gulmohar / Peltoforum 1100

11 Butea monosperma Palash 600

12 Tectona grandis Teak / Sag 450

13 Roystonea regia Palm tree 180

14 Plumeria rubra / obusta Champa 150

15 Casuarina equisetifolia Saru 65

16 Acacia nilotica Bangali Babla / Babool 60

17 Cocos nucifera Coconut Tree 50

Total Number of Trees in the Greenbelt Area of JIL-SEZ 7030

Proposed Greenbelt in within proposed site Boundary

Total greenbelt area of 16000 square meters (1.6 hector or say 8%) has been allotted for greenbelt

development within existing site boundary. Considering 9 square meter area (3x3) for one tree, project

area will have plantation of 1777 plants of suggested species. Plantation will be carried out around

periphery of the project site.

Table 10-10: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt Development

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Ecological performance Type

1. Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC Evergreen

2. Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC Evergreen

3. Delbergia sissoo Shesham DC, DR, FR Evergreen

4. Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC Evergreen

5. Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC Evergreen

6. Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC Evergreen

7. Phoenix sylvestris Palm DC Evergreen

8. Nerium indicum

These species will be planted with in interspaces of trees. 9. Lawsonia inermis

10. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas Emission (Sexena 1991)16 and (Abbasi &

Khan 2000)17, DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)18.

1

16 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.

17 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.

18 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Ministry of Environment &

Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.







Budget Allocation for Greenbelt within Project Site

Greenbelt around the project site will be developed with in initial two years. Detailed budget break-up

is given in Table 10-17.

Table 10-11: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site

Work or Activity 1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year Budget (INR)

Within Project Site, totally 1777 saplings will be planted (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per sapling / plant)

Saplings Required 355 355 355 355 355 1,77,500/-

Amount 35,500/- 35,500/- 35,500/- 35,500/- 35,500/-

Total Budget 1,77,500/-

(One Lak Seventy Seven Thousand and Five Hundred Rupees only)19

Additional Greenbelt in the LIZ Area (within 1.5 Km. Radius)

Additional plantation for green belt development will be carried out in the various places of LIZ area to

improve habitat status of the project area. This activity will be carried out as a part of conservation plan

of Schedule-I species observed from the study area, so species recommended for plantation and budget

allocation for same is given in the conservation plan section.

10.8.4 Plantation Technique and Care

Plantation Technique

Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.

Since the project area having poor / slightly saline soil quality, plantation of tree species required

approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment

Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department

nursery

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention

Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done daily in monsoon

and once in 2 days in other seasons for a period of two years.

Monitoring Protocol

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying

manure, weeding and provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during

the growth stage.

Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured

tree stage.

1

19 All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be barred by client / proponent.







Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be

redeveloped and maintained by the agency.

10.8.5 Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring

Since the identified impact zone area supports Schedule-I species i.e. Peacock; population of these

species will be monitored. Every year, status survey of these species will be conducted and report will

be submitted to the local forest department. Survival rate of the plantation should be monitored within

project boundary (core zone) as well as other plantation carried out in the LIZ area.

10.9 Conservation Plan for schedule-I Species

Conservation plan has been prepared to enhance the ecological conditions as well as population status

of Schedule species in the project study area.

Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) Description

LIZ area of 1.5 km radius includes Vora Samni village, its water body and agriculture fields.

Selection of Plant Species

All the facts considered for species selection are same as facts considered for greenbelt development

within project site premises.

Habitat Improvement through Plantation in LIZ

In identified LIZ area, plantation will be carried out around village water body, school and temple

premises and along agriculture hedges.

Table 10-12: List of plant species for Plantation in LIZ Area

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Ecological performance Locations

1 Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC 3

2 Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3

3 Delbergia sissoo Shisham DC, DR, FR 2,3

4 Delonix regia Gulmohar DC 2,3

5 Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC 1,2,3

6 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3

7 Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu CN, DC 1,3

8 Terminalia catappa Desi Badam CN, OGE, DC 1,3

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena 1991)20 and (Abbasi &

Khan 2000)21, DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)22.

1

20 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.

21 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.

22 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry of Environment & Forests,

Govt. of India in Delhi.







Locations: 1- Near Water body, Agriculture hedges, 2 – In School premises, Agriculture hedges 3- In Temple

premises, Agriculture hedges.

Following budget is allocated for additional greenbelt, habitat improvement and conservation of

threatened species of the study area.

Table 10-13: Budget for Additional Greenbelt / Habitat Improvement Programme

S.

No

Work or

Activity 1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year

Budget

(INR)

1 Plantation on around Vora Samni village water body: Total 50 plants will be planted every year around

water body up to five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per plant)

Saplings Required 50 50 50 50 50 25,000/-

Amount 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000

2 Plantation in and around school and temple premises of Vora Samni village: 50 plants every year up to

five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per plant)

Saplings Required 50 50 50 50 50 25,000/-

Amount 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000

3 Plantation on agriculture hedges with in LIZ area: 1000 plants every year up to five years (Approx. Cost

@ Rs. 100 per plant).

Saplings Required 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 5,00,000/-

Amount 100000 100000 100000 100000 100000

(Five Lakhs and Fifty Thousand Rupees)23

10.10 Occupational Health Management Plan

Noise

Noise will be regularly monitored plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental noise

parameters as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment to ensure

that all noise generating equipment do not emit noise in excess of the statutory norms.

All workmen will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug, ear muff etc. where noise levels in

excess of 80 db (A) are regularly generated.

Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure that

noise levels are minimized to the extent possible. To the extent feasible, equipment will be purchased

considering noise generation as one of the parameters.

Heat

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently, special

requirements for protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the following shall be

carried out:

1

23 All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be burned by client / proponent.







Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation.

Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure

workers have easy access to the same.

In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as heat

resistant gloves will be used.

Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment

The possibility of suspended particles going into the body of the workmen, either in the form of

inhalation, ingestion or through skin absorption are least and negligible as because the entire operation

at the plant will be performed under closed loop condition, right from charging till discharging, hence

it’s a rare possibility that the workmen will come in direct contact with raw material or final goods.

At the same time the level of SPM and RPM will definitely be of least and nominal value. But even though

the same will be under closed monitoring and periodical surveillance as per EIA norms and applicable

legislations and any minor deviation from the same will be dealt immediately and will be corrected.

Further to this all of the workmen will be provided with complete set of appropriate PPEs, like nose musk

/ nose respirator, gloves, helmet, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring

As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and

at set interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and

required. Even based on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counseled and put in

different area /job rotation kind of activities. Following are the periodic tests conducted by JLSL.

Lab investigations, like fasting blood sugar, post prandial blood sugar, urine routine

Hematology profiles including, complete blood count, ESR, blood grouping and RH type,

Lipid profiles including, Chlorestrol, Triglycrides, HDL, LDL, VLDL,

Liver Function Test including, SGOT, SGPT, Total Bilirubin, Direct Bilirubin, Total Protein,

Albumin, A/G Ratio, AIKP GGT

Renal Function Tests lincluding, BUN, Creatinine, Electrolytes, Uric Acid, Inorgainc Phosphorus,

Calcium,

Non-Invasive Investigations including, Chest X-ray, ECG, ECHO, Pulmunory Function Test, USG

Abdomen-Screening, Vision Test, Audiometry.

10.11 Socio-Economic Environment

Community Welfare Program

The social corporate responsibility activities will be carried on by the project proponent to mitigate the

envisaged social issues that would arise during the public hearing. The project proponent has earmarked

2.5% of the project cost for socio-economic development of surrounding area i.e. approx Rs.6.25 Crore

in phase-wise manner over period of project implementation.







Table 10-14: Fund allocation for implementation of community welfare programs for five years after commissioning of Plant

S.

No. Activities

Budget (In Lacs)

Capital Cost Recurring Cost Total Cost

1 Educational Activities 2812500 6562500 9375000

2 Medical & Health Facilities 3375000 7875000 11250000

3 Potable Water 4125000 9625000 13750000

4 Infrastructure Facilities 5625000 13125000 18750000

5 Training Programs 1875000 4375000 6250000

6 Donation in PM Relief Fund 937500 2187500 3125000

Total 18750000 43750000 62500000




Table 10-15: Budget break-up

S.

No. Activities

Year wise allocation of Amount (Rs. In Lakh) after Plant Commissioning

1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total Cost

1 Educational Activities 937500 1406250 1875000 2343750 2812500 9375000

1.1 Scholarships to unprivileged section students 187500 281250 375000 468750 562500 1875000

1.2 Renovation/construction of school toilet 281250 421875 562500 703125 843750 2812500

1.3 Re construction of School/ Anganwadi Structure 375000 562500 750000 937500 1125000 3750000

1.4

Green Board, Cord Less Mike, Cultural Fest

Dress, Sports Equipment, Color Printer, Sports

Track Suit, Plastic Chair for office use

93750 140625 187500 234375 281250 937500

2 Medical Facilities 1125000 1687500 2250000 2812500 3375000 11250000

2.1 Regular Visit of Medical Practitioner 225000 337500 450000 562500 675000 2250000

2.2 Medical Camps 562500 843750 1125000 1406250 1687500 5625000

2.3 Mobile van facility for emergency 337500 506250 675000 843750 1012500 3375000

3

Potable Water Upgragdation of Water tank

capacity/Water Supply System/R.O.

System/Water Pipeline

2750000 2750000 2750000 2750000 2750000 13750000

4 Infrastructure Facilities 1875000 2812500 3750000 4687500 5625000 18750000

4.1 Sanitary Community Toilet 281250 421875 562500 703125 843750 2812500

4.2 Construction of Household Toilet 375000 562500 750000 937500 1125000 3750000

4.3 Solar Street Light Installation 562500 843750 1125000 1406250 1687500 5625000

4.4 Renovation of Public structures, Boundary wall

of Crematorium 656250 984375 1312500 1640625 1968750 6562500

5 Training Programs 1250000 1250000 1250000 1250000 1250000 6250000

6 Donation to Prime Minister Relief Fund 625000 625000 625000 625000 625000 3125000

Total Amount 8562500 10531250 12500000 14468750 16437500 62500000







10.12 Environmental Management Cell

In addition to preparing an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up to ensure

its effective implementation. Hence, unit will create a team consisting of officers from various

departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the

environmental control measures. This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions,

ambient air quality, noise level etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever

necessary. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be carried out to find out any

deterioration in environmental quality and also to take corrective steps, if required, through respective

internal departments.

An environment management cell shall be created which shall perform the following functions:

Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Policy’ of the company.

Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.

Analyze the data and decide thrust area.

Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.

Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems.

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment

management program.

The Plant Manager will be responsible for environmental issues at plant. The responsibilities of the

various members of the environment management cell are given in Table 10-16 follows:

Table 10-16: Environment Management Cell

S. No. Designation Proposed responsibility

1 Unit Head Overall responsibility for Environmental policy and directions, environmental

management and decision making for all environmental issues

2 plant head

/representative

Overall in-charge of operation of environmental management facilities of

respective sections.

3 Utility In charge Overall in-charge of operation of environmental management facilities of

respective sections.

4 EHS in-charge

Secondary responsibility for environmental management and decision

making for all environmental issues

Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures

Ensure correct records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and

disposal of solid hazardous wastes.

Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by

various regulatory agencies from time to time and interacting with the same

and arranging awareness programme among the workers

The Environmental Management Cell will also collect data about health of workers, green belt

development, etc. Organogram of the Environmental Management Cell is presented in the following

Figure 10-2.







Figure 10-2: Environmental Management Cell

10.13 Expenditure on Environmental Matters

The expenditure to be incurred by M/s. Jubilant Life Sciences Ltd. on environmental matters is given in

Table 10-17.

Table 10-17: Expenditure on Environmental Matters

S.

No. Head

Approximate

recurring

cost 0per

annum (Rs.

in lacs)

Approximate

Capital cost

(Rs. In lacs)

Basis for cost estimates

1 Air pollution

control 5 180

Capital cost would include air pollution control

devices and the recurring cost would include

operation and maintenance of pollution control

devices and stack emission monitoring.

2 Water Pollution

control 100 650

Capital cost would include cost of septic tank, ETP,

MEE etc. and recurring cost would include

membership of CETP, maintenance charges,

manpower salary etc.

3 Noise Pollution

Monitoring 0.2 5

Capital cost would include providing adequate

sound enclosures and recurring cost would include

monitoring of noise level.

4

Solid and

hazardous

waste

management

100 100

Capital cost would include expense for providing

storage area for hazardous waste and recurring

cost would be for solid/ hazardous waste packing

& its disposal and for the membership of TSDF site

& Incineration Facility.

5

Environment

monitoring and

management

2 15

The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of

consultants and payment of various statutory fees

to regulatory agencies.

6 Green belt 1 7.27

Capital cost would include cost of plant species and

labor cost, soil filling, soil dressing and recurring

cost would include cost of maintenance of that

green belt including cost of required water for

plant growth

Total 208.2 957.27





JIL, VILAYAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION


11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Introduction to Jubilant Life Sciences Limited (JLSL)

Jubilant Life Sciences Limited, an Indian multinational corporate, is a leader in Research and

Manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Advanced Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API),

Pharmaceutical manufacturing, Agri Intermediates, Drug Discovery and Contract Research

Manufacturing Services Company with a wide range of products and services for global life sciences

companies. The Company is one of the largest Custom Research and Manufacturing Services (CRAMS)

and drug discovery services companies in India.

Jubilant has five state-of-the-art manufacturing plants located at Gajraula (UP), Nira (Maharashtra),

Ambernath (Maharashtra), Samlaya (, 45-km from Vadodara, Gujarat) and Vilayat (25 kms from

Bharuch) Gujarat). Jubilant’s units at Gajraula, Nira, Samlaya, Bharuch SEZ are accredited with ISO-

14001 and OHSAS-18001 certification, which shows company’s commitment towards Environment and

Society.

The Vilayat GIDC, Bharuch SEZ operated by M/s Jubilant Infrastructure Limited (JIL) was constructed in

2008 and is approved as a Multi Sectoral Chemical SEZ.

11.2 The Project

The proposed project is Greenfield and will be set up to manufacture Technical Grade Pesticides and

Pesticide Specific Intermediates. The estimated cost of the proposed project is INR 250 Crores. The

Total Production capacity of the proposed site will be 32,350 MTPA. The total resource and environment

load from the proposed project is within the overall approved limit for the Environmental clearance

granted for the JIL-SEZ.

The plan is to establish a facility to make following products in phases:


1 Mepiquat Chloride 160

2 Chlormequat Chloride 2000

3 Chlorpyrifos & its derivatives 10000

4 Imidacloprid 1000

5 Acetamiprid 500

6 Thiamethoxam 500

7 Thiacloprid 200

8 Chlorfluazuron 100

9 Chlorantraniliprole 1000

10 Cyantraniliprole 1000

11 Triclopyr 220

12 Triclopyr butoxy ethyl ester 220

13 Fluroxypyr-meptyl 1000

14 Clodinafop Propargyl 200








15 Diquat dibromide 1500

16 Haloxyfop-P-methyl 100

17 Fluazifop-P-butyl 50

18 Diflufenican 100

19 Nicosulfuron 150

20 Picloram 300

21 Clopyralid 300

22 Paraquat & its derivatives 5000

23 Trifloxystrobin 400

24 Imazethapyr 100

25 Pyroxsulam 150

26 Picoxystrobin 2000

27 Boscalid 100

28 Azoxystrobin 1000

29 Intermediates of any of the above (#1 to #28) As per requirement within the approved capacity

30 2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl)pyridine 3000

TOTAL 32350

11.3 Regulatory Framework

The proposed product is covered under Project or Activity, 5(b) “Pesticides industry and pesticide specific

intermediates (excluding formulations)” requiring Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC, New Delhi. As

per condition no. 4 of the ToR letter no. J.11011/311/2014-IA II (I) dated 06.01.2015 issued by MoEFCC,

New Delhi, public hearing is exempted but as per our request MoEF&CC issued letter dated 27th March

2017, in which public hearing is included.

11.4 Project Details

Cost of the Project: INR 250 crores

Area Statement

Total plot area for the proposed project is 2,00,000 m2, which includes 16,000 m2 for greenbelt

development. Additional greenbelt will be development in SEZ area.

Water and Wastewater Management

The total fresh water consumption for the proposed unit will be 1492 KLD and Source of water

supply is surface water i.e. Narmada water which is supplied by Jubilant Infrastructure Limited

(JIL).

Waste water generation will be 659 KLD.







345 KLD process water will be primary treated at site in MEE and condensate along with 269

KLD waste water from utilities and washing will be sent to common ETP operated by JIL for

treatment and final disposal.

The treated effluent from ETP will be discharged into GIDC drain which ultimately goes to deep

sea via GIDC pumping stations.

GIDC has given permission to JIL SEZ for effluent discharge into GIDC drain.

45 KLD domestic waste water will be sent to STP operated by JIL SEZ for treatment and final

disposal through reuse in green belt development.

Power Requirement

The power requirement for the proposed facility will be met either through captive generation by SEZ

operator M/s Jubilant Infrastructure Limited, or sourced from grid of Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company

Limited. Total estimated electrical load for the proposed manufacturing unit is around 4 MW. In addition,

the plant will have 4 DG sets of 500 KVA capacities each, for emergency power back-up during grid

failure.

Air Emission

There will be seven flue gas stacks for four DG Sets of 500 KVA Capacity each and three Thermic Fluid

Heater. There will be nine process vents from which, four stacks are attached with Common Vent for

Reactors (Production Train), two stacks attached with Chlorination Reactor, One stack attached with

Sulphonation Reactor, One stack attached with Bromination Reactor and One stack attached with

Flourination Reactor.

Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

The Hazardous wastes generated from the process is largely designated for its final disposal to secured

landfill or incineration, except for the contaminated containers that has a potential for reuse after

decontamination. For the incineration of the Haz. Waste generated, it is proposed to utilize the

incinerator facility already in operation by the SEZ operator or Common Hazardous Waste Incineration

Facility (CHWIF) outside the JIL-SEZ.

11.5 Description of the Environment

Study Period

The study period for monitoring was the months of December, January and February of year 2014-15,

i.e. the Winter season of 2014-15.

Study Area

The study area here is defined as the area under 10.00 km radius from the proposed plant location.

Landuse

A recent satellite imagery, taken from National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) is being used in the

present study. After the interpretation of image a ground truth survey was conducted to confirm the

interpreted data. On the basis of that, final landuse map was prepared covering 10 km of the study







area. The major portion of the land in the study area is covered by agriculture i.e. ~81.78 % with

another ~14.83 % of land covered with vegetation. ~2.14% of the land comes under the category of

Built-up Land or Habitation, both industrial and non-industrial. Rest of the land is divided in categories

like water bodies and other wastelands.

Climatology

The climatological data presented on the basis of information collected by the meteorological station set

up in the study area for a period of three months.

Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in the winter season is 2.05 m/s and

maximum wind speed of 2.54 m/s.

It can be observed that in the winter season, wind blows mostly from North East direction. Calm wind

contributes to about 3.33%.

Average temperature recorded for winter season was 25.90 °C with maximum temperature of 32.47 °C

and minimum of 19.52 °C which is a characteristic of this study area.

The average relative humidity recorded was 33.96% with maximum relative humidity of 44.72% and

minimum of 21.90%

Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 7 locations in the study area in the month of December,

January and February of year 2014-15 i.e. the winter season. A comparison of results obtained during

monitoring with the range indicators provided by CPCB indicates the followings.

Locations of AAQM Stations

AAQM Station Location Description Distance in Km from

Centre of Project Site Direction

A 1 At Site 0.00 -

A 2 Bhersam Village 2.53 WSW

A 3 Vilayat Village 2.35 SSW

A 4 P4 (Nr. DGVCL Sub- station) 0.58 SE

A 5 Argama Village 1.72 NE

A 6 Vorasamni Village 0.54 N

A 7 Juned Village 2.21 NW

Average Results of AAQM

AAQM

Station

Average Result in µg/m3

PM10

(100)

24 hrs

PM2.5

(60)

24 hrs

SO2

(80)

24 hrs

NOX

(80)

24 hrs

CL2

(NS)

HCl

(NS)

Grab

HBr

(NS)

24 hrs

HF

(NS)

24 hrs

HC

Grab

VOCs

[NS]

Grab

A 1 72 31 9.9 18.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL












AAQM

Station

Average Result in µg/m3

PM10

(100)

24 hrs

PM2.5

(60)

24 hrs

SO2

(80)

24 hrs

NOX

(80)

24 hrs

CL2

(NS)

HCl

(NS)

Grab

HBr

(NS)

24 hrs

HF

(NS)

24 hrs

HC

Grab

VOCs

[NS]

Grab


( ) Standard as per NAAQ; BDL-Below Detectable limit; NS: Not specified

Noise

Noise levels were recorded at nine different locations at and in the vicinity of the proposed site. The

details of ambient noise monitoring along with the results are presented in the following table.

Location

Code Location Date Category

CPCB Limits in dB

(A)

Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

Day Time Night

Time

Day

Time

Night

Time



NL 3 Near Boiler House 18.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 55.9 52.4

NL 4 At Main Gate 19.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.7 47.5

NL 5 100 m North from

proposed project side 20.02.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.8 49.1

NL 6 250 m West from


NL 7 500 m South from


NL 8 Near SH-161 (East) 23.02.15 Commercial 65.0 55.0 58.4 47.7

NL 9 Vora samni Village 24.02.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 53.5 41.5

Noise level at all locations during daytime and nighttime was observed within the CPCB.

Ground Water

Ground water samples were collected from five different locations covering the entire study area and

analysed for all the 29 Nos. of parameters stipulated in the IS 10500 (2012) standards. On comparison

of analysis results with the limits specified following results was obtained.

Code Location Source Date of Sampling Parameters higher than

permissible limit

GW1 Derol Borewell 27-01-2015 None

GW2 Varsamni Borewell 28-01-2015 None

GW3 Vilayat Borewell 28-01-2015 None

GW4 Bhargam Borewell 28-01-2015 None

GW5 Argama Borewell 27-01-2015 None

Surface Water

Similarly surface water samples are also collected from 7 different locations covering the entire study

area and analysed for the parameters specified in IS 10500 (2012). Following observations were

recorded after comparison of the analysis results with the limits.








Sampling

Parameters higher than permissible

limit

SW 1 Bhukhi River (D/s) River 24.02.15 Total coliform, faecal coliform

SW 2 Vilayat Village Pond 24.02.15 Total coliform, faecal coliform

SW 3 Bhersan Village Pond 24.02.15 BOD, Total coliform, faecal coliform

SW 4 Vorasamni Village Pond 24.02.15 TDS, Cl, Total coliform, faecal coliform

SW 5 Argama Village Pond 24.02.15 TDS, TH, Mg, Total coliform, faecal coliform

SW 6 Bhukhi River (U/s) River 24.02.15 Total coliform, faecal coliform

SW 7 Dayadra Village Pond 24.02.15 Total coliform, faecal coliform

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the

study area, it is observed that

1. The TDS and Chloride is high at Vorasamni and Argama village ponds due to

stagnation/evaporation and anthropogenic activities

2. Total hardness and magnesium found high at Argama pond water due to due to

stagnation/evaporation and anthropogenic activities.

3. Total coliform and faecal coliform are observed high at all locations due to domestic activities

in ponds like washing, bathing, etc.

4. The quality of Bhukhi River can be compared with Class D as per classification for inland

surface water.

Soil

Soil samples were collected and analyzed observations of which are presented in following table.

Sample Id Location Date of Sampling Distance from

site (Km)

Direction from

site

ST 1 At Site 28/01/2015 - -

ST 2 Bhersam 28/01/2015 2.53 WSW

ST 3 Vorasamni 28/01/2015 0.54 N

ST 4 Argama 27/01/2015 1.72 NE

ST 5 Vilayat 28/01/2015 2.35 SSW

Biological Environment

Site is a part of JIL-SEZ and possesses common weed plant species like Cassia tora, Prosopis juliflora.

JIL-SEZ already developed greenbelt with 17 plant species. Buffer zone has been observed 101 floral

species, which includes 52 species of trees, 24 species of Shrubs, 14 species of herbs, 6 species of

climbers, 2 twinners and 3 species of grasses.

Project site observed with some common species of birds and there is no scheduled avifauna observed

at site and one species of mammal i.e. Funambulus pennanti (Five Striped Squirrel). No herpetofauna

observed from the project site. In the buffer zone, 53 faunal species were observed from the study area

which includes 5 species of mammals, 6 species of herpetofauna and 42 species of birds.

Project site is a part of the industrial area and possesses well developed greenbelt in various locations

of the premises. This greenbelt provides habitat for many common faunal species. All flora and fauna

species observed from project area are common component of the various habitat of the buffer zone.







Considering that the air quality impact due to the proposed operations on the buffer zone is negligible,

the Flora and fauna components will not get affected in normal operation / function of the project and

its associated activities by implementation of proper safety measures and control devices proposed for

air quality management and green belt development.

11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation

Measures

Ambient Air

Impact Identification

During the construction phase of the project, the major activities will involve earth work excavation,

transport of construction materials, building of structures etc. These activities has potential to cause an

increase in levels of dust and suspended particulate matter in the ambient air. With the implementation

of the proposed dust suppression measures, the impact on ambient air quality would be limited within

JIL-SEZ boundary.

Emission from the stacks attached to thermic fluid heater, DG Sets and Process vents was modelled for

their impact on ground level concentration (GLC). Dispersion modelling was carried out by using the

software AERMOD.

S.

No.

Name of

Village/

Industry

(Distance in

km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Average

Monitored

Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Total

Incremental

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total

Predictive

GLC for

proposed

project

(µg/m3)

Standard

specified as

per NAAQ

standards

(µg/m3)

1 At Site

(Core Area)

SOx 9.9 3.2 13.1 80

NOx 18.2 20.0 38.2 80

PM 72.0 0.1 72.1 100

HCl BDL 1.88 1.88 NS

Cl2 BDL 1.22 1.22 NS

HC BDL 0.72 0.72 NS

HBr BDL 1.45 1.45 NS

HF BDL 0.29 0.29 NS

2 Bhersam

(2.53/WSW)

SOx 10.0 2.0 12.0 80

NOx 17.3 13.2 30.5 80

PM 67.0 0.1 67.1 100


Cl2 BDL 0.80 0.80 NS

HC BDL 0.42 0.42 NS


HF BDL 0.17 0.17 NS

3 Vilayat SOx 10.6 1.4 12.0 80







S.

No.

Name of

Village/

Industry

(Distance in

km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Average

Monitored

Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Total

Incremental

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total

Predictive

GLC for

proposed

project

(µg/m3)

Standard

specified as

per NAAQ

standards

(µg/m3)

(2.35/SSW) NOx 18.4 10.5 28.9 80

PM 70.0 0.05 70.05 100


Cl2 BDL 0.54 0.54 NS

HC BDL 0.31 0.31 NS


HF BDL 0.12 0.12 NS

4

P4 (Nr. DGVCL

Sub- station)

(0.58/SE)

SOx 9.7 2.5 12.2 80

NOx 16.3 15.6 31.9 80

PM 59.0 0.12 59.12 100


Cl2 BDL 1.07 1.07 NS

HC BDL 0.55 0.55 NS


HF BDL 0.22 0.22 NS

5 Argama

(1.72/NE)

SOx 9.4 1.9 11.3 80

NOx 17.7 11.8 29.5 80

PM 65.0 0.08 65.08 100


Cl2 BDL 0.75 0.75 NS

HC BDL 0.42 0.42 NS


HF BDL 0.17 0.17 NS

6 Vorasamni

(0.54/N)

SOx 9.6 2.6 12.2 80

NOx 17.0 15.2 32.2 80

PM 68.0 0.14 68.14 100


Cl2 BDL 0.86 0.86 NS

HC BDL 0.53 0.53 NS


HF BDL 0.21 0.21 NS

7 Juned

(2.21/NW)

SOx 9.3 1.6 10.9 80

NOx 16.9 9.7 26.6 80

PM 63.0 0.08 63.08 100


Cl2 BDL 0.59 0.59 NS

HC BDL 0.34 0.34 NS








S.

No.

Name of

Village/

Industry

(Distance in

km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Average

Monitored

Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Total

Incremental

GLC

(µg/m3)

Total

Predictive

GLC for

proposed

project

(µg/m3)

Standard

specified as

per NAAQ

standards

(µg/m3)

HF BDL 0.13 0.13 NS

NS: Not Specified

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during construction phase:

Periodic checking of vehicles and construction machinery to ensure compliance to emission

standards

Water sprinkling on haul roads

Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Control during Operation Phase:

All tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.

DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.

Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.

Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.

Noise


The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that could have negligible impact

on the surrounding communities in noise levels. The operation of manufacturing plant and associated

machinery such as, pumps and the DG set is likely to have the noise level at the Unit 3 plant boundary

within the range of 60 to 65 db (A) though, but may have a very marginal change in noise levels at the

SEZ boundary.

Assessment of Noise using Sound Plan

Noise Modelling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise

Map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various

receiver points due to the sources present at the project site. On the basis of that it is evident that, with

the sources of noise present within the project site and, near boundary wall of the project site, the

predicted noise level from the proposed activities is well below the limit for industrial standards of 75

dB. The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are given in following table.







S.

No. Location Category

Baseline Noise

level dB (A)

Predicted increase

over the baseline

data Noise level

dB (A)

Predicted

Cumulative SPL

at Receiver Noise

levels in dB (A)

Day

Time

Night

Time

Day

Time

Night

Time

Day

Time

Night

Time

1 At Main Gate Industrial /

(75/70) 56.7 47.5 0.0 0.0 56.7 47.5

2

100 m North

From proposed

project site

Industrial /

(75/70) 57.8 49.1 0.1 0.5 57.9 49.6

3

250 m West

From proposed

project site

Industrial /

(75/70) 56.4 46.4 0.1 0.9 56.5 47.3

4

500 m South

From proposed

project site

Industrial /

(75/70) 55.8 42.5 0.0 0.3 55.8 42.8

5 Near SH - 161

(East)

Commercial

/ (65/55) 58.4 47.7 0.0 0.0 58.4 47.7

6 Vorasamni

village

Residential

/ (55/45) 53.5 41.5 0.0 0.1 53.5 41.6

As seen in the above predicted increase is maximum 0.1 dB during the day and 0.9 dB during the night

according to SoundPlan analysis. This increase is negligible considering that the minimum noticeable

increase by a human ear is 0.5 dB.

Mitigation Measures

The noise levels is predicted to be well within the allowable limit at any of the noise monitoring locations

outside the project site. However, the high noise generating equipment’s like ID Fans, Compressors, DG

Sets shall be provided with noise insulation to ensure that the noise level at 1 mtr from the machine is

<85dB(A) or minimum 25 dB(A) noise attenuation. Proper PPEs will be provided to the workers working

in the high noise area.

Hydrology, Surface water and Ground water


Ground water

No ground water is being sourced for the project. The wastewater generated from the domestic use will

be treated in STP and used for gardening/green belt development. Other effluents from the proposed

plant will be primary treated in the plant and thereafter transferred to CETP of the JIL-SEZ. The final

treated water will be discharged into GIDC drain. There will be no impact on ground water resources

and quality.







Surface Water

Water will be sourced from Narmada river through pipelines of the GIDC water supply scheme to JIL-

SEZ and the treated effluent is discharged to GIDC drain for deep sea disposal. Separate drainage around

the process area shall separate the rainwater from the storm water drain and would ensure no

intermixing. Thus impact over the surface water quality will be negligible.

Mitigation Measures

No discharge of untreated waste water on land

Proper operation and maintenance, will be done to ensure meeting specified disposal standards

Water conservation measures will be adopted to reduce fresh water demand and to conserve

natural resources.

Adequate measures and facilities for the collection, storage, handling and treatment of liquid

and solid waste shall be installed and operated.

Separate process effluent and storm water drains shall ensure no intermixing to avoid any

contamination of surface water sources;

Treated sewage will be reused in gardening which will reduce the overall water demand. Efforts

to maximize the treated waste water recycle back to process will be made to reduce fresh water

consumption.

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid

run-off contamination.

Soil


Activities like excavation, movement of vehicles and storage of chemicals are activities that are likely to

have impact on soil environment.

Mitigation Measures

There is very little top soil in the project area. Any topsoil present shall be excavated and separately

stored for reuse in green belt development or landscaping, as far as possible. During the period of

storage the humus in the soil shall be maintained.

There are no trees in the project sites that needs to be uprooted and the bushes that shall be cleared

shall be used to maintain the humus of the soil.

Chemical storage tanks shall be constructed with impervious material with proper checks for leaks and

spills to ensure no seepage to soil.

Land


The topography of the project site is very flat and calls for very negligible excavation and backfilling.

The soil excavated for foundation and tankages will be used for levelling the low lying areas within the

project site. No impact is envisaged on the surface topography and surface water flow. Proper drainages







are already made in the JIL-SEZ to allow for natural flow of rainwater from the entire SEZ area. The

same drainage and contour for rainwater runoff shall be maintained.

Mitigation Measures

Topography and drainage pattern of the project site will be prepared keeping in line with the existing

surface drainage pattern.

Ecology & Biodiversity


Removal of site vegetation like herbs, shrubs and grasses (except trees), Generation of noise due to

Earth movers, traffic movement and other heavy vehicles, Emission of various pollutants like VOC, HCL

Cl2, SO2, HBr, HF, NOx and PM, Discharge of waste water from STP shall have localized temporary

impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity within the project site. However, there are no exotic species of

flora and fauna in the project area.

Mitigation Measures

Greenbelt / plantation will be developed in the periphery of the project boundary, which will

improve floral and faunal diversity of the project area.

All species observed from project site are common and well adapted to the routine urban

activities, so they will not face significant impact on their normal movements. However,

greenbelt development will help to restore these temporary displaced species.

Emission levels of all pollutants will be kept within permissible levels through various

engineering control measures. However, green belt development with suitable species will help

to mitigate likely cumulative impacts.

Discharge water quality standards from ETP will be monitored.

Socio-Economic Environment


There is no land acquisition and displacement due to the proposed project. There will be Positive impact

due to creation of jobs permanent and temporary. Employment will get generated in market by sales

and service for providing products to the industry.

Mitigation Measures

Jubilant life sciences limited is discharging its Corporate Social responsibility in the Vilayat GIDC area

through various social engagements focusing on the needs of the community. JLSL is also dove tailing

with the state and central government program on social programs in the fields of,

Skill development and Employment generation

Health and Hygiene,

Drinking water,

Education,

Sanitation and Drainage system,

Infrastructure Construction/Renovation







The proposed project would further enhance the social engagement programs of JLSL around the

Vilayat, GIDC and beyond which would help improve the quality of life in the areas where the Social

programs shall be implemented.

The project at its full capacity is expected to generate employment to about 400 people, both skilled

and unskilled. Local people would be given preference for unskilled employees and for skilled employees

also, based on the skills available. Skills shall be imparted to make the local people employable within

the project and the industries in the nearby areas

The social corporate responsibility activities will be carried on by the project proponent to mitigate the

envisaged social issues that would arise during the public hearing. The project proponent has earmarked

2.5% of the project cost for socio-economic development of surrounding area i.e. approx. Rs.6.25 Crore

in phase-wise manner over period of project implementation.

11.7 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental

management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The

EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of

good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all

the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact

identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the

following information is presented:

Role of JLSL and its contractors;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that JLSL shall implement;

The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully

met.

Specifically project related management plans has been prepared for air, water, noise, soil, ecology and

biodiversity, occupational health and socio-economic conditions.

11.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental monitoring plan is given below.


Air Pollution Monitoring

1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in

their air consents from time to time within the premises


NOC

2 Stack Monitoring of process stacks/ vents & flue gas stacks

as given in air consent from time to time


NOC

3 DG stack monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in their

air consents from time to time at stations outside the

premises

Not applicable as DG sets will be

used during emergency only.

4 Work Place Monitoring Once every month








Water Pollution Monitoring

1 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities and waste

water generated from various areas of plants Daily

2 Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for the

principal parameters (such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD). Daily

3 Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent

conditions in outlet of ETP Waste Water Monthly

4 Monitoring of STP inlet and outlet for the parameters as per

PCB consent conditions Weekly

5 Monitoring of surface water samples at nearby area.

Parameters are essential parameters as per IS: 10500:2012. Twice in a year

Noise Quality Monitoring

1 Work Place Noise Monitoring Once in every month

2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Once in every season

Soil Quality Monitoring

1 Soil quality analysis of nearby stations Twice in a year

Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping

1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated from

process and ETP area. Twice in a year

2 Records of generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes Daily

3 Record of storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of

solid / hazardous wastes to recyclers, Reprocessor, and

CTDF.

Daily

Environmental Statement

1 Environmental Statement under EP(Act) 1986 Once in a year

11.9 Conclusion

The project aims to develop a Manufacturing Plant for the production of technical grade pesticides and

pesticide specific intermediates at Plot No. 5, SEZ operated by JIL at Vilayat GIDC, Vagra Taluka, District

Bharuch with due respect to environmental sensitivity as well as techno economic feasibility.

Appropriate air pollution equipment, adequacy check for treatment of waste water generation and

hazardous waste management leads to very negligible environmental impact which can be mitigated by

taking preventive measures.

Based on the baseline studies as per ToR, there are no sensitive areas located in study area. No

endangered or threatened species of flora and fauna are observed. The site is in the notified industrial

area.

Any abnormal and emergency situations can be handled by well experienced staff of JLSL with well-

equipped safety equipment and fire hydrant network.

Employment potential includes skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labourers both during construction and

operational phases of the project.







The EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, in compliance with

environmental legislation and standards. Hence the proposed project may be considered for getting

Environmental Clearance







12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental

Consultants

Kadam Environmental Consultant (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied

experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable solutions on

“Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team

comprise of environmental planners and engineers, chemical and civil engineers, geologist, socio-

economic experts, microbiologists, zoologists, botanists and industrial/analytical chemists. The

company’s strength lies in project management, performing risk assessment, formulating environmental

disaster plans, use of satellite imagery in impact assessment, use of mathematical models for air, water

and soil assessment and expertise in public consultation.

The company has three sister concerns namely : Kadam Pollution Control Pvt. Ltd dealing in operation

and maintenance contracts of sewage, effluent and water treatment plants, Kadam projects dealing in

supply of effluent and sewage treatment plants on turnkey basis and Kadam Enviro International

Consultancy headquartered in UAE, offering environmental and safety consultancy services in the middle

east region.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy services (since more than 20 years) in the field of environmental impact

assessment, environmental site assessment and due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory

environmental audits/ statements, risk assessments and HAZOP, energy audit, environmental

health and safety management systems and waste management systems.

Engineering Services (since almost 30 years) for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid

wastes, designing and executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste

studies and solid waste management systems, bio gas plants , rain water harvesting systems

and deep sea marine disposal systems.

Laboratory services (since more than 25 years) in chemical and waste testing, microbiology,

soil testing and Field sampling (we have amongst the highest number of environmental field

sampling equipments amongst environmental companies in the country). The company has a

well equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need

of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and hazardous

solid waste.

The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering

the industrial and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil and

Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our clientele encompasses

the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies ( reliance Industries, ONGC, Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL,

GSPC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance Energy/Reliance Power, Welspun and many others) who have

placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are increasingly working with several multinationals

(such as : ABB, Alstom , Areva , GM, Hindustan Lever, Honeywell, Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst

others) who value our deep rooted general domain and India centric functional knowledge, reasonable







costs and comparable services as those offered by our multinational competitors. Their continued

patronage is our biggest testimonial.

The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat and an overseas office in the UAE.

KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System.

The company is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA

accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying out

Environmental Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for

undertaking Environmental and related studies in eleven approved sectors.

12.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation from M/s. Jubilant Life

Science Limited. The names of the EIA co-ordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mention at

the start of the report (in Quality Control Section). KEC team members (along with their role in the

project) include:

Functional Areas

Name of the

Team

Member

Involvement /Task

Project Co-ordinator Bijal Kothari

Site Visit, assist in identification of impact of the project &

suggesting mitigation measures, preparation of EMP &

environment budget, key issue identification in the project

Air Pollution Monitoring &

Control (AP)

Bhavin

Jambucha &

Mahendra

Jadhav

Finalization of monitoring locations, checking air quality data,

evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)

and contribution to EIA documentation

Air Quality Modeling and

Prediction (AQ)

Finalization of monitoring locations, checking air quality data,

evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)

Water Pollution (WP) Kundan Ajudiya

Site visit, Finalization of sampling locations for surface water

sampling, water balance for the project, evaluation of water

pollution control management, identification of impacts and

contribution to EIA documentation

Noise and Vibration (NV) Anup Oza Site visit, Supervision of noise sampling programme, analysis

of data and contribution to EIA documentation

Risk and Hazards (RH) Bijal Kothari

Amol Vadnere

contribution to the EIA documentation, identification of

impacts, finalization of DMP, contribution to RA / DMP

Documentation

Solid and Hazardous

Waste Management (SHW) Kundan Ajudiya

Identification of waste generated from the industry, studying

adequacy of mitigation measures for management of

hazardous waste

Hydrogeology and Water

Conservation (HG) Niraj Sharma

Understanding and representing groundwater conditions,

contaminants, finalization of survey findings

Geology (G) Niraj Sharma Geology and geomorphologic analysis based on secondary

data and in co-operation with FAE, HG

Laboratory Arpana Patel Sample analysis of water, soil and air collected from the study

area as per MoEF requirements.







Functional Areas

Name of the

Team

Member

Involvement /Task

Drafts Man Krunal Kharva Preparation of landuse maps of study area using GIS / related

tools





JIL, VILAYAT ANNEXURES


ANNEXURES







Annexure 1: Environmental Clearance for SEZ of Synthetic Organic Chemicals (category 5(f))







Annexure 2: Amendment in EC







Annexure 3: Amendment in EC for Multi Sectoral Chemical SEZ







Annexure 4: CCA for SEZ







Annexure 5: Copy of Terms of Reference Letters issued by the MoEFCC, New Delhi

1. ToR letter no. J.11011/311/2014-IA II (I) dated 06.01.2015







2. Amendment in ToR to conduct Public Hearing







Annexure 6: Methodology for Baseline Environment Study

1. Land use/cover pattern studies

Objectives

Kadam Environmental Consultants has entrusted the work, to carry out “Satellite Data Interpretation

and Ground Observations within 10 km radius of the project site located at Vilayat, Vagra taluka of

Bharuch district” to Dr. Jessica P. Karia. The objectives of work were as mentioned below:

Supervision of present land use/cover pattern studies using satellite data of 10 km radius of project site.

To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:

Study and collection of relevant documents and maps

Checking of interpreted land use map

Field Survey / Ground Truthing

Generation of final land use land cover map

Classification of Land use and Land cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using

Remote Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying

land by visual interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level

system of classification, comprising seven first level of classification of land use / landcover categories.

Some of these categories required further classification, leading to a second level of classification that

resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s landuse / landcover studies. Whilst these

categories are generally found relevant with respect to describing landuse and landcover classes in the

Indian context, sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories

which are more relevant in describing the landuse and landcover for a particular study. Such sub-

categories are defined, in any case.

The definitions for the first and second level of classification are as follows.

Built up Land or Habitation

It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has

a cover of buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant

lands.

Kadam has chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely residential

and industrial.

Residential / Commercial

Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for

manufacturing.

Industrial

Structures used for manufacturing products.







Agricultural Land

It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other

commercial and horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow land

and plantations. These are further defined.

Crop Land

It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The crops

may be of either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.

Fallow Land

It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest un-

cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which

are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and Kharif.

Plantations

Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations) planted

adopting certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, arecanut,

citrus, orchards and other horticultural nurseries.

Forests

It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and

other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be further

divided into sub-categories mentioned as follows.

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain

green throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved evergreen

trees. Semi-evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter

predominate.

Deciduous Forests

These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the trees

shed their leaves once in a year.

Degraded Forest or Scrub

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy cover.

It is the result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.

Forest Blank

A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size

and shapes as seen on the imagery.







Forest Plantations

It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest lands.

It includes eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.

Mangroves

Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring in

tidal waters near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include species

of the genera Rhizophora and Aviccunia.

Wastelands

Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with

reasonable water and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from

internal / imposed constraints such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities of

the soil or financial or management constraints.

Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands,

mudlands, gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky / stony

waste / sheet rock areas.

Salt-Affected Land

The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth of

most plants due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline land

has an exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as the limit

between normal and alkali soils. The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium.

Coastal saline soils may be with or without ingress or inundation by seawater.

Waterlogged Land

Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most of

the year. Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds and tanks

or in the context of the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such areas that could

be considered as ‘protected wetlands’.

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by

vegetation, which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh water

depending on the salinity of water. These exclude Mangroves.

Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated

material in the formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the first

stage of excessive land dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of

ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of deep

gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than the

surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems of gullies developed along river courses.







Land with / without Scrub

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub. These

lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal riverine

or inland (desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel (river/stream)

islands, etc.

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and

vegetation and not suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered as

isolated exposures or loose fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It includes

quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.

Water Bodies

It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes

man-made reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.

River / Stream

It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a

big river and its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger

than tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks are

smaller in areal extent with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for irrigation

and sometimes for navigation.

Others

It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because of

their nature of occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.

Shifting Cultivation

It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing crops.

Such lands are also known as jhoom lands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.

Grassland / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder to

feed cattle and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc. Such lands

can also be called as permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where certain pockets

of land are fenced for allowing cattle to graze.







Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice. It

includes permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated ice

occurring amidst permanently snow-covered areas.

Ports/ Harbours

A harbour is a place where ships may shelter from the weather or are stored. Harbors can be man-made

or natural. A man-made harbor will have sea walls or breakwaters and may require dredging. A natural

harbor is surrounded on most sides by land.

A port is a man-made coastal or riverine facility where boats and ships can load and unload. It may

consist of quays, wharfs, jetties, piers and slipways with cranes or ramps. A port may have magazine

buildings or warehouses for storage of goods and a transport system, such as railway, road transport

or pipeline transport facilities for relaying goods inland. In short a port is used mainly for marine trading

and a harbour is used as a parking space or a storage space for ships

Vegetation Cover

It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved Forests.

This includes scrub, open and close vegetations.

Scrub

It is described as a vegetative cover having density is less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is area

covered by grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.

Open Vegetation

This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 20% of the

canopy cover.

Close Vegetation

This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 20% of the canopy

cover

A synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in Table 12-1.

Table 12-1: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Plantations

3. Forests

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

Deciduous Forests

Degraded Forest or Scrub

Forest Blank

Forest Plantations







S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

Mangroves

4. Wastelands

Salt-Affected Land

Waterlogged Land

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Gullied / Ravenous Land

Land without Scrub

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

5. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River Beds

6. Others

Shifting Cultivation

Salt pan

Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

Mining Area

7. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open vegetation

Close vegetation

Study Area

The study area has been defined as an area covering the buffer distance of 10 km of project site at

Vilayat, Vagra taluka of Bharuch district.

Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies

The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ cover map included:

Data Collection

Interpretation of satellite data

Ground truth study

Final Map preparation

Data Collection

Downloading of Google Earth images.

Topographical maps as base map

Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a feel of the entire ground area which

can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded Google Earth images was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation

such as tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along

with ground truth and ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the

interpretation was accomplished.







Ground truth study

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted landuses are correct thus

improving the quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby

giving background information on the landuse land cover.

Final Map preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was

derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land

use and land cover, and were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.

2. Ambient Air Monitoring Methodology

The parameters monitored were Particulate Matter (PM2.5&PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOX), HCl, Cl2 and VOCs. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in

below table.


PESTICIDES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT SEZ OF JIL, VILAYAT ANNEXURES


Env.

Component

Sampling

location

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency

Sample Collection & Analysis

Method Parameters

Field

Instrument

Analytical

Instrument Sensitivity

Detection

Limit

Ambient Air

Quality

6

Locations

Winter season of

year 2014-15

Two 24 –hour

samples every

week at each

station

PM10 Respirable

Dust Sampler

Electronic

balance 0.01 mg

10.0

µg/m3

IS: 5182:

Part 23,

with cyclone

PM2.5 Respirable

Dust Sampler

Electronic

balance 0.01 mg 2.0 µg/m3

CPCB

Guideline

volume -1

(Gravimetric

method)

SO2

Impinger

Module with

control valve

& Flow Meter

Spectro-

photometer 0.001 nm

3.75

µg/m3

IS: 5182:

Part 2

(2001)

NOx

Impinger

Module with

control valve

& Flow Meter

Spectro-

photometer 0.001 nm 6 µg/m3

IS: 5182:

Part 6

(2006)

Cl2

Impinger

Module with

control valve

& Flow Meter

Spectro-

photometer

0.001 nm 1.0 µg/m3

IS: 5182-19

1982 (Ra-

2003)

HCl

Impinger

Module with

control valve

& Flow Meter

Manual

Titration

Method

- 5.0 µg/m3

Mercury

Nitrate

method

HBr

Impinger

Module with

control valve

& Flow Meter

Spectro-

photometer 0.001 nm 5.0 µg/m3

APHA:

(4500 Br-B)

22nd Edition,

Colorimetric




Env.

Component

Sampling

location

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency

Sample Collection & Analysis

Method Parameters

Field

Instrument

Analytical

Instrument Sensitivity

Detection

Limit

HF

Impinger

Module with

control valve

& Flow Meter

Spectro-

photometer

0.001 nm 1.0 µg/m3

IS: 5182-13

1991 (Ra-

2003)

HC Toddler Bag Gas

Chromatograph - 1.0 ppm

As per

equipment

manual

VOC VOC Meter /

Toddler Bags

Gas

Chromatograph - 1.0 ppm

As per

equipment

manual







3. Methodology for Noise Environment

Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations

Locations for noise monitoring were selected by doing preliminary analysis using SoundPlan Essential

3.0 software. The equipment’s that would be present in the project area were considered as source

of noise for undertaking noise modelling. Further, receivers were placed at a distance of 50m, 100

m, 150 m, 200 m and 500 m from the source of noise generation. On performing analysis, it was

observed that the Sound Pressure level (SPL) has increased up to a distance of 150 m from the

source. Thus, monitoring was done up to a maximum distance of 500 m. The considerations taken

while performing noise modeling and locations selected are presented in below tables.

S. No. Source of Noise Sound Pressure Level (SPL) in

dB(A) Remarks

1. DG sets 100 1DG set of 1000KVA

2. Compressor 85 Compressor is with acoustical

enclosure

3. Cooling Tower 85 -

Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level

Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations.

Background noise quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations.

Site visit (If plant is existing) and identification of sources of noise and vibrations

Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment

Noise sampling locations and its results

To run Soundplan software for assessment of noise levels

Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of

sources exceeding the allowable limits of SPL

Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project

Env.

Component

Sampling

location

Sampling

Parameter

Sampling

Frequency

Sample collection

Methodology Sampling

equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient

Noise levels

4

Locations

Decibels –

dB (A)

Once during the

study (Hourly

reading for 24

hours at each

location)

Noise Level

Meter 0.1 dB (A) SL-4001

The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is given in following table

Ambient Air Quality Standards

in Respect of NOISE

Area

Code Category

Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

THE NOISE POLLUTION

(REGULATION AND CONTROL)

RULES, 2000

A Industrial 75.0 70.0

B Commercial 65.0 55.0

C Residential 55.0 45.0

D Silence 50.0 45.0

Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM

dB(A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A

which is relatable to human hearing.

4. Methodology for Water Environment







Analysis Method Adopted

Ground water and surface water samples are collected using manual grab sampling technique.

The samples were further analyzed as per the APHA Standard Methods (22ndEdition) for the

parameters given in the Technical Guidance Manual published in December 2010. Below table

describes analytical methodology for parameters to be analyzed and with minimum detection limit

of the instruments available at KEC laboratory.

S.

No Parameters Methodology

Parameters

Analyzed in

Ground and

Surface water

Samples

Parameters

Analyzed in

River

water

samples

Minimum

Detection

Limit

1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B (22nd Edition),

pH meter √ √ 1

2 Color APHA: 2120 (22nd Edition), Visual

Comparison - √ 1 Pt-Co

3 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (22nd Edition),

Standard Thermometer √ - 1°C

4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (22nd Edition),

Nephelometric √ - 4 NTU

5 TDS APHA: 2540C (22nd Edition),

Gravimetric √ √ 20 mg/l

6 Electrical

conductivity

APHA: 2510 B (22nd Edition),

Conductivity meter √ √ 1µmoh/cm

7 COD APHA: 5220 B(22nd Edition),

Titrimetric Open reflux method √ <5 mg/l

8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44), Iodometric √ √ <3 mg/l

9 Chlorides APHA:4500Cl- B (22nd Edition)

, Titrimetric √ √ 1.5 mg/l

10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D(22nd Edition),

colorimetric √ - 0.001 mg/l

11 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(22nd

Edition), Turbid metric √ √ < 1 mg/l

12 Total

Hardness

APHA: 2340-C (22nd Edition),

Titrimetric(EDTA method) √ - < 10 mg/l

13 Ca++

Hardness

APHA: 3500-B-Ca (22nd Edition)

Titrimetric,(EDTA method) √ - < 4 mg/l

14 Mg++

Hardness

APHA: 3500-B-Mg (22nd Edition),

By difference √ - 8 mg/l

15 Total

Alkalinity

APHA: 2320 B (22nd Edition),

Titrimetric √ - <10 mg/l

16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34), 3.3,

colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l

17 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D(22nd

Edition),Colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l

18 Sodium APHA:3500 Na-B (22nd Edition),

Flame emission Photometric √ - <1 mg/l

19 Potassium APHA: 3500 K-B (22nd Edition)

Flame emission Photometric √ - <1 mg/l







S.


Parameters

Analyzed in

Ground and

Surface water

Samples

Parameters

Analyzed in

River

water

samples

Minimum

Detection

Limit

20 Calcium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B)

Titrimetric (EDTA Method) √ - 1 mg/l

21 Magnesium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by

difference √ - 3 mg/l

22 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (22nd Edition),

Electrical Conductivity method √ - -

23 Total

Nitrogen

APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldhal

Distillation (22nd Edition),

Titrametic

√ - 0.06 mg/l

24 Total

Phosphorous

APHA: 4500 P-C (22nd Edition),

colorimetric √ <1 mg/l

25 Dissolved

Oxygen

APHA: 4500O-C(22nd Edition),

Iodometric √ √ 0.5 mg/l

26 Ammonical

Nitrogen

APHA: 4170-B (22nd

Edition)/IS:3025(part-34), 1988,

Distillation & colorimetric

√ √ <0.01 mg/l

27 SAR Flamephotmetric & EDTA method √ √ -

28 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as

As)

APHA: 3500-As-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ √

<0.002

mg/l

b Cadmium (as

Cd)

APHA: 3500-Cd-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition √ -

<0.003

mg/l

c Chromium

(as Cr)

APHA: 3500-Cr-B(22nd Edition),

colorimetric √ -

<0.003

mg/l

d Copper (as

Cu)

APHA: 3500-Cu-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)

IS:3025(part42):1992

√ √ <0.05 mg/l

e Cyanide (as

CN)

APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(22nd

Edition), colorimetric √ - 0.003 mg/l

f Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B (22nd Edition),

colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l

g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3500-Ld-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ √ <0.01 mg/l

h Mercury (as

Hg)

APHA: 3500-Hg-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ -

<0.001

mg/l

i Manganese

(as Mn)

APHA: 3500-Mn-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ - <0.04 mg/l

j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3500-Ni-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition √ - <0.02 mg/l

k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3500-Zn-A (22nd Edition)/

APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ √ <0.08 mg/

l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C (22nd Edition),

colorimetric √ <0.02 mg/l

29 Total

Coliform

APHA: 9221-B (22nd Edition),

Multiple Tube Fermentation √ √

1.8

MPN/100ml







S.


Parameters

Analyzed in

Ground and

Surface water

Samples

Parameters

Analyzed in

River

water

samples

Minimum

Detection

Limit

30 Fecal

Coliform

APHA: 9221-E (22nd Edition),

Multiple Tube Fermentation √

1.8

MPN/100ml

5. Methodology for Soil Environment

Soil Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring methodology for soil is given in below table. The samples were manually collected and

analyzed.

Monitoring Methodology for soil

Sampling

Parameters

Sample Analysis

Methodology Remarks Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity /

Detection

Limit

Porosity As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS : 2720 (part-6) 1980

Trial pit method for

topsoil sample

collection;

disturbed samples

Water Holding

Capacity As per HMSO, UK

As per HMSO,

UK HMSO, UK

Permeability As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS : 2720 (part-36)

1987

Moisture Electronic

Balance 0.001 mg IS: 2720 Part 2

Particle Size

Distribution As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS: 2720 Part 4

Sand - - -

Silt - - -

5% Leachate to be

made and

analyzed as per

APHA, “Standard

Methods”

All method

numbers are as

per APHA

“Standard

Methods” (20th

edition, 1998)

Clay - - -

Texture As per IS: 2720 As per IS: 2720 IS: 2720 Part 4

Cation Exchange

Capacity

Extraction and

Titration - IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976)

Electrical

Conductivity

As per IS 14767 -

2000

As per IS 14767

-2000 As per IS 14767 -2000

Sodium Absorption

Ratio

Flame

Photometer (Na,

K)

Titration ( Ca &

Mg)

- Calculation

pH pH Meter -

IS : 2720 (part-26)

1987/ APHA: 4500 H+

B, pH meter

Calcium EDTA Titration -

After Leachate

formation, APHA: 3500-

B-Ca (22nd Edition)

Titrametic,(EDTA

method)







Sampling

Parameters

Sample Analysis

Methodology Remarks Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity /

Detection

Limit

Magnesium EDTA Titration -

After leachate

preparation, APHA:

3500-B-Mg (22nd

Edition), By difference

Sodium Flame

Photometer 100 µg/l

After leachate

formation,APHA:3500

Na-B (22nd Edition),

Flame emission

Photometric

Potassium Flame

Photometer 100 µg/l

After leachate

formation ,APHA:3500

Na-B (22nd Edition),

Flame emission

Photometric

6. Methodology of Biodiversity Study

Secondary Literature Review

Since the proposed project surrounding environ (buffer zone) encompasses various industries, some

studies have been conducted by other agencies to carryout EIA projects. In this report, secondary

information on ecology and biodiversity aspect has been used from following report. However,

efforts have been made to verify same in the field and interaction with local people.

1. Report on: EIA / EMP and RA / DMP for 30 MW Coal Based Captive, Co-generation Thermal

Power Plant at Jubilant SEZ, Vilayat GIDC, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat (October

2013).

Field Data Collection / Inventory

Terrestrial Ecology

Since it is an existing project, project site (surrounding plot area) is undergone extensive greenbelt

development with many species; so efforts have been made to enlist existing species. Similarly, the

buffer zone is mainly dominated with crop / fallow land. So, only inventory of the floral and faunal

species were been made.

Aquatic Ecology

Secondary data extracted from above said reports have been used to understand status of the

aquatic environment of project study area.

Threat Assessment Criteria

Indian wild Life Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book etc.




Annexure 7: Long- term Climatological Data







Annexure 8: Photo Documentation

Photograph 12-1: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Bhukhi River (D/s) Vilayat Pond

Bhersan Pond Vorasamni Pond

Argama Pond







Photograph 12-2: Photograph of Socio Economics Study

School at core zone Prathamik Shala Saladra

Water tanker for potable water at core zone Drinking water facility for core zone

Bus facility Traditional Chakhra




Annexure 9: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

S. No. Station

Code

Sampling

Date Sampling Location

Area /

Category

Average Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3), VOC in mg/m3

PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms

Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area 100 60 80 80 NS NS NS NS NS NS

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central

Govt.) 100 60 30 30 NS NS NS NS NS NS

1 AA01 19.12.14 At Project Site Industrial 86.0 37.1 19.9 23.0 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1
























S. No. Station

Code

Sampling


Area /

Category


PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms







1 AA02 26.12.14 Bhersam Village Rural 79.4 33.5 8.2 18.7 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1





















S. No. Station

Code

Sampling


Area /

Category


PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms




1 AA03 22.12.14 Vilayat Village Rural 79.2 24.8 10.3 16.1 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1


















1 AA04 24.12.14 Nr DGVCL Sub station Rural 54.2 13.2 12.1 18.6 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1






S. No. Station

Code

Sampling


Area /

Category


PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms




















1 AA05 22.12.14 Argama Village Rural 67.0 20.2 11.0 17.7 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1








S. No. Station

Code

Sampling


Area /

Category


PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms



















1 AA06 23.12.14 Vorasamni Village Rural 45.5 31.8 9.3 13.2 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1









S. No. Station

Code

Sampling


Area /

Category


PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms

















1 AA07 24.12.14 Juned Village Rural 47.6 32.3 9.1 16.5 < 1 < 5 < 5 < 1 < 1











S. No. Station

Code

Sampling


Area /

Category


PM10

[24

Hr]

PM2.5

[24

Hr]

SO2

[24

Hr]

NOx

[24

Hr]

Cl2

[24

Hr]

HCl

[24

Hr]

HBr

[24

Hr]

HF

[24

Hr]

HC

[Grab]

VOCs

[Grab]

CPCB

Norms




















Annexure 10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

S.

No. Pollutant

Time

Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial,

Residential, Rural

and Other Area

Ecologically

Sensitive Area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

Methods of

Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), µg/m3

Annual*

24 hours**

50

80

20

80

Improved West and

Gacke Method

Ultraviolet

Fluorescence Method

2 Nitrogen Dioxide

(NO2), µg/m3

Annual*

24 hours**

40

80

30

80

Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Na-

arsenite) Method

Chemiluminescence

Method

3

Particulate Matter

(size less than 10

µm) or PM10

µg/m3

Annual*

24 hours**

60

100

60

100

Gravimetric Method

TOEM

Beta Attenuation

Method

4

Particulate Matter

(size less than 2.5

µm) or PM2.5

µg/m3

Annual*

24 hours**

40

60

40

60

Gravimetric Method

TOEM

Beta Attenuation

Method

5 Ozone (O3)

µg/m3

8 hours**

1 hour**

100

180

100

180

UV Photometric

Method

Chemiluminescence

Method

Chemical Method

6 Lead (Pb) µg/m3

Annual*

24 hours**

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

AAS/ICP method after

sampling on EPM

2000 or equivalent

filter paper

ED-XRF using Teflon

filter

7 Carbon Monoxide

(CO) µg/m3

8 hours**

1 hour**

02

04

02

04

Non Dispersive Infra

Red (NDIR)

spectroscopy

8 Ammonia (NH3)

µg/m3

Annual*

24 hours**

100

400

100

400

Chemiluminescence

Method

Indophenols blue

method







S.

No. Pollutant

Time

Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial,

Residential, Rural

and Other Area

Ecologically

Sensitive Area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

Methods of

Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

9 Benzene (C6H6)

µg/m3 Annual* 05 05

Gas chromatography

based continuous

analyzer

Adsorption and

Desorption followed

by GC analyzer

10

Benzo(a)Pyrene

(BaP)-Particulate

phase only,

µg/m3

Annual* 01 01

Solvent extraction

followed by HPLC/GC

analysis

11 Arsenic (As),

µg/m3 Annual* 06 06


sampling on EPM

2000 or equivalent

filter paper

12 Nickel (Ni), µg/m3 Annual* 20 20


sampling on EPM

2000 or equivalent

filter paper

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week

24 hourly at uniform intervals.

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the

time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

Note:

Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the limits specified

above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous

monitoring and further investigation.




Annexure 11: Dispersion Modeling Results

Table 1: Incremental Increase in GLC of SO2 (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air SO2 Concentration from Proposed Plant

DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 3.52 2.57 1.44 0.90 0.61 0.34 0.23 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04

20 1.88 0.69 0.36 0.30 0.28 0.19 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.12 0.17 0.22 0.26

30 3.17 1.20 0.67 0.92 0.91 0.70 0.51 0.34 0.21 0.15 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04

40 4.28 2.42 1.26 1.73 1.84 1.62 1.33 1.02 0.76 0.60 0.49 0.41 0.35 0.30 0.26

50 3.51 2.49 1.60 1.93 2.09 1.90 1.61 1.39 1.14 1.14 1.07 0.98 0.89 0.81 0.74

60 2.31 1.59 0.92 1.24 1.26 1.09 0.94 0.85 0.69 0.57 0.47 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.27

70 2.50 1.26 0.57 0.49 0.47 0.35 0.25 0.16 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

80 2.63 1.60 0.98 0.74 0.92 0.98 0.83 0.61 0.41 0.29 0.21 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07

90 2.35 1.55 1.01 0.66 0.73 0.89 0.85 1.13 1.25 1.17 1.07 0.96 0.86 0.78 0.70

100 1.70 1.17 0.64 0.41 0.28 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

110 2.16 0.68 0.37 0.31 0.25 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.09 0.15 0.22 0.29 0.36 0.42

120 3.41 1.30 0.99 1.07 0.95 0.65 0.45 0.27 0.16 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03

130 4.31 2.53 1.79 2.14 2.08 1.70 1.37 1.03 0.76 0.60 0.48 0.40 0.34 0.29 0.25

140 3.99 2.48 1.87 2.30 2.31 1.99 1.78 1.50 1.22 1.03 0.94 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.85

150 2.52 1.60 1.12 1.34 1.30 1.04 0.81 0.58 0.40 0.30 0.23 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.10

160 2.50 1.59 1.29 1.75 1.92 1.84 1.61 1.28 1.00 1.05 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.79 0.77

170 2.26 1.32 1.03 1.48 1.67 1.64 1.46 1.18 0.91 0.73 0.61 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.34

180 2.01 0.93 0.48 0.34 0.29 0.23 0.16 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

190 3.33 1.63 1.03 0.66 0.45 0.32 0.23 0.14 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

200 3.86 2.13 1.85 2.15 2.08 1.73 1.40 1.39 1.23 1.05 0.91 0.78 0.68 0.60 0.54

210 3.74 1.91 1.01 0.84 0.79 0.61 0.54 0.45 0.33 0.24 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06

220 2.94 1.53 1.33 1.66 1.67 1.45 1.21 0.95 0.72 0.57 0.46 0.39 0.33 0.29 0.25

230 3.79 2.88 3.45 3.13 2.92 2.28 2.02 1.63 1.27 1.25 1.18 1.09 1.00 0.92 0.85





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

240 3.92 2.86 2.49 1.89 1.61 1.50 1.33 1.06 0.81 0.64 0.53 0.45 0.39 0.34 0.31

250 3.49 2.15 1.27 0.97 0.98 1.35 1.48 1.42 1.23 1.07 0.94 0.85 0.77 0.70 0.65

260 3.51 2.09 1.32 1.38 1.56 1.48 1.26 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.51 0.43 0.37 0.32 0.29

270 3.62 2.24 1.35 1.74 1.98 1.89 1.63 1.44 1.26 1.10 0.97 0.87 0.79 0.73 0.67

280 4.05 2.55 1.34 1.21 1.34 1.48 1.38 1.13 0.86 0.68 0.55 0.46 0.39 0.33 0.29

290 3.61 1.52 0.74 0.49 0.45 0.33 0.22 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

300 2.45 0.80 0.57 0.53 0.51 0.39 0.28 0.19 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

310 2.61 1.53 0.99 1.19 1.19 1.13 1.02 0.82 0.63 0.50 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.25 0.22

320 4.03 2.67 1.77 1.75 1.77 1.77 1.60 1.32 1.15 0.99 0.85 0.73 0.66 0.62 0.58

330 4.39 2.72 1.89 1.70 1.65 1.61 1.45 1.18 0.91 0.73 0.61 0.52 0.45 0.40 0.35

340 3.67 1.42 0.82 1.00 0.95 0.72 0.53 0.36 0.23 0.16 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05

350 2.89 1.78 0.94 0.57 0.38 0.24 0.17 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

360 4.45 2.58 1.39 0.87 0.59 0.34 0.24 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06

Table 2: Incremental Increase in GLC of NOx (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air NOx Concentration from Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 30.71 17.79 9.57 5.88 3.97 2.21 1.48 0.98 0.70 0.55 0.46 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.26

20 16.31 4.96 2.23 1.77 1.46 1.07 0.85 0.64 0.48 0.50 0.92 1.41 1.92 2.42 2.87

30 15.83 6.18 5.47 5.55 4.93 3.85 2.92 1.97 1.26 0.87 0.64 0.48 0.38 0.30 0.25

40 25.23 13.33 10.31 11.32 10.90 9.46 7.94 6.17 4.65 3.68 3.01 2.52 2.14 1.85 1.62

50 24.82 14.62 11.94 13.58 13.29 11.83 10.32 8.65 8.41 7.61 6.76 6.00 5.36 4.94 5.45

60 19.22 12.43 8.63 9.03 8.47 7.32 6.31 5.75 4.63 3.75 3.11 2.62 2.24 1.94 1.70

70 14.11 7.12 4.02 3.76 3.21 2.39 1.72 1.10 0.75 0.55 0.42 0.34 0.27 0.22 0.19

80 16.89 9.56 5.80 6.66 7.30 6.18 4.86 3.39 2.22 1.54 1.11 0.83 0.63 0.49 0.39





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

90 15.76 10.42 6.65 6.55 7.80 7.56 8.40 9.31 8.64 7.61 6.65 5.83 5.16 4.61 4.70

100 13.09 8.29 4.53 2.87 1.93 1.07 0.84 0.64 0.48 0.39 0.32 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.19

110 12.48 5.09 2.61 1.89 1.45 1.07 0.84 0.64 0.48 1.04 1.75 2.48 3.13 3.68 4.10

120 19.85 7.69 7.50 6.70 5.49 3.77 2.63 1.64 0.97 0.63 0.44 0.33 0.26 0.21 0.19

130 25.59 15.54 13.57 13.69 12.55 10.34 8.48 6.46 4.79 3.74 3.02 2.50 2.11 1.80 1.56

140 24.55 15.75 14.05 14.75 14.01 12.40 11.52 9.91 8.17 7.57 7.42 7.02 6.55 6.06 5.60

150 15.43 10.33 8.30 8.37 7.63 6.35 5.12 3.72 2.58 1.90 1.45 1.14 0.92 0.75 0.64

160 16.38 10.42 11.69 13.37 13.21 11.58 10.01 8.06 8.01 7.49 6.78 6.30 6.04 5.71 5.36

170 14.12 8.69 8.69 10.37 10.53 9.65 8.67 7.20 5.68 4.58 3.81 3.23 2.78 2.43 2.14

180 16.13 6.31 3.09 2.06 1.66 1.14 0.87 0.63 0.48 0.38 0.32 0.27 0.24 0.21 0.19

190 24.92 11.81 7.22 5.11 4.02 2.52 1.68 1.01 0.59 0.46 0.40 0.35 0.31 0.28 0.26

200 26.43 14.94 14.56 14.48 13.14 10.53 10.53 9.43 7.78 6.47 5.49 4.73 4.13 3.64 3.38

210 17.15 9.91 6.49 6.09 5.23 3.94 3.23 2.49 1.73 1.23 0.90 0.68 0.52 0.40 0.32

220 23.08 13.00 12.35 11.56 10.73 9.21 7.87 6.19 4.68 3.70 3.02 2.52 2.15 1.85 1.61

230 24.60 22.45 22.63 20.16 17.40 15.52 13.17 10.35 9.33 8.52 7.86 7.19 6.55 5.97 5.45

240 22.56 15.20 11.92 10.34 10.00 8.67 7.60 6.20 4.83 3.87 3.20 2.72 2.36 2.07 1.83

250 21.05 12.93 8.15 6.24 7.15 8.87 9.54 9.09 7.89 6.87 6.08 5.46 4.95 4.82 5.33

260 19.48 11.50 8.75 10.42 10.36 9.30 8.12 6.51 5.01 4.02 3.32 2.81 2.41 2.10 1.84

270 21.96 13.26 10.63 13.07 12.96 11.28 9.98 9.20 8.09 7.09 6.29 5.65 5.14 4.71 4.76

280 20.85 12.34 7.43 8.64 9.40 8.94 8.04 6.57 5.10 4.05 3.31 2.76 2.35 2.03 1.77

290 17.95 7.32 3.87 3.09 2.60 1.77 1.21 0.74 0.48 0.38 0.32 0.27 0.24 0.21 0.19

300 12.23 5.13 3.88 3.62 3.10 2.41 1.81 1.20 0.76 0.54 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19

310 16.29 9.57 7.96 7.91 7.63 7.01 6.31 5.16 4.00 3.17 2.59 2.17 1.84 1.59 1.39

320 22.84 14.88 11.32 12.27 11.88 10.87 9.69 8.71 7.24 6.04 5.43 5.06 4.65 4.24 3.85

330 25.65 15.85 14.24 11.42 11.11 10.05 8.85 7.22 5.66 4.58 3.82 3.26 2.83 2.48 2.21





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

340 23.06 8.43 7.44 6.88 5.86 4.35 3.26 2.22 1.45 1.01 0.75 0.57 0.45 0.37 0.30

350 14.53 9.28 5.18 3.21 2.22 1.46 1.01 0.64 0.48 0.39 0.32 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.19

360 27.56 15.23 8.20 5.08 3.50 2.09 1.48 1.07 0.83 0.70 0.61 0.54 0.49 0.45 0.41

Table 3: Incremental Increase in GLC of PM (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air PM Concentration for Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 0.09 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

20 0.09 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

30 0.12 0.07 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

40 0.15 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

50 0.15 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

60 0.13 0.11 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

70 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

80 0.11 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

90 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

100 0.11 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

110 0.09 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01

120 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

130 0.12 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

140 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

150 0.15 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

160 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

170 0.11 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

180 0.10 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

190 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

200 0.15 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03

210 0.14 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

220 0.14 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

230 0.14 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04

240 0.13 0.12 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

250 0.13 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04

260 0.13 0.12 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

270 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

280 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

290 0.10 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

300 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

310 0.15 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

320 0.15 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

330 0.12 0.11 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

340 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

350 0.16 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

360 0.14 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Table 4: Incremental Increase in GLC of HCl (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air HCl Concentration for Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 2.45 1.38 0.78 0.50 0.34 0.19 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

20 0.92 0.35 0.20 0.16 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08

30 1.03 0.48 0.37 0.47 0.46 0.36 0.27 0.18 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

40 1.65 0.96 0.73 0.95 1.00 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.42 0.34 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.15

50 2.39 1.28 0.92 1.22 1.29 1.15 0.97 0.78 0.61 0.59 0.56 0.52 0.48 0.44 0.41

60 2.13 1.25 0.74 0.92 0.91 0.76 0.68 0.61 0.49 0.39 0.32 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.18

70 1.67 0.73 0.43 0.44 0.39 0.27 0.19 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02

80 1.18 0.74 0.44 0.29 0.20 0.24 0.24 0.20 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03

90 1.51 0.96 0.62 0.43 0.64 0.80 0.73 0.60 0.61 0.60 0.56 0.51 0.47 0.42 0.38

100 1.48 0.88 0.53 0.32 0.21 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

110 1.28 0.67 0.32 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.10 0.14 0.18

120 0.99 0.50 0.31 0.42 0.40 0.30 0.21 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

130 1.68 1.07 0.77 1.06 1.09 0.92 0.74 0.57 0.42 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.14

140 2.50 1.70 1.03 1.41 1.45 1.26 1.05 0.84 0.68 0.57 0.50 0.47 0.47 0.46 0.44

150 2.38 1.52 0.87 0.96 0.94 0.74 0.56 0.40 0.27 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07

160 1.62 1.04 0.68 0.82 0.99 1.01 0.91 0.73 0.56 0.53 0.52 0.50 0.47 0.43 0.40

170 1.49 0.98 0.61 0.87 1.04 1.06 0.94 0.75 0.57 0.46 0.38 0.32 0.28 0.24 0.21

180 1.62 0.70 0.35 0.23 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

190 2.50 1.22 0.73 0.46 0.30 0.20 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

200 2.40 1.65 0.88 1.09 1.13 0.99 0.81 0.77 0.70 0.61 0.53 0.46 0.40 0.36 0.32

210 2.03 0.95 0.56 0.58 0.56 0.43 0.31 0.20 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03

220 2.56 1.55 1.16 1.11 1.12 0.97 0.80 0.61 0.46 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.16

230 2.50 1.77 1.99 1.83 1.68 1.37 1.26 1.04 0.80 0.68 0.67 0.65 0.61 0.58 0.54

240 2.34 1.30 0.66 0.74 0.80 0.76 0.69 0.56 0.44 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.17

250 2.08 1.33 0.84 0.61 0.64 0.85 0.88 0.84 0.72 0.63 0.55 0.49 0.45 0.41 0.38

260 2.35 1.30 0.74 0.95 1.08 1.01 0.85 0.66 0.50 0.40 0.33 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.18

270 2.12 1.53 0.93 0.95 1.11 1.08 0.95 0.85 0.74 0.64 0.57 0.51 0.46 0.42 0.39

280 1.54 0.96 0.61 0.51 0.59 0.68 0.65 0.56 0.43 0.35 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.16





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

290 1.12 0.49 0.26 0.18 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

300 1.72 0.67 0.43 0.46 0.41 0.29 0.20 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02

310 2.29 1.20 0.76 0.88 0.84 0.82 0.71 0.56 0.42 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.14

320 2.49 1.56 1.17 1.11 1.09 0.98 0.89 0.77 0.70 0.60 0.52 0.45 0.39 0.34 0.32

330 1.95 1.05 0.79 0.94 0.92 0.87 0.79 0.64 0.50 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.26 0.23 0.20

340 1.18 0.54 0.46 0.53 0.50 0.38 0.28 0.19 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03

350 2.04 0.99 0.53 0.32 0.22 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

360 2.49 1.27 0.73 0.47 0.32 0.19 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04

Table 5: Incremental Increase in GLC of Cl2 (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air Cl2 Concentration for Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 1.56 0.91 0.52 0.33 0.23 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

20 0.52 0.21 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05

30 0.75 0.34 0.22 0.31 0.31 0.24 0.18 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

40 1.22 0.68 0.43 0.61 0.65 0.58 0.48 0.37 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10

50 1.58 0.85 0.53 0.76 0.82 0.75 0.63 0.51 0.40 0.38 0.37 0.34 0.32 0.29 0.27

60 1.37 0.81 0.45 0.56 0.57 0.48 0.43 0.39 0.31 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12

70 0.95 0.45 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.17 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

80 0.84 0.51 0.30 0.20 0.13 0.18 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02

90 0.99 0.63 0.41 0.26 0.36 0.47 0.44 0.37 0.40 0.39 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.28 0.25

100 0.94 0.56 0.33 0.20 0.14 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

110 0.76 0.41 0.20 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11

120 0.74 0.34 0.21 0.28 0.27 0.20 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

130 1.19 0.75 0.48 0.69 0.71 0.61 0.49 0.38 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.09





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

140 1.61 1.07 0.62 0.89 0.93 0.81 0.68 0.55 0.45 0.37 0.33 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.29

150 1.50 0.94 0.55 0.59 0.59 0.47 0.36 0.26 0.18 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04

160 1.00 0.66 0.43 0.51 0.63 0.66 0.59 0.48 0.37 0.34 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.26

170 0.91 0.62 0.39 0.53 0.65 0.68 0.61 0.49 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14

180 1.00 0.45 0.23 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

190 1.55 0.76 0.46 0.29 0.20 0.12 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

200 1.60 1.05 0.56 0.71 0.74 0.65 0.54 0.49 0.46 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.27 0.24 0.21

210 1.18 0.67 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.27 0.20 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

220 1.62 0.93 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.62 0.51 0.40 0.30 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10

230 1.61 1.12 1.24 1.17 1.08 0.86 0.80 0.67 0.52 0.43 0.41 0.40 0.39 0.36 0.34

240 1.49 0.79 0.46 0.48 0.53 0.50 0.46 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.11

250 1.34 0.87 0.55 0.40 0.40 0.54 0.57 0.55 0.47 0.41 0.36 0.32 0.29 0.27 0.25

260 1.53 0.80 0.47 0.57 0.67 0.64 0.54 0.43 0.33 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12

270 1.44 1.03 0.62 0.59 0.71 0.71 0.61 0.55 0.48 0.42 0.37 0.33 0.30 0.28 0.25

280 1.09 0.68 0.42 0.33 0.39 0.45 0.44 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10

290 0.73 0.35 0.18 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

300 1.04 0.42 0.28 0.28 0.26 0.18 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

310 1.47 0.77 0.48 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.46 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.09

320 1.64 1.06 0.71 0.70 0.70 0.64 0.59 0.49 0.45 0.39 0.34 0.29 0.26 0.22 0.20

330 1.34 0.73 0.47 0.60 0.60 0.56 0.52 0.43 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13

340 0.83 0.38 0.27 0.34 0.33 0.25 0.19 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

350 1.35 0.67 0.36 0.22 0.15 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

360 1.65 0.86 0.50 0.32 0.22 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02




Table 6: Incremental Increase in GLC of HC (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air HC Concentration for Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 0.83 0.53 0.30 0.19 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

20 0.31 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02

30 0.51 0.22 0.13 0.17 0.18 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

40 0.88 0.46 0.25 0.33 0.37 0.34 0.28 0.22 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06

50 0.92 0.50 0.33 0.38 0.44 0.42 0.36 0.29 0.23 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.16

60 0.74 0.44 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.26 0.22 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06

70 0.45 0.23 0.15 0.12 0.12 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

80 0.56 0.31 0.19 0.12 0.08 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01

90 0.57 0.36 0.23 0.15 0.13 0.21 0.21 0.18 0.22 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.15

100 0.50 0.30 0.17 0.11 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

110 0.33 0.20 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05

120 0.53 0.22 0.13 0.17 0.17 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

130 0.84 0.49 0.28 0.38 0.41 0.35 0.29 0.22 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05

140 0.94 0.55 0.33 0.46 0.50 0.45 0.38 0.31 0.25 0.21 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.16

150 0.79 0.47 0.28 0.29 0.31 0.26 0.20 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

160 0.51 0.36 0.24 0.25 0.33 0.36 0.33 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15

170 0.51 0.33 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.36 0.34 0.27 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08

180 0.49 0.24 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

190 0.78 0.39 0.24 0.16 0.11 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

200 0.95 0.55 0.30 0.40 0.41 0.37 0.31 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.12

210 0.77 0.44 0.23 0.17 0.18 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01

220 0.85 0.44 0.25 0.33 0.36 0.33 0.28 0.22 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06

230 1.04 0.64 0.68 0.64 0.59 0.47 0.42 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18

240 0.93 0.53 0.34 0.29 0.31 0.30 0.27 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

250 0.87 0.55 0.32 0.23 0.20 0.28 0.32 0.31 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.14

260 0.85 0.43 0.27 0.27 0.34 0.35 0.30 0.24 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07

270 0.98 0.62 0.36 0.31 0.39 0.40 0.35 0.31 0.27 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.14

280 0.84 0.46 0.26 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.26 0.23 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06

290 0.54 0.24 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

300 0.52 0.22 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

310 0.81 0.44 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05

320 1.00 0.64 0.38 0.36 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12

330 0.85 0.47 0.29 0.32 0.33 0.32 0.30 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08

340 0.54 0.24 0.15 0.18 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

350 0.78 0.40 0.21 0.13 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

360 0.97 0.53 0.31 0.19 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

Table 7: Incremental Increase in GLC of HBr (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air HBr Concentration for Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 1.66 1.05 0.61 0.38 0.27 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

20 0.62 0.26 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04

30 1.02 0.44 0.25 0.34 0.36 0.29 0.22 0.15 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02

40 1.75 0.91 0.50 0.66 0.74 0.68 0.57 0.44 0.33 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12

50 1.85 0.99 0.67 0.77 0.88 0.84 0.71 0.57 0.46 0.42 0.41 0.39 0.36 0.34 0.31

60 1.48 0.89 0.47 0.53 0.57 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.34 0.27 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13

70 0.90 0.46 0.30 0.23 0.23 0.18 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

80 1.11 0.63 0.38 0.24 0.17 0.24 0.23 0.19 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03

90 1.13 0.72 0.47 0.30 0.26 0.42 0.42 0.36 0.44 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.33 0.30





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

100 1.00 0.61 0.34 0.22 0.15 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

110 0.66 0.39 0.20 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10

120 1.06 0.43 0.25 0.33 0.33 0.25 0.18 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

130 1.69 0.99 0.57 0.76 0.81 0.71 0.58 0.44 0.33 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.11

140 1.87 1.11 0.66 0.92 0.99 0.90 0.76 0.63 0.51 0.43 0.37 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.32

150 1.57 0.93 0.56 0.59 0.61 0.51 0.40 0.29 0.20 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05

160 1.02 0.72 0.47 0.51 0.67 0.73 0.67 0.55 0.42 0.37 0.37 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30

170 1.02 0.66 0.42 0.51 0.67 0.73 0.67 0.55 0.42 0.34 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.16

180 0.99 0.48 0.25 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

190 1.55 0.78 0.49 0.32 0.21 0.12 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

200 1.89 1.11 0.61 0.79 0.83 0.74 0.62 0.53 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.31 0.27 0.24

210 1.53 0.87 0.46 0.34 0.35 0.29 0.22 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03

220 1.71 0.87 0.50 0.66 0.73 0.67 0.56 0.44 0.33 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12

230 2.08 1.28 1.36 1.28 1.19 0.94 0.84 0.73 0.58 0.47 0.44 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.36

240 1.85 1.06 0.67 0.58 0.62 0.59 0.55 0.45 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13

250 1.75 1.10 0.63 0.46 0.40 0.57 0.63 0.62 0.53 0.46 0.41 0.37 0.33 0.30 0.28

260 1.71 0.85 0.53 0.54 0.69 0.69 0.59 0.47 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13

270 1.97 1.25 0.72 0.61 0.79 0.81 0.71 0.63 0.55 0.48 0.42 0.38 0.34 0.31 0.29

280 1.67 0.93 0.52 0.41 0.46 0.54 0.53 0.46 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.14 0.13

290 1.08 0.47 0.24 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

300 1.04 0.43 0.30 0.26 0.26 0.20 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

310 1.63 0.87 0.53 0.53 0.56 0.54 0.49 0.40 0.30 0.24 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10

320 2.00 1.28 0.75 0.72 0.76 0.71 0.67 0.56 0.49 0.44 0.38 0.33 0.29 0.26 0.23

330 1.70 0.95 0.58 0.63 0.67 0.63 0.59 0.50 0.39 0.31 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.15

340 1.08 0.48 0.30 0.37 0.37 0.30 0.22 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

350 1.56 0.80 0.43 0.26 0.18 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

360 1.94 1.06 0.61 0.39 0.27 0.15 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

Table 8: Incremental Increase in GLC of HF (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air HF Concentration for Proposed Plant


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 0.33 0.21 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

20 0.12 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01

30 0.21 0.09 0.05 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

40 0.35 0.18 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

50 0.37 0.20 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06

60 0.30 0.18 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

70 0.18 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

80 0.22 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

90 0.23 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06

100 0.20 0.12 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

110 0.13 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02

120 0.21 0.09 0.05 0.07 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

130 0.34 0.20 0.11 0.15 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

140 0.37 0.22 0.13 0.18 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06

150 0.32 0.19 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

160 0.20 0.14 0.09 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06

170 0.20 0.13 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

180 0.20 0.10 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

190 0.31 0.16 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

200 0.38 0.22 0.12 0.16 0.17 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05

210 0.31 0.17 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

220 0.34 0.17 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

230 0.42 0.26 0.27 0.26 0.24 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07

240 0.37 0.21 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

250 0.35 0.22 0.13 0.09 0.08 0.11 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06

260 0.34 0.17 0.11 0.11 0.14 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

270 0.39 0.25 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06

280 0.34 0.19 0.10 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

290 0.22 0.09 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

300 0.21 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

310 0.33 0.18 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

320 0.40 0.26 0.15 0.14 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05

330 0.34 0.19 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03

340 0.22 0.10 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

350 0.31 0.16 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

360 0.39 0.21 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01




Figure 1: Concentration of SO2




Figure 2: Concentration of NOx




Figure 3: Concentration of PM




Figure 4: Concentration of HCl




Figure 5: Concentration of Cl2




Figure 6: Concentration of HC




Figure 7: Concentration of HBr




Figure 8: Concentration of HF







Annexure 12: CREP Guidelines for Pesticides Industry

S. No. Points Action Taken

1 Segregation of Waste Stream

Waste streams should be segregated into COD waste, toxic waste, low OCD

waste, inorganic waste etc., for the purpose of providing appropriate treatment-

Implementation June 2003 and action plan to be submitted to SPCB immediately.

Complied.

Pl refer point no.

3.3.3 of EIA

2 Detoxification and treatment of high COD waste streams

Streams should be detoxified and treated in CTP or thermally destroyed in

incinerator, as per CPCB guidelines. The waste streams should be treated suitably

before taking to evaporation ponds. Implementation by June 2004 and action

plan to be submitted to SPCB by June 2003.

Complied.

Pl refer point no.

3.3.3 of EIA

3 Improvement in solvent recovery

a. Solvent recovery should be improved and attempts be made to achieve at

least 90% recovery wherever possible Implementation by Dec. 2003 and

action plan to be submitted to SPCB by June 2003.

b. Rest of the solvents which cannot be recovered shall be incinerated.

Complied.

Pl refer Point no.

3.1 & Table 2-3 of

EIA

4 Hazardous air pollutant control

a. For air pollution control from processes, scrubber efficiency will be

improved and maintained as per the best practicable technology for control

of HCI, CI. Methyl Chloride, Phosphorus Pentoxide, Ammonia, H2S and

volatile organic carbons (VOCs)- Implementation by December 2003 and

action plan to be submitted to SPCB by June 2003.

b. An incinerator will be installed, where necessary – Implementation by

December 2004 and action plan to be submitted to SPCB by June 2003.

Complied.

Pl refer point no.

3.4.5 of EIA

5 Control of fugitive emissions/ VOCs

For control of fugitive emissions (particularly) for hazardous air pollutions). The

industries will adopt standard engineering practices. System of leak detection and

repair (LDAR) programme especially for solvents, should be developed industries-

implementation by March- 2004 and action plan to be submitted to SPCB by June

2003.

Complied.

Pl refer point no.

3.4.6 of EIA

6 Up- gradation of incinerators

Incinerators will be upgraded to meet CPCB norms hazardous waste incinerators.

This is necessary for Halogenated compound and POPs – Implementation target

will be decided on the basis of action plan submitted by individual industries by

June 2003.

Not applicable

7 Replacement of Bio Assay test by toxicity Factor

The present bio-assay test will be replaced by Toxicity Factor test method

developed by CPCB. Toxicity factor of four (TF-4) will be achieved by December

2003 and industries will improve their system to achieve TF-2 by, July 2006. TF

test method will be implemented by SPCBs/CPCB/ MoEF- Submission of action

plan by June 2003. The Central Pollution Board will organize work – shops on

“Toxicity Factor” for industry.

Will be complied.

8 Minimum scale of production to afford cost of pollution load.

To be decided, as industries view point is that this cannot be done as few

products are costly and made in small volume. The matter will be studied in detail

by MoEF/ CPCB.

--







S. No. Points Action Taken

9 Non- complying Units (as identified by SPCB) should meet the notified

standards by December 2003- Bank guarantee to be submitted to SPCB

by Non- complying units by June 2003.

The submissions from pesticides industry regarding speedy clearance and other

will be considered by MoEF/ CPCB for examination.

Not applicable







Annexure 13: Copy of EHS Policy







S.

No. Policy states Actions taken for Deployment of Policy Statement

1 Complying with country-specific regulatory standards on Environment, Occupational Health and Safety.

All Legal and Statutory requirements are being fulfilled in order to continue our business.

Regular review for compliances at different levels. Correspondence with Regulatory bodies.

Internal & external Audits and Inspection are carried and correspondences carried out Statutory and third party.

2

Optimizing resource utilization for pollution prevention, energy & water conservation and reduction of wastes & emissions.

Budget Planning is done for capital & recurring expenses for pollution prevention, energy & water conservation and reduction of wastes & emissions

Resources are allocated

Monitoring & review is done

Deviations are reviewed at different levels at regular intervals

Corrective & preventive actions are implemented

3

Identifying EHS hazards at the design stage of the processes & services and build appropriate measures to mitigate risks.

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment for all activities.

Hazard and Operability study is mandatory at the design stage and during any change in process / equipment change.

Job Safety Analysis and Pre Safety Start Up Review are the integral part of safety requirements for every critical project / task.

4 Penetrate Workplace Safety as an individual responsibility for all employees.

Organizing various learning / training sessions for plant people on different subjects, to make them aware about EHS and its terminologies.

EHS is a part of individual KRA's and have to follow.

Mandatory trainings to be conducted by HOD's to educate the respective dept. personnel.

Punishment clauses for those who are violating EHS norms.

Involvement of all level of plant people in various activities like National Safety Day, Fire Service Week.

5 Ensure providing safe & healthy work environment with necessary infrastructure and systems.

Competent Environment Health & Safety Professionals to look after EHS aspects.

Enough resources in dept. to manage EHS.

6 Reviewing EHS performance for continual improvement.

Plant level Committee Meetings to review EHS performance.

Yearly Sustainability Report.

System established i.e. "Management Information System" and submitting the performance to top management for review and feedback.

EHS performance is made part of KRA

7 Promoting EHS awareness among key stakeholders.

Generation and circulation of Yearly Sustainability Report.

Periodic meetings with neighboring industries.

Spreading awareness to local inhabitants around plant premises through CSR activities

Publishing articles/alerts on EHS

8 Imparting training to operating personnel.

Training Need analysis exercise for identification of training for plant people.

Regular Training and awareness sessions

Inviting Third Parties to impart training to plant people on special subjects.







Annexure 14: Litholog of Vilayat village received from GWRDC







Annexure 15: Glossary of Terms Used

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or

major or minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”

AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.

AN INCIDENT: An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or

otherwise that may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.

ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.

ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient

in the atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The

categories of stability class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G)

Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The

temperature gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shining. The

unstable conditions are designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable condition stable conditions

occur on clear, calm nights, when the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are

designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an additional category G is used for exceptionally stable

conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease in temperature with height of about 1°C

per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has been considered.

BLEVE (BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION): The event may have two

folds, one; flammable liquid under pressure rapidly spread in to the open area in form of vapour cloud,

two; if this spreading vapour cloud gets any source of ignition, then violently explosion took place

produce missiles effect with secondary fires and create heavy damages to the surrounding area. The

phenomenon is called as BLEVE.

BUND/DYKE: Raised ground or a wall built around a tank or tank farm, to retain spills and prevent

their spread, thus reducing hazards.

BURNING RATE: The value is the rate (in millimeters per minute) at which the depth of a pool of liquid

decreases as the liquid burns.

CAS (CHEMICAL ABSTRACT SERVICE REGISTRY NUMBER): The unique identification number

assigned each compound/chemicals registered with the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) is listed to aid

in quick identification of the compound.

CARCINOGEN: A substance capable of producing cancer (carcinoma).

CHRONIC: Of long duration or having frequent recurrence. Chronic health effects are those that

become apparent or continue for some time after exposure to hazardous chemicals.

Class ‘A’: Means petroleum having a flash point below 23°C. (e.g. Petrol, Hexane, Toluene, Naphtha)

Class ‘B’: Means petroleum having a flash point of23°C and above but below 65°C. (e.g. HSD, SKO, MTO

etc.)

Class ‘C’: Means petroleum having a flash point of 65° C and above but below 93° C.

COMBUSTION PRODUCT: Material produced or; generated during the burning or oxidation of a

material.







CONTAMINANT: A harmful, irritating or moisture material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere.

DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE: Dangerous Occurrences include bursting of vessel collapse of crane,

derrick, hoist, explosion, fire, leakage, escape of any molten metal / hot liquid, explosion of receiver

/container, collapse of building/ structure, as specified under schedule of Rule 103 of GFR 1995 and

provision under section 88-A of the Factories Act 1948, where in a factory any dangerous occurrence as

specified occurs weather causing any bodily injury or disability or not.

DENSITY: The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3

DISASTER: A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not

only extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long

time and requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.

DISTRICT CRISIS GROUP (DCG): The District Crisis Group is the apex body in the district to deal

with major chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling chemical accidents.

Ref; Schedule 7 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule,

1996

DOMINO EFFECT: An effect by which a small hazardous incidence in a unit can escalate to surrounding

area causing heavy damages to man, properties &environment.

EMERGENCY: Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which

there is danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution

to the work and outside environment, affecting the workers or neighborhood in a serious manner,

demanding immediate action. (Ref. Para 2(j) of Part I of Schedule XIX of Gujarat Factories Rules

1963(1995).

EMERGENCY INFORMATION PANEL: Every Goods carriage used for transporting any dangerous or

hazardous goods shall be legibly and conspicuously marked with an emergency information panel in

each of three places of the carriage.

ENDOTHERMIC PROCESS: A process accompanied by the absorption of heat.

EVACUATION: Removal of residents and other persons from an area of danger.

FIRE BALL: The burning of a flammable gas cloud, the bulk of which is initially over-rich i.e. (UFL). The

whole cloud appears to be on fire as combustion is taking place at eddy boundaries, when air is

entrained.

FLAMMABILITY LIMITS (UFL- LFL): In fuel-air system a range of composition exists outside which

a flame will not propagate a substantial distance from an ignition source. The limiting fuel concentrations

are termed the upper flammable limit (UFL) and lower Flammable Limit (LFL)

FLASH FIRE: A burning of a flammable vapour cloud at very low flame propagation speed.

FLASH POINT: This is defined as the lowest temperature at which vapours above a combustible

substance will ignite in air when exposed to a flame.

Depending on the test method used, the values given are either Tag closed cup (C. C.) or Cleveland

open cup (O, C.) The values, along with those in 6.2 and 6.5 give an indication of the relative

flammability of the chemical. In general, the open cup value is about 10o to 15oF higher than the closed

cup value.







HAZARD: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the system

of materials and machines.

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS: Any substance or material in a quantity or form which may be harmful to

humans, animals, crops, water systems, or other elements of the environment if accidentally released.

Hazardous chemicals include explosives, gases (compressed, liquefied or dissolved), flammable or

combustible liquids, flammable solids substance, toxic, corrosives, oxidizing substance, poisonous and

insecticides substances.

“Hazardous Chemicals” means

Any Chemical, which satisfies any of the criteria, laid down in Part I of Schedule I and is listed in column

2 of Part II of the schedule.

Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2.

Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3, as per provisions given below;

Rule 68J 1 (a) of GUJARAT FACTORIES RULES 1963 (Amended-1995)

Rule 2(e) of MANUFACTURE, STORAGE AND IMPORT OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989.

Rule 2(b) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996.

HAZARDOUS PROCESS: Any process or activity in relation to an industry specified in the First Schedule

under the Section 2(cb) of the Factories Act 1948 (1987).

HAZCHEM CODES: The HAZCHEM code system was developed by the British Fire Service for use on

vehicles transporting dangerous substances. It consists or either two or three characters. The first

character is a numeral in the range of 1 to 4.

1 – Jets, 2 – Fog, 3 – Foam, 4 - Dry Agent

The second character is a letter selected from the range P, R, S, T, W, X, Y, Z.

Personnel Protection – 1The letter P, R, W or X indicate that a full chemical suit and breathing apparatus

should be warn. 2. The letters S, T, Y & Z indicate that breathing apparatus need only be warn if the

substances are involved in a fire.

Contain or dilute – The letters P, R, S, & T indicate dilution while W X Y & Z indicate containment.

The third character when appearing is E indicates that evacuation of persons in the neighboring areas

must be taken into consideration.

IC (INCIDENT CONTROLLER): He has to tackle the situation of operations on

process/storage/event/occurrence by taking technical decisions to control the emergency by responding

the requisite experienced persons.

IDLH (IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH): The level of concentration

immediately dangerous to life or health from which a worker could escape without any impairing

symptoms or any irreversible health effect (NIOSH/OSHA). The concentrations are reported either parts

per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3).

IGNITION TEMPERATURE: This is the minimum temperature at which the material will ignite without

a spark or flame being present. Along with the values in 6.1 and 6.2 above, it gives an indication of the

relative flammability of the chemical. It is sometimes called “auto ignition temperature”.







LC50 (LETHAL CONCENTRATION): Lethal Concentration level for air Bourne toxic substance.

LD50 (LETHAL DOSE): The term LD50 signifies that about 50% of the animals given the specified

dose by mouth will die. Thus for a grade 4 chemical (below 50 mg/kg) the toxic dose for 50% of animals

weighting 70 kg (150 lb) is 70 50 = 3, 500 mg=3.5 gr or less than 1 tea spoonful, it might be as little

as a few drops. For a Grade 1 chemical (5 to 15 g/kg) the LD50 would be between a pint and a quart

for a 150 lb man.

LOCAL CRISIS GROUP (LCG): It is body constituted by Government, in the industrial pocked to deal

with chemical accidents and co-ordinate efforts in planning, preparedness and mitigation of chemical

accidents.

Ref: Schedule 8 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response)

Rule1996.

MAJOR ACCIDENT: Major Accident means an incident involving loss of the life inside or outside the

site or ten or more injuries inside and/or one or more injuries outside or release of toxic chemical or

explosion or fire of spillage of hazardous chemical result in ‘On Site’ or ‘Off Site’ emergencies or damage

too equipment leading to stoppage of process or adverse effects to the environment. (Ref. 1Rule

68(J)(1)(d) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004), 2. Rule 2(j) of Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989. 3. Rule 2(f) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness

& Response) Rule, 1996).

MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARDOUS (MAH) INSTALL ION: Isolated storage and industrial activity at

a site, handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to or in

excess of the threshold quantities specified in column 3 of Schedule 2 and 3 respectively.

Ref: Rule 2(g) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule1996.

ODOUR THRESHOLD: The lowest concentration of an air contaminant that can be detected by smell.

OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: The objective of an Off Site Emergency Plan is to protect the life and

property of the neighborhood areas of the industrial unit. Off Site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by

Government Authorities as per Rule 14 of MSIHC Rules 1989 and follow the instruction under provision

of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.

ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units

as per Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J)(12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004). Ref: Section 41(B)(4)

of The Factories Act 1948, Schedule XI under Rule 13 of MSIHC Rules 1989, and Rule 5,7, & 9 of

CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.

OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration – U. S. Federal Agency

OVER PRESSURE: Maximum pressure above atmosphere pressure experienced during the pressure of

a blast wave from an explosion.

PLUME: Hazardous gas / vapour / cloud resulting from a continuous source release.

PUFF: Plum is instantaneous release of a gas / vapour from the source.

POOL FIRE: A pool of flammable liquid burning with a stationary diffusion flame







RESPONSE: The efforts to minimize the risks created in an emergency by protecting the people, the

environment and the property, and the efforts to return the scene to normal pre-emergency conditions.

Persons who perform the various response functions are termed “RESPONDERS”.

RISK: Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident

being caused in a given man-material-machine system.

SENSITIVE POPULATIONS: Groups of people that may be more susceptible than the general

population to the toxic effects of the release due to pre-existing health condition (patients in hospitals,

pregnant women etc.) or age (elderly people infants, handicaps).

SPILL: Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.

SMC (SITE MAN CONTROLLER): He is overall responsible for directing operations & decides the

actions, consulting with incident controller &seniors, and handle &control the emergency.

SHORT – TERM INHALATION LIMIT (STEL): The parts of vapour (gas) per million parts of

contaminated air by volume at 25°C (77°F) and at one atmosphere of pressure is given. The limits are

given in milligrams per cubic meter for chemical that form a fine mist or dust. The values given are the

maximum permissible average exposures for the time periods specified.

SPECIFIC GRAVITY: The specific Gravity of a chemicals is the ratio of the weight of the solid or liquid

to the weight of an equal volume of water at 4°C (or at some other specified temperature) If the specific

gravity is less than 1.0 (or less than 1.03 in sea water) the chemical will float, if higher it will sink.

TLV (THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE): TLV refer to airborne concentration of substances. There are three

categories of TLV.

TLV – TWA – Time Weighted Average.

TLV – STEL – Short term Exposure limit

TLV – for gases and vapour is usually expressed in PPM. (Part of the gas/vapour/million parts of air)

TOXIC CLOUD: Air borne mass of gases, vapours, fumes, dust or aerosols of toxic materials.

TOXICITY: The ability of a substance to cause damage to living tissue, impairment of the central

nervous system, serve illness or death when ingested, inhaled or absorbed by the skin.

VAPOUR CLOUD: Air borne dispersing hazardous vapours, which may or may not be visible as a

“Cloud”







Annexure 16: Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI

CONTACT DETAILS

Vadodara (Head Office)

871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-3001000; F: +91-265-3001069

Delhi / NCR

Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Sohna Road, Gurgaon, India – 122 002

E: [email protected]; T/F : 0124-424 2430-436

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . ka d a m en v i r o . c o m

Envi ronment for Deve lopment

draft eia/emp and ra/dmp report for

Documents